Skip to main content

Full text of "Ethical studies; selected essays.: With an introd. By Ralph G. Ross. -"

See other formats


B: 


BOBBS-MERRILL  THE   LIBRARY  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


-^^ 


i^l^RADLEY 


Ethical  Studies 


170 

181 le2 
c.»2 


UNIVERSITY 
OF  FLORIDA 
LIBRARIES 


H 


a.i 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/ethicalstudiesseOObrad 


ETHICAL     STUDIES 

Selected  Essays 


The  Library  of  Liberal  Arts 


The  Library  of  Liberal  Arts 

OSKAR  PIEST 
General  Editor 


ETHICAL  STUDIES 

Selected  Essays 


F.  H.  Bradley 


With  an  introduction  by 

Ralph  G.  Ross 
Professor  of  Philosophy,  The  University  of  Minnesota 


The    Library    of    Liberal  Arts 
published  by 


Q. 


THE  BOBBS-MERRILL  compakt.  mc 

A   8UBSIDIART   OF    HOWARD    W.   SAMS    *    CO..    INC. 

Publishers  •  Indianapolis  •  new  vork 


F.  H.  Bradley:  1846-1924 

Ethical  Studies  was  originally  published  in  1876 


COPYRIGHT  ©,  1951 

THE   LIBERAL  ARTS  PRESS,   INC 

All  Rights  Reserved 

Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America 


CONTENTS 


Selected  Bibliography  vi 

Editor's  Introduction  vii 

Note  on  the  Edition  2 


ETHICAL  STUDIES 

Why  Should  I  Be  Moral  3 

Question  rests  on  a  dogmatic  preconception;  which  is 
opposed  to  the  moral  consciousness;  and  is  unreasonable. 
The  end  is  self-realization;  as  is  shown  from  morality;  and 
from  psychological  considerations.  It  means  realizing  self 
as  a  whole;  and  an  infinite  whole. 

Pleasure  for  Pleasure's  Sake  29 

Happiness  a  vague  phrase.  Common  opinion  on  pleasure. 
Hedonism  irreconcilable  with  morality.  Illusory  nature  of 
the  Hedonistic  end.  My  pleasure  as  the  end  gives  no  rule 
of  life.  And  the  pleasure  of  all  is  illusory;  opposed  to 
morality;  and  gives  no  practical  guidance;  it  is  dogmati- 
cally postulated;  and  irreconcilable  with  Hedonistic  psy- 
chology. Further  modifications  of  Hedonism.  Qualitative 
distinction  of  pleasures  is,  in  both  its  forms,  untenable. 
Further  criticism  on  Mill's  view.  Results. 

Duty  for  Duty's  Sake  81 

The  end  is  the  Good  Will.  This  is  the  universal  form.  What 
"ought"  means.  Principle  of  noncontradiction.  This  con- 
tradicts itself.  Duty  and  duties.  Psychological  objection. 
Practical  uselessness  of  noncontradiction.  Collision  of 
duties  unavoidable. 

My  Station  and  Its  Duties  98 

Present  result.  Advance  to  a  higher  point  of  view.  Individ- 
ualism criticized.  The  end  is  realization  as  a  member  of  a 
community.  The  moral  organism  seems  to  be  the  solution 
of  ethical  problems.  Satisfactoriness  of  this  view.  Relative 
and  absolute  morality.  Intuitive  character  of  moral  judg- 
ments. Morality  not  a  mere  private  matter.  Criticism  of 
the  above  view. 

Concluding  Remarks  147 


SELECTED  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Works  by  Bradley 

Ethical  Studies  (1876)  ;  second  edition,  revised,  with  additional 
notes.     Oxford,  1927. 

Principles  of  Logic  (1883)  ;  second  edition,  revised,  with  Ter- 
minal  Essays.      Oxford,    1922. 

Appearance  and  Reality  (1893)  ;  second  edition,  with  appendix 
(1897),  new  edition.     Oxford,  1930. 

Essays  on  Truth  and  Reality.     Oxford,  1914. 

Collected  Essays.     Oxford,  1935. 

Works  about  Bradley 

Campbell,  Charles  Arthur.  Scepticism  and  Construction.  London, 
1931. 

Church,  Ralph  W.    Bradley* s  Dialectic.    Ithaca,  New  York,  1942. 

Eliot,  Thomas  Stearns.  Francis  Herbert  Bradley  (1926),  re- 
printed in  T.  S.  Eliot,  Selected  Essays.    New  York,  1932. 

Kagey,  Rudolf,    F.  H.  Bradley  s  Logic.    New  York,  1931. 

Metz,  Rudolf.  A  Hundred  Years  of  British  Philosophy.  London, 
1938. 

Muirhead,  John  H.  The  Platonic  Tradition  in  Anglo-Saxon 
Philosophy.     London,  1931,  chapters  V-IX. 

Ross,  Ralph  Gilbert.  Scepticism  and  Dogma:  A  Study  in  the 
Philosophy  of  F.  H.  Bradley.     New  York,  1940. 

Taylor,  Alfred  Edward.  Francis  Herbert  Bradley,  1846-1924. 
Proceedings  of  the  British  Academy,  Vol.  XI,  1924-5,  pp. 
458-468. 


VI 


INTRODUCTION 
I 

"It  is  unusual,"  wrote  T.  S.  Eliot  in  1926,  "that  a  book 
so  famous  and  influential  should  remain  out  of  print  so  long  as 
Bradley's  Ethical  Studies.'^  Bradley  apparently  planned  a  total 
revision  of  the  book  before  he  would  allow  republication,  but 
when  he  died  he  left  only  some  notes  for  his  revision,  making 
no  change  in  the  essentials  of  his  belief.  A  second  edition,  with 
the  notes,  was  published  in  1927,  fifty-one  years  after  the  book's 
appearance. 

Reading  Bradley  is  always  a  pleasant  experience,  although 
it  is  sometimes  mixed  with  exasperation.  Indubitably,  Bradley 
deserves  his  place  in  that  long  line  of  British  philosophers  who 
are  masters  of  English  prose — a  line  that  includes  Bacon,  Hobbes, 
Berkeley,  and  Hume.  Although  he  often  lacks  the  clarity  of  his 
predecessors,  Bradley  has  his  own  qualities:  precision  and  inten- 
sity, wit  that  is  sometimes  caustic,  an  alteration  of  assurance 
and  diffidence,  and  above  all,  a  singular  honesty  that  often 
startles  the  reader  by  admission  of  error.  As  with  all  good 
writers,  Bradley's  style  brings  one  into  the  presence  of  the  man, 
in  his  case  a  man  always  exciting,  sometimes  paradoxical,  with 
a  deep  sense  of  his  mission  as  a  philosopher.  Yet  this  man,  who 
does  not  hide  himself  behind  an  impersonal  mask  of  prose,  whose 
style  is  that  extension  of  personality  that  all  work  should  be, 
was  a  recluse  for  most  of  his  life,  seldom  seen  by  his  colleagues, 
with  no  students,  and  perhaps  no  intimates. 

It  was  natural  enough  that  Bradley  should  seek  an  academic 
career.  An  older  half-brother,  G.  G.  Bradley,  was  Master  of 
University  College,  Oxford,  and  later  Dean  of  Westminster.  A 
younger  brother,  A.  C.  Bradley,  became  a  distinguished  literary 
critic  and  foremost  Shakespearian  scholar.  F.  H.  Bradley  (born 
January  30,  1846)  early  showed  promise  of  scholarship  and 
philosophic  ability  but  failure  to  take  a  First  Class  in  "Greats" 

vii 


viii  Ethical  Studies 

at  Oxford,  and  a  subsequent  failure  to  obtain  a  Fellowship  upset 
him  deeply  and  gave  him  much  concern  for  his  future.  In  1870, 
however,  Merton  College,  Oxford,  elected  him  to  a  Fellowship 
with  life  tenure,  but  with  the  traditional  stipulation  that  it  was 
terminable  by  marriage. 

A  description  of  Bradley  at  about  this  time  by  his  sister  carries 
conviction,  even  allowing  for  her  strong  prejudice  in  his  favor. 

His  outward  appearance  was  striking;  he  was  tall  and  upright  in 
carriage;  well  and  muscularly  made,  singularly  handsome,  with  large 
gray-blue  eyes  under  dark  eyebrows  and  lashes,  a  well-modelled  fore- 
head, mouth,  and  chin;  his  head  set  well  on  his  shoulders.  It 
certainly  was  an  arresting  face  .  .  . 

Athletic  as  a  youth,  Bradley's  physical  activities  had  been 
somewhat  curtailed,  shortly  before  he  came  to  study  at  Oxford, 
by  a  severe  attack  of  typhoid  fever  which  was  followed  by 
pneumonia.  But  it  was  not  until  about  a  year  after  he  became 
a  Fellow  of  Merton  that  his  whole  mode  of  life  was  changed  by  a 
"violent  inflammation  of  the  kidneys"  (never  precisely  diagnosed) 
which  turned  him  into  a  Ufelong  invalid.  We  can  only  speculate 
on  the  changes  in  Bradley  made  by  ill-health:  in  later  years, 
some  regarded  him  as  sensitive  and  kindly;   others  as  splenetic. 

From  1871  on,  although  he  attended  college  functions  and 
concerned  himself  with  the  business  and  administrative  affairs 
of  Merton — junior  colleagues  sometimes  being  terrified  by  the 
mordant  wit  of  the  man  rumored  to  be  "the  best  mind  in  England" 
— he  remained  for  the  most  part  in  his  rooms,  never  teaching, 
seldom  having  guests,  often  leaving  Oxford  to  avoid  the  cold. 
Indeed,  his  constant  fear  of  cold  and  draughts  raises  psychological 
questions  about  Bradley  which  could  only  be  answered  if  we 
had  considerably  more  information.  In  any  event,  he  was  the 
type  of  invalid  whose  constant  self-care  helped  him  outlive  his 
contemporaries.  He  died  of  blood-poisoning  on  September  18, 
1924,  in  his  79th  year,  after  a  short  illness. 

As  a  Fellow  of  Merton  for  fifty-four  years,  Bradley's  life 
story  is  chiefly  the  intellectual  life  recorded  in  his  writing.  Each 
of  his  books  made  a  great  stir.    Bosanquet  called  the  publication 


Introduction  ix 

of  Ethical  Studies  "an  epoch-making  event."  When  William 
James  read  The  Principles  of  Logic  he  used  the  same  phrase, 
writing:  "It  is  surely  'epoch-making'  in  English  philosophy." 
Appearance  and  Reality  called  forth  the  comment  from  Edward 
Caird  that  it  was  the  greatest  event  since  Kant,  and  Muirhead 
went  even  farther  back  in  intellectual  history:  "...nothing  like 
it,"  he  wrote,  in  reviewing  the  effect  of  the  book,  "had  appeared 
since  Hume's  Treatise.''  In  June,  1924,  Bradley's  accomplish- 
ments were  officially  recognized  by  the  King,  who  awarded  him 
the  Order  of  Merit,  a  remarkable,  almost  unique,  tribute  to  an 
English  philosopher.^ 

II 

Bradley  is  ordinarily  regarded  as  the  most  original  and  sys- 
tematic of  those  British  thinkers  who  brought  German  philosophy 
to  England  and  opposed  the  dominant  native  tradition  of  empiri- 
cism. Although  writers  like  Coleridge  and  Carlyle  were  very 
much  influenced  by  German  thought,  it  still  remained  for  a 
later  group  to  master  the  technical  equipment  of  the  Germans 
and  to  apply  it  systematically.  The  most  important  members  of 
this  group  were  perhaps  Green  (predominantly  a  Kantian)  ;  Brad- 
ley, Bosanquet  (usually  treated  as  Hegelians)  ;  and  McTaggart 
(an  original  thinker,  with  some  resemblance  to  the  Left  Hegel- 
ians) ;  but  there  were  a  host  of  others,  who  held  academic — and 
sometimes  political — ^posts  of  prime  importance:  Stirling,  Caird, 
Nettleship,  Haldane,  Muirhead,  Ward,  Joachim,  Pringle-Pattison, 
Seth,  Rashdall,  Taylor,  Hoernle — to  name  only  some  of  them. 
The  attack  that  these  men  mounted  against  English  empiricism 
and  Scottish  intuitionism  was  successful  in  that  the  rebels  created 
a  new  orthodoxy  and  then  had  to  fight  a  rear-guard  action  against 
the  realists  and  pragmatists  of  another  generation.  What  Eliot 
said  of  Bradley  might  be  repeated  by  their  admirers  about  the 
whole  group:  "He  replaced  a  philosophy  which  was  crude  and 
raw  and  provincial  by  one  which  was,  in  comparison,  catholic, 
civilized,  and  universal." 

^  In  1949  the  Order  of  Merit  was  awarded  to  Bertrand  Russell.  The 
political  implication  is  clear,  since  a  labor  government  was  in  power. 


X  Ethical  Studies 

In  theory  of  knowledge  and  metaphysics,  Bradley  and  most  of 
the  British  Idealists  emphasized  both  the  creative  powers  of  mind 
and  the   organic  character  of  the  universe,   and  they   returned 
religion  to  eminence  among  "advanced"  thinkers   (McTaggart  is 
a  notable  exception).     By  insisting  that  error  and  evil  are  results 
of  viewing  the  world  in  its  parts,  but  that  the  Whole  is  true  and 
good,  they  became  apologists  for  a  kind  of  Christian  theology, 
stated  in  new  terms  and  demanding  reason,  not  faith,  for  proof. 
In  ethics  and  politics  they  were  by  and  large  supporters  of 
conservatism    (with    some   exceptions,   like   T.    H.    Green).      To 
understand   this,    it   is    important   to    distinguish    two    historical 
traditions:  that  of  nature,  for  the  most  part  liberal;  and  that  of 
society,  chiefly  conservative.     Although  these  traditions  can  be 
found  in  ancient  thought,  it  is  the  modern  world,  in  which  the 
lines  have  been  drawn  somewhat  differently,  with  which  we  will 
concern  ourselves.     One  can  pose  Locke  and  Hegel  as  representa- 
tives of  almost  antithetical  positions — traditional  empiricism  and 
idealism  respectively.     To  regard  man  as  a  creature  of  nature, 
or  of  God,  capable  of  probable  knowledge  of  the  world,  assured 
of  natural  law  and  natural  right,  is  basic  to  English  empiricism. 
It  leaves  its  mark  on  documents  like  the  Declaration  of  Inde- 
pendence  and  the  Rights   of  Man.      Society,   it   follows,   should 
not  violate  natural  rights,  which  are  universal;   institutions  like 
the  state  are  means  for  living  well,  and  if  they   do  not   serve 
their  purposes  they  should  be  altered  or  abolished.     The  indi- 
vidual act  of  thought  attains  tremendous  importance.    By  thinking, 
men  can  discover  whether  or  not  their  institutions  are  worthy, 
and  how,  if  necessary,  to  change  them. 

The  general  temper  of  this  Lockean  attitude  is  not  changed 
by  the  utilitarian  attack  on  natural  law.  Instead  of  a  state  of 
nature  and  natural  rights,  the  utilitarians  depend  on  other  "uni- 
versal truths"  about  human  psychology  and  the  rational  calculation 
of  advantage.  For  earlier  empiricists,  individual  liberty  is  a 
natural,  or  God-given,  right;  for  John  Stuart  Mill  it  is  a 
supremely  useful  social  device,  necessary  for  good  government. 
We  cannot,  according  to  Mill,  govern  well  without  truth,  and 
truth  is  a  product  of  that  human  inquiry  from  which  no  one 


Introduction  xi 

should  be  barred,  for  he  may  be  right.  Truth  is  not  certain, 
and  the  great  advantage  of  scientific  procedures  is  that  they  can 
correct  error;  so  no  matter  what  our  social  decisions,  people  must 
be  free  to  criticize,  for  we  may  be  wrong. 

There  is,  of  course,  a  variation  on  this  school  of  nature  which 
has  a  very  different  sound.  If  metaphysics,  or  the  authority  of  a 
church,  can  yield  absolute  knowledge,  then  society  should  be 
reshaped  in  accordance  with  the  truth,  and  no  one  should  be 
allowed  to  question  it.  Why  should  error  be  allowed  when  truth 
is  known? 

The  reaction  against  the  belief  in  natural  man  gave  us  a 
belief  in  social  man  and  historical  man.  If  man  as  we  know 
him  is  essentially  natural,  not  social,  he  has  not  changed  through 
history;  only  the  institutional  forms  of  his  society  have  changed. 
But  if  man  is  essentially  social,  he  has  changed  along  with 
changes  in  institutions.  For  the  school  of  society,  man  is  to  be 
understood  in  terms  of  his  history,  his  traditions,  his  institutions. 
These  contain  a  kind  of  collective  wisdom,  for  they  embody  the 
ways  in  which  the  race  has  solved  its  problems.  The  individual 
act  of  thought,  and  to  some  extent  the  individual  himself,  loses 
importance;  for  the  act  of  thought  is  conditioned  by  society  and, 
insofar  as  its  conclusion  differs  from  the  conventional,  the  ac- 
cepted, it  is  opposing  the  history  and  the  wisdom  of  the  race. 

Hume,  as  a  Tory  in  politics,  had  intimated  portions  of  this 
argument,  and  had  paved  the  way  for  Burke.  But  as  an  empir- 
icist, Hume  had  developed  other  theories  which  were  used  by  the 
philosophical  radicals.  It  was  Burke,  and  to  some  extent  Carlyle, 
who  developed  the  conservative  implications  of  social  man  in 
England.  The  Germans,  especially  Hegel  (and  in  his  own  way, 
Marx)   developed  the  full  doctrine  of  "historicism." 

Social  institutions  in  any  specified  locality  and  time,  it  was 
maintained,  are  pretty  much  of  a  piece.  They  exhibit  an  under- 
lying idea  which  can  be  discovered  by  examining  them  in  their 
interrelations;  and  they  are  the  necessary  product  of  what  preceded 
them.  Equally,  man's  philosophies,  his  moral  obligations,  his 
artistic  creations,  are  relative  to,  and  integrated  with,  a  given 
society  and  a  given  time. 


xii  Ethical  Studies 

This  philosophy  of  society  and  history  creates  a  paradox  by 
its  very  statement.  Is  it  not  itself  a  product  of  a  culture  and  an 
age,  to  be  succeeded  by  another  philosophy,  equally  true  for  its 
time?  No,  it  can  be  answered,  for  it  is  a  philosophy  which 
explains  philosophies,  a  sort  of  meta-philosophy.  Its  truth,  then, 
is  not  relative,  like  the  truth  of  other  philosophies;  it  is  absolute, 
and  must  not  be  superseded. 

This  paradox  and  its  resolution  create  further  doctrine. 
Throughout  history,  there  is  a  progression  toward  greater  and 
still  greater  self-consciousness,  an  accretion  of  wisdom,  until  the 
process  itself  is  finally  understood.  In  the  course  of  this  process, 
society  moves  toward  absolute  truth,  in  its  outlines  at  least,  about 
the  universe,  society,  and  man. 

This  assurance  of  truth  in  general,  which  does  not  always  extend 
to  truth  in  detail,  is  far  from  uncommon.  People  who  are  unsure 
of  the  laws  of  physics,  the  name  of  England's  ruling  house,  and 
the  size  of  the  population  of  New  York,  are  often  sure  of  the 
nature  and  destiny  of  man,  his  purposes  on  earth,  and  the  nature 
of  his  moral  obligations.  Bradley,  who  was  honestly  doubtful 
of  many  of  his  own  conclusions,  and  who  rejected  much  of  the 
Hegelian  pattern,  could  yet  write  about  his  doctrine  of  the 
Absolute : 

Outside  our  main  result  there  is  nothing  except  the  wholly  unmean- 
ing, or  else  something  which  on  scrutiny  is  seen  really  not  to  fall 
outside.  Thus  the  supposed  Other  will,  in  short,  turn  out  to  be 
actually  the  same;  or  it  will  contain  elements  included  within  our 
view  of  the  Absolute,  but  elements  dislocated  and  so  distorted  into 
erroneous  appearance.  And  the  dislocation  itself  will  find  a  place 
within  the  limits  of  our  system. 

The  approval  which  won  Bradley  the  Order  of  Merit  can 
perhaps  be  better  understood  in  terms  of  this  background:  The 
British  Idealists  were  justifying  the  established  social  order; 
they  were  sanctifying  tradition  by  making  it  reasonable;  in  a 
way  they  were  justifying  all  traditions  by  making  them  right 
for  their  time  and  place,  and  then  adding  a  fillip  to  their  self- 
righteousness  by  making  theirs  the  best,  because  it  was  the  latest. 


Introduction  xiii 

Hegel  had  done  the  same  thing  for  Prussia;  Marx  did  it  for  those 
rebels  who  allied  themselves  with  the  society  to  come;  Bradley 
did  it,  less  explicitly,  for  England. 

The  absolute  idealists,  believing  in  the  organic  nature  of  the 
universe  and  in  man  as  a  part  of  the  total  organism,  could  not, 
however,  rest  entirely  on  society  as  a  criterion  of  morals.  They 
developed  a  twofold  criterion  based  on  the  dual  nature  of  man: 
as  social  and  as  ideal.  This  was  an  attempt  to  deal  with  man  as 
a  natural  being  by  redefining  nature  so  as  to  make  it  ideal,  or 
spiritual,  or  experiential,  and  in  consequence  to  redefine  man. 
But  the  opposition  between  man  as  social  and  man  as  ideal 
created  a  new  problem  to  be  resolved  dialectically  on  a  higher 
level.  In  ethics,  the  problem  was  posed  thus:  man  should  fulfill 
his  obligations  as  a  member  of  society;  he  should  also  live  up 
to  his  ideal  nature;  how,  then,  should  he  behave  so  as  to  reconcile 
the  two? 

Naturalism  has  made  us  familiar  with  the  belief  that  man  is 
continuous  with  nature,  not  a  perceptive  and  purposive  creature 
set  off  from  a  blind  and  mechanical  matter.  Bradley's  attitude 
toward  man  and  his  relations  to  the  world  is  more  romantic 
than  naturalistic.  "Man,"  says  the  romantic  poet  John  Davidson, 
"is  the  Universe  become  conscious."  Bradley  writes:  "What  I 
mean  by  truth  and  reality  is  that  world  which  satisfies  the  claim 
of  the  Universe  present  in  and  to  what  I  call  self."  And  then 
he  puts  it  perhaps  even  more  strongly :  "...  my  desire  and  my 
will  to  have  truth  is  the  will  and  the  desire  of  the  world  to  become 
truth  in  me.  Truth  is  a  mode  of  the  self-realization  of  myself 
and  of  the  Universe  in  one." 

Bradley's  belief  in  the  continuity  of  the  individual  with  the 
universe  implies  not  only  a  special  conception  of  the  individual  but 
also  a  special  conception  of  the  universe.  It  is  as  if  the  universe 
as  a  total  structure  actually  strove  to  realize  itself  in  the  conscious- 
ness of  man.  That  consciousness  is  a  perspective  on  a  common 
world,  but  it  is  not  a  perspective  that  can  be  shared  directly  with 
others;  what  sharing  there  is  results  from  communication.  The 
self  is  not  to  be  identified  with  a  perspective,  or  an  individual 
consciousness.    The  self  may  not  be  distinguished,  in  any  partic- 


jdv  Ethical  Studies 

ular  experience,  from  the  object  of  that  experience  (as  in  the 
instance  of  listening  to  music)  ;  on  the  other  hand  the  self  may 
become  its  own  object  of  thought. 

We  can  now  understand  more  clearly  the  pioblem  of  the  dual 
nature  of  man.  Society  is  not  the  sole  criterion  of  morality, 
because  man  is  not  only  a  sbcial  being;  he  is  a  part  of  the 
universe  as  well.  His  obligations  would  be  inadequately  met  by 
the  performance  of  social  duty;  he  has  also  to  live  up  to  the 
conditions  imposed  on  him  as  a  being  through  whom  universal 
truth  and  reality  strive  to  be  realized. 

Ill 

The  publication  of  Ethical  Studies  was  a  setback  to  the  influence 
of  the  Utilitarians.  It  wps  the  first  full-scale  work  in  ethics  of 
the  British  Idealists  and  it  pointed  a  direction  which,  for  the 
most  part,  they  took.  The  book  contains  a  vigorous  polemic,  with 
all  of  Bradley's  dialectical  virtuosity  in  play,  against  both  the 
Utilitarians  and  the  Kantians.  The  Utilitarians,  Bradley  argued, 
did  not  understand  the  necessarily  universal  character  of  morals; 
and  the  Kantians  understood  the  universal  but  provided  it  with 
no  content.  The  categorical  imperative  urged  a  duty  which  it 
never  defined,  but  it  was  a  universal  duty  and  Bradley  tried  to 
make  it  concrete. 

The  general  principle  that  Bradley  urged  as  a  moral  guide 
was  self-realization.  This  involves  the  problem  of  the  nature 
of  the  self  and,  as  we  have  seen,  that  is  twofold.  One  of  its 
aspects,  the  nature  of  man  as  social,  is  the  basis  for  criticism  of 
the  school  of  nature  in  philosophy.  In  the  chapter,  "My  Station 
and  its  Duties,"  Bradley  presents  the  heart  of  his  arguments.  His 
position  is  more  extreme  than  Rousseau's.  Rousseau  had  regarded 
man's  humanness  as  being  a  result  of  society;  Bradley  made 
society  necessary  for  man's  reality. 

.  .  .  man  is  a  social  being;  he  is  real  only  because  he  is  social,  and 
can  realize  himself  only  because  it  is  as  social  that  he  realizes  himself. 
The  mere  individual  is  a  delusion  of  theory;  and  the  attempt  to 
realize  it  in  practice  is  tjie  starvation  and  mutilation  of  human  nature, 
with  total  sterility  or  the  production  of  monstrosities. 


Introduction  rv 

Each  individual  man  has  a  station  in  society;  he  is  not  merely 
an  anonymous  member  of  it.  Every  station  is  individual.  It 
is  not  merely  that  a  man  is  a  lawyer;  he  is  this  lawyer,  with 
these  clients,  and  a  particular  set  of  cases  that  he  has  tried.  Every 
citizen,  or  subject,  will  have  certain  moral  obligations  just  insofar 
as  he  is  a  citizen  or  subject;  he  will  have  other  obligations  insofar 
as  he  is  a  farmer,  husband,  father,  and  so  on;  he  will  have  still 
other  obUgations  insofar  as  he  is  himself,  a  specific  and  identifiable 
part  of  the  larger  network  of  social  relations,  uniquely  determined 
by  the  totality  of  his  own  relations. 

This  leads  to  a  position  at  once  stoical  and  conservative.  Every 
station  in  life  has  obligations  which  should  be  fulfilled.  In 
general,  fulfilling  them,  doing  one's  work  in  the  world  is  good. 
It  is  shallow  to  raise  questions  about  whether  there  should  be 
such  a  station  as  some  man  occupies  or  whether  its  obligations 
are  worthy  of  being  fulfilled.  The  existence  of  the  station  Is  the 
product  of  a  social  history  that  embodies  human  wisdom.  It  is 
arrogant  and  pretentious  to  think  that  I,  who  result  from  that 
history  and  am  formed  by  the  institutions  in  which  I  was  educated, 
can  question  their  essential  soundness.  Bradley  says:  ".  .  .  'my 
station  and  its  duties'  teaches  us  to  identify  others  and  ourselves 
with  the  station  we  fill;  to  consider  that  as  good,  and  by  virtue  of 
that  to  consider  others  and  ourselves  good  too.  It  teaches  us 
that  a  man  who  does  his  work  in  the  world  is  good,  not  with- 
standing his  faults,  if  his  faults  do  not  prevent  him  from  fulfilling 
his  station.  It  tells  us  that  the  heart  is  an  idle  abstraction ;  Ave  are 
not  to  think  of  it,  nor  must  we  look  at  our  insides,  but  at  our 
work  and  our  life,  and  say  to  ourselves,  Am  I  fulfilling  my 
appointed  function  or  not?  Fulfill  it  we  can,  if  we  will:  what 
we  have  to  do  is  not  so  much  better  than  the  world  that  we  cannot 
do  it;  the  world  is  there  waiting  for  it;  my  duties  are  my  rights." 

Not  only  does  this  position  dispose  of  the  empiricists,  but  it 
also  corrects  the  Kantians  by  showing  how  a  man's  specific  duties 
can  be  discovered.  To  state  the  categorical  imperative  without 
qualification  is  for  Bradley  only  to  insist  that  we  should  fulfill 
undefined  duties.  What  is  to  happen  when  a  man  has  several 
duties  and  these  conflict?     Even  in  a  particular  case,  what  is  the 


xvi  Ethical  Studies 

precise  extent  of  our  behavior  in  following  our  duty?  Bradley 
conceives  an  "ordinary  man"  as  thinking: 

One  should  give  to  the  poor — in  what  cases  and  how  much?  Should 
sacrifice  oneself — in  what  way  and  within  what  limits?  Should  not 
indulge  one's  appetite — except  when  it  is  right.  Should  not  idle  away 
one's  time — except  when  one  takes  one's  pleasure.  Nor  neglect  one's 
work — but  for  some  good  reason.  All  these  points  we  admit  are  in 
one  way  matter  of  law;  but  if  you  think  to  decide  in  particular 
cases  by  applying  some  "categorical  imperative"  you  must  be  a 
pedant,  if  not  a  fool. 

In  giving  Kant's  universal  a  particular  content,  Bradley  has 
come  perilously  near  to  an  identification  of  what  is  with  what 
ought  to  be,  so  that,  as  with  Hegel  or  Marx,  it  is  almost  impossible 
to  avoid  the  conclusion  that  what  is,  is  right.  Bradley  did  not 
even  have  the  philosophical  justification  of  an  elaborate  philosophy 
of  history  which,  like  Hegel's  or  Marx's  (or  for  that  matter  St. 
Augustine's) ,  makes  the  good  an  inevitable  outcome  of  historical 
development.  He  was  not  committed  to  the  doctrine  that  what 
exists  is  necessary  and  what  is  necessary  is  right.  His  conserva- 
tism is  more  like  Burke's:  a  belief  in  the  wisdom  of  existing 
institutions  and  social  relationships.  But,  with  Hegel,  Bradley 
believed  in  the  organic  character  of  society  as  well  as  the  organic 
character  of  the  world. 

The  second  aspect  of  man's  nature  is  what  saves  him  from  a 
necessary  acceptance  of  all  that  is  conventional.  As  a  part  of  the 
organic  universe,  man  has  other  duties  than  those  to  society.  Not 
only  does  the  universe  try  to  realize  itself  in  man  as  truth  and 
reality,  but  also  as  goodness.  This  goodness  consists,  at  least 
in  part,  in  trying  to  attain  truth  and  reality  and  beauty.  In  a 
way,  these  obligations  are  based  on  our  social  nature,  for  we 
would  not  be  real,  or  capable  of  understanding,  except  that  we 
are  social.  But  they  transcend  the  social;  just  as  social  duties 
may  be  inconsistent  with  each  other,  so  these  universal  obligations 
may  be  inconsistent  with  social  obligations.  We  may  regard  this 
inconsistency  as  placing  the  whole  matter  on  the  level  of  Appear- 
ance   (in   Bradley's   later   terminology)    and    so    driving   us    to 


Introduction  xvii 

something  still  farther  off  in  order  to  effect  a  reconciliation. 
What  we  are  driven  to,  Bradley  says,  is  religion.  In  religion, 
man's  actual  social  self  and  his  ideal  universal  self  are  somehow 
reconciled  in  the  acceptance  of  God,  and  in  the  way  in  which  we 
are  at  one  and  the  same  time  set  apart  from  God  and  yet  united 
with  Him. 

In  later  years,  when  Bradley  had  elaborated  a  complete  meta- 
physical system,  religion,  too,  seemed  insufficient  and  even  God 
was  subordinated  to  the  Absolute.  But  this  is  just  a  higher 
dialectical  stage;  the  principles  of  the  solution  are  the  same.  In 
practical  terms,  however,  the  problem  of  conflicting  duties  is  not 
resolved  however  much  it  seems,  verbally,  to  disappear.  A  man 
must  act,  and  any  attempt  to  reconcile  the  opposition  between  his 
duties  as  a  social  being  and  his  duties  as  an  ideal,  or  a  natural 
being,  by  the  invocation  of  religion  only  raises  another  problem: 
should  one  fulfill  his  religious  duties  even  where  they  conflict  with 
other  duties?  Bradley's  emphasis  on  the  social  nature  of  man 
was  a  badly  needed  antidote  to  the  extreme  individualism  of  the 
empiricist  tradition.  Carried  too  far,  the  antidote  is  worse  than 
the  disease  for  it  denies  the  individuality  of  man  and  leads  to  his 
total  subordination  to  the  State.  Bradley  was  too  honest  to  deny 
all  other  aspects  of  man's  nature  but  the  social  one;  he  was  too 
well  aware  of  the  power  of  the  individual  mind  for  any  such 
folly. 

But  Bradley's  solution  of  man's  dualism  is  not  sufficient  to 
permit  criticism  of  the  conventionally  moral  and  of  human  institu- 
tions. The  problem  remains  of  doing  justice  to  the  natural  and 
genetic  aspects  of  man,  on  the  one  hand,  and  his  social  aspect,  on 
the  other.  Then  the  philosopher,  on  the  basis  of  an  adequate 
social  theory,  must  formulate  criteria  m  terms  of  which  we  can 
make  particular  judgments  of  value,  so  that  we  can  adjust  society 
to  changing  conditions,  preserving  what  is  valuable  and  eliminating 
what  is  not  valuable. 

IV 

For  a  time,  Bradley  and  the  other  British  Idealists  constituted 


xviii  Ethical  Studies 

a  new  orthodoxy,  as  did  their  counterparts  in  America.  Then 
empiricism  and  naturalism  returned,  in  a  more  sophisticated 
version,  and  became,  at  the  least,  an  equally  accepted  alternative. 
A  good  deal  of  the  new  sophistication  of  the  empiricists  was  a 
result  of  idealist  criticism.  Mind  was  no  longer  regarded  as 
passive,  or  initially  "blank,"  nor  were  social  influences  on  mind 
and  behavior  neglected.  But  reading  Bradley  today  is  not  to  be 
justified  only  by  his  historical  importance,  or  the  qualities  of 
his  prose,  though  they  are  excellent  justifications. 

Bradley  carried  a  specific  set  of  beliefs  about  as  far  as  they 
could  go;  he  thought  through  the  problems  he  set  himself,  with 
stubbornness  and  honesty.  If  we  find  some  of  his  arguments  to 
be  purely  verbal,  even  when  he  regards  them  as  something  more, 
we  cannot  thereby  impugn  his  integrity.  If  we  find  his  dialectic 
sometimes  confusing  or  equivocal,  we  cannot  therefore  deprecate 
his  brilliance.  Our  assumptions  and  our  criteria  may  be  different, 
and  we  can  refuse  to  accept  his  conclusions.  But  we  should  be 
willing  to  learn  from  him  and  to  formulate  his  best  insights  in  our 
own  terms. 

It  is  easy  to  be  misled  by  the  articulateness  of  contemporary 
naturalists  into  the  belief  that  their  doctrines  are  more  widely 
understood  and  accepted  than  they  actually  are.  Bradley's  pre- 
suppositions are  still  current,  even  when  they  are  called  by  a 
variety  of  names,  and  one  can  find  them  in  political  theories,  in 
the  writings  of  some  gestalt  psychologists,  in  the  social  philo- 
sophizing of  some  anthropologists,  in  educational  philosophy, 
institutional  theory,  and  so  on.  The  basic  difference  between 
Bradley  and  most  of  those  who  share  his  assumptions  is  that 
Bradley  carried  the  argument  through.  If  we  are  prepared  to 
follow  him,  to  see  where'the  beliefs  lead  when  they  are  treated 
with  great  intelligence  and  care,  we  can  understand  better  the 
full  implications  of  much  contemporary  thinking. 

RALPH  G.  ROSS 
New  York  University 
November,  1950 


Ethical  Studies 

(^Selected  Essays) 


NOTE  ON  THE  EDITION 

The  material  selected  and  reprinted  here  is  of  two  kinds: 
the  most  important  of  Bradley's  polemics  (against  the  Utilitarians 
and  against  the  Kantians)  ;  and  the  chief  line  of  constructive 
theory  in  the  Ethical  Studies.  It  is  essentially  on  the  following 
Essays  that  Bradley's  reputation  as  an  original  moralist  must  rest. 

The  Essays  have  been  reprinted  in  their  entirety,  including  his 
Notes  and  footnotes.  Spelling  and  punctuation  have  been  revised 
to  conform  to  current  American  usage.  Since  the  author  makes 
repeated  references  to  several  of  the  Essays  which  are  not  included 
in  this  edition,  we  here  for  the  convenience  of  the  reader  give 
the  table  of  contents  of  the  complete  edition. 

Essay       I:  The  Vulgar  Notion  of  Responsibility  in  Connection 
with  the  Theories  of  Free-Will  and  Necessity 

Essay      II:  Why  Should  I   Be  Moral 

Essay    III:  Pleasure  for  Pleasure's  Sake 

Essay    IV:  Duty  for  Duty's  Sake 

Essay      V:  My  Station  and  Its  Duties 

Essay    VI :  Ideal  Morality 

Essay  VII:  Selfishness  and  Self-Sacrifice 

Concluding  Remarks 

R.  G.  R. 


WHY  SHOULD  I  BE  MORAL? 

VVTHY  should  I  be  moral  ?^  The  question  is  natural,  and  yet 
^^  seems  strange.  It  appears  to  be  one  we  ought  to  ask,  and 
yet  we  feel,  when  we  ask  it,  that  we  are  wholly  removed  from  the 
moral  point  of  view. 

To  ask  the  question  Why?  is  rational;  for  reason  teaches  us  to 
do  nothing  blindly,  nothing  without  end  or  aim.  She  teaches  us 
that  what  is  good  must  be  good  for  something,  and  that  what  is 
good  for  nothing  is  not  good  at  all.  And  so  we  take  it  as  certain 
that  there  is  an  end  on  one  side,  means  on  the  other;  and  that 
only  if  the  end  is  good,  and  the  means  conduce  to  it,  have  we 
a  right  to  say  the  means  are  good.  It  is  rational,  then,  always 
to  inquire.  Why  should  I  do  it? 

But  here  the  question  seems  strange.  For  morality  (and  she 
too  is  reason)  teaches  us  that,  if  we  look  on  her  only  as  good  for 
something  else,  we  never  in  that  case  have  seen  her  at  all.  She 
says  that  she  is  an  end  to  be  desired  for  her  own  sake,  and  not  as 
a  means  to  something  beyond.  Degrade  her,  and  she  disappears; 
and  to  keep  her,  we  must  love  and  not  merely  use  her.  And  so 
at  the  question  Why?  we  are  in  trouble,  for  that  does  assume  and 
does  take  for  granted  that  virtue  in  this  sense  is  unreal,  and  what 
we  believe  is  false.  Both  virtue  and  the  asking  Why?  seem 
rational,  and  yet  incompatible  one  with  the  other;  and  the 
better  course  will  be,  not  forthwith  to  reject  virtue  in  favor  of  the 
question,  but  rather  to  inquire  concerning  the  nature  of  the  Why? 

^  Let  me  observe  here  that  the  word  "moral"  has  three  meanings,  which 
must  be  throughout  these  pages  distinguished  by  the  context.  (1)  Moral  is 
opposed  to  nonmoral.  The  moral  world,  or  world  of  morality,  is  opposed 
to  the  natural  world,  where  morality  cannot  exist.  (2)  Within  the  moral 
world  of  moral  agents,  "moral"  is  opposed  to  immoral.  (3)  Again,  within 
the  moral  world,  and  the  moral  part  of  the  moral  world,  "moral"  is  further 
restricted  to  the'peisonal  side  of  the  moral  life  and  the  moral  institutions.  It 
stands  for  the  inner  relation  of  this  or  that  will  to  the  universal,  not  to  the 
whole,  outer  and  inner,  realization  of  morality. 

3 


4  Ethical  Studies 

Why  should  I  be  virtuous?  Why  should  I?  Could  anything 
be  more  modest?  Could  anything  be  less  assuming?  It  is  not 
a  dogma;  it  is  only  a  question.  And  yet  a  question  may  contain 
(perhaps  must  contain)  an  assumption  more  or  less  hidden;  or,  in 
other  words,  a  dogma.  Let  us  see  what  is  assumed  in  the  asking 
of  our  question. 

In  "Why  should  I  be  moral?"  the  "Why  should  I?"  was  another 
way  of  saying,  What  good  is  virtue?  or  rather.  For  Avhat  is  it  good? 
and  we  saw  that  in  asking,  Is  virtue  good  as  a  means,  and  how  so? 
we  do  assume  that  virtue  is  not  good,  except  as  a  means.  The 
dogma  at  the  root  of  the  question  is  hence  clearly  either:  (1)  the 
general  statement  that  only  means  are  good;  or  (2)  the  particular 
assertion  of  this  in  the  case  of  virtue. 

To  explain:  the  question  For  what?  Whereto?  is  either  uni- 
versally applicable,  or  not  so.  It  holds  everywhere,  or  we  mean 
it  to  hold  only  here.  Let  us  suppose,  in  the  first  place,  that  it  is 
meant  to  hold  everywhere. 

Then  (1)  we  are  taking  for  granted  that  nothing  is  good  in 
itself;  that  only  the  means  to  something  else  are  good;  that 
"good,"  in  a  word,  =  "good  for,"  and  good  for  something  else. 
Such  is  the  general  canon  by  which  virtue  would  have  to  be 
measured. 

No  one  perhaps  would  explicitly  put  forward  such  a  canon, 
and  yet  it  may  not  be  waste  of  time  to  examine  it. 

The  good  is  a  means:  a  means  is  a  means  to  something  else, 
and  this  is  an  end.  Is  the  end  good?  No,  if  we  hold  to  our 
general  canon,  it  is  not  good  as  an  end;  the  good  was  always  good 
for  something  else,  and  was  a  means.  To  be  good,  the  end  must 
be  a  means,  and  so  on  forever  in  a  process  which  has  no  limit. 
If  we  ask  now  What  is  good?  we  must  answer,  There  is  nothing 
which  is  not  good,  for  there  is  nothing  which  may  not  be  regarded 
as  conducing  to  something  outside  itself.  Everything  is  relative 
to  something  else.  And  the  essence  of  the  good  is  to  exist  by 
virtue  of  something  else  and  something  else  forever.  Everything 
15  something  else,  is  the  result  which  at  last  we  are  brought  to,  if 
we  insist  on  pressing  our  canon  as  universally  applicable. 

But  the  above  is  not  needed  perhaps;  for  those  who  introduced 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  5 

the  question  Why  ?  did  not  think  of  things  in  general.  The  good 
for  them  was  not  an  infinite  process  of  idle  distinction.  Their 
interest  is  practical,  and  they  do  and  must  understand  by  the 
good  (which  they  call  a  means)  some  means  to  an  end  in  itself; 
which  latter  they  assume  and  unconsciously  fix  in  whatever  is 
agreeable  to  themselves.  If  we  said  to  them,  for  example :  "Virtue 
is  a  means,  and  so  is  everything  besides,  and  a  means  to  every- 
thing else  besides.  Virtue  is  a  means  to  pleasure,  pain,  health, 
disease,  wealth,  poverty,  and  is  a  good,  because  a  means;  and 
so  also  with  pain,  poverty,  etc.  They  are  all  good,  because  all  are 
means.  Is  this  what  you  mean  by  the  question  Why?"  They 
would  answer  No.  And  they  would  answer  No  because  some- 
thing has  been  taken  as  an  end,  and  therefore  good,  and  has 
been  assumed  dogmatically. 

The  universal  application  of  the  question  For  what?  or  Whereto? 
is,  we  see,  repudiated.  The  question  does  not  hold  good  every- 
where, and  we  must  now  consider,  secondly,  its  particular  applica- 
tion to  virtue. 

(2)  Something  is  here  assumed  to  be  the  end;  and  further, 
this  is  assumed  not  to  be  virtue;  and  thus  the  question  is 
founded,  "Is  virtue  a  means  to  a  given  end,  which  end  is  the 
good?  Is  virtue  good?  and  why?  i.e.,  as  conducing  to  what 
good  is  it  good?"  The  dogma  A  or  B  or  C  is  a  good  in  itself 
justifies  the  inquiry,  Is  D  a  means  to  A,  B,  or  C?  And  it  is  the 
dogmatic  character  of  the  question  that  we  wished  to  point  out. 
Its  rationality,  put  as  if  universal,  is  tacitly  assumed  to  end 
with  a  certain  province;  and  our  answer  must  be  this:  //  your 
formula  will  not  (on  your  own  admission)  apply  to  everything, 
what  ground  have  you  for  supposing  it  to  apply  to  virtue? 
"Be  virtuous  that  you  may  be  happy  {i.e.,  pleased)";  then  why  be 
happy,  and  not  rather  virtuous?  "The  pleasure  of  all  is  an  end." 
Why  all?  "Mine."  Why  mine?  Your  reply  must  be  that  you 
take  it  to  be  so  and  are  prepared  to  argue  on  the  thesis  that 
something  not  virtue  is  the  end  in  itself.  And  so  are  we;  and  we 
shall  try  to  show  that  this  is  erroneous.  But  even  if  we  fail  in  that, 
we  have,  I  hope,  made  it  clear  that  the  question  Why  should  I  be 
moral?   rests  on  the  assertion  of  an  end  in  itself,  which  is  not 


6  Ethical  Studies 

morality  ;**  and  a  point  of  this  importance  must  not  be  taken  for 
granted. 

It  is  quite  true  that  to  ask  Why  should  I  be  moral?  is  ipso  facto 
to  take  one  view  of  morality,  is  to  assume  that  virtue  is  a  means 
to  something  not  itself.  But  it  is  a  mistake  to  suppose  that  the 
general  asking  of  Why?  affords  any  presumption  in  favor  of,  or 
against,  any  one  theory.  If  any  theory  could  stand  upon  the  What 
for?  as  a  rational  formula,  which  must  always  hold  good  and  be 
satisfied,  then,  to  that  extent,  no  doubt  it  would  have  an  advan- 
tage. But  we  have  seen  that  all  doctrines  alike  must  reject  the 
What  for?  and  agree  in  this  rejection,  if  they  agree  in  nothing 
else;  since  they  all  must  have  an  end  which  is  not  a  mere  means. 
And  if  so,  is  it  not  foolish  to  suppose  that  its  giving  a  reason  for 
virtue  is  any  argument  in  favor  of  Hedonism,  when  for  its 
own  end  it  can  give  no  reason  at  all?  Is  it  not  clear  that,  if  you 
have  any  Ethics,  you  must  have  an  end  which  is  above  the  Why? 
in  the  sense  of  What  for?;  and  that,  if  this  is  so,  the  question 
is  now,  as  it  was  two  thousand  years  ago,  Granted  that  there  is 
an  end,  what  is  this  end?  And  the  asking  that  question,  as 
reason  and  history  both  tell  us,  is  not  in  itself  the  presupposing  of 
a  Hedonistic  answer,  or  any  other  answer. 

The  claim  of  pleasure  to  be  the  end,  we  are  to  discuss  in 
another  paper.  But  what  is  clear  at  first  sight  is  that  to  take 
virtue  as  mere  means  to  an  ulterior  end  is  in  direct  antagonism 
to  the  voice  of  the  moral  consciousness. 

That  consciousness,  when  unwarped  by  selfishness  and  not 
blinded  by  sophistry,  is  convinced  that  to  ask  for  the  Why?  is 
simple  immorality;  to  do  good  for  its  own  sake  is  virtue,  to  do  it 
for  some  ulterior  end  or  object,  not  itself  good,  is  never  virtue; 
and  never  to  act  but  for  the  sake  of  an  end,  other  than  doing  well 
and  right,  is  the  mark  of  vice.  And  the  theory  which  sees  in 
virtue,  as  in  money-getting,  a  means  which  is  mistaken  for  an  end, 

*  "The  question  itself  [Why  should  I  do  right?]  cannot  be  put,  except  in 
a  form  which  assumes  that  the  Utilitarian  answer  is  the  only  one  which  can 
possibly  be  given.  .  .  .  The  words  'Why  should  F  mean  'What  shall  I 
get  by,'  'What  motive  have  I  for'  this  or  that  course  of  conduct?" — F. 
Stephen,  Liberty,  Equality,  and  Fraternity  (2nd  ed.,  London,  1873),  p.  361. 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  7 

contradicts  the  voice  which  proclaims  that  virtue  not  only  does 
seem  to  be,  but  is,  an  end  in  itself/ 

'There  are  two  points  which  we  may  notice  here.  (1)  There  is  a  view 
which  says,  "Pleasure  (or  pain)  is  what  moves  you  to  act;  therefore,  pleasure 
(or  pain)  is  your  motive,  and  is  always  the  Why?  of  your  actions.  You  think 
otherwise  by  virtue  of  a  psychological  illusion."  For  a  consideration  of  this 
view  we  must  refer  to  Essay  VII  [omitted  in  this  edition].  We  may,  how- 
ever, remark  in  passing,  that  this  view  confuses  the  motive,  which  is  an 
object  before  the  mind,  with  the  psychical  stimulus,  which  is  not  an  object 
before  the  mind  and  therefore  is  not  a  motive  nor  a  Why?  in  the  sense  of 
an  end  proposed. 

(2)  There  is  a  view  which  tries  to  found  moral  philosophy  on  theology,  a 
theology  of  a  somewhat  coarse  type,  consisting  mainly  in  the  doctrine  of  a 
criminal  judge,  of  superhuman  knowledge  and  power,  who  has  promulgated 

and  administers  a  criminal  code.  This  may  be  called  the  "do  it  or  be  d d" 

theory  of  morals,  and  is  advocated  or  timidly  suggested  by  writers  nowadays, 
not  so  much  (it  seems  probable)  because  in  most  cases  they  have  a  strong,  or 
even  a  weak,  belief  in  it,  but  because  it  stops  holes  in  theories  which  they 
feel,  without  some  help  of  the  kind,  will  not  hold  water.  We  are  not 
concerned  with  this  opinion  as  a  theological  doctrine,  and  will  merely  remark 
that,  as  such,  it  appears  to  us  to  contain  the  essence  of  irreligion;  but  with 
respect  to  morals,  we  say  that,  let  it  be  never  so  true,  it  contributes  nothing 
to  moral  philosophy,  unless  that  has  to  do  with  the  means  whereby  we  are 
simply  to  get  pleasure  or  avoid  pain.  The  theory  not  only  confuses  morality 
and  religion,  but  reduces  them  both  to  deliberate  selfishness.  Fear  of  crimi- 
nal proceedings  in  the  other  world  does  not  tell  us  what  is  morally  right  in 
this  world.  It  merely  gives  a  selfish  motive  for  obedience  to  those  who 
believe,  and  leaves  those  who  do  not  believe,  in  all  cases  with  less  motive,  in 
some  cases  with  none.  I  cannot  forbear  remarking  that,  so  far  as  my 
experience  goes,  where  future  punishments  are  firmly  believed  in,  the  fear 
of  them  has,  in  most  cases,  but  little  influence  on  the  mind.  And  the  facts 
do  not  allow  us  to  consider  the  fear  of  punishment  in  this  world  as  the 
main  motive  to  morality.  In  most  cases  there  is,  properly  speaking,  no 
ulterior  motive.  A  man  is  moral  because  he  likes  being  moral;  and  he  likes 
it,  partly  because  he  has  been  brought  up  to  the  habit  of  liking  it,  and 
partly  because  he  finds  it  gives  him  what  he  wants,  while  its  opposite  does 
not  do  so.  He  is  not  as  a  rule  kept  "straight"  by  the  contemplation  of  evils 
to  be  inflicted  on  him  from  the  outside;  and  the  shame  he  feels  at  the  bad 
opinion  of  others  is  not  a  mere  external  evil,  and  is  not  feared  simply  as 
such.  In  short,  a  man  is  a  human  being,  something  larger  than  the  abstrac- 
tion of  an  actual  or  possible  criminal. 


8  Ethical  Studies 

Taking  our  stand  then,  as  we  hope,  on  this  common  conscious- 
ness, what  answer  can  we  give  when  the  question  Why  should  I 
be  moral?  —  in  the  sense  of  What  will  it  advantage  me?  —  is  put 
to  us?  Here  we  shall  do  well,  I  think,  to  avoid  all  praises  of  the 
pleasantness  of  virtue.  We  may  believe  that  it  transcends  all 
possible  delights  of  vice,  but  it  would  be  well  to  remember  that 
we  desert  a  moral  point  of  view,  that  we  degrade  and  prostitute 
virtue,  when  to  those  who  do  not  love  her  for  herself  we 
bring  ourselves  to  recommend  her  for  the  sake  of  her  pleasures. 
Against  the  base  mechanical  /Savavma,  which  meets  us  on  all  sides, 
with  its  "What  is  the  use"  of  goodness  or  beauty  or  truth?  there 
is  but  one  fitting  answer  from  the  friends  of  science  or  art  or 
religion  and  virtue,  "We  do  not  know  and  we  do  not  care." 

As  a  direct  answer  to  the  question  we  should  not  say  more; 
but,  putting  ourselves  at  our  questioner's  point  of  view,  we  may 
ask  in  return,  Why  should  I  be  immoral?  Is  it  not  disadvan- 
tageous to  be  so?  We  can  ask,  is  your  view  consistent?  Does 
it  satisfy  you  and  give  you  what  you  want?  And  if  you  are 
satisfied,  and  so  far  as  you  are  satisfied,  do  see  whether  it  is  not 
because,  and  so  far  as,  you  are  false  to  your  theory;  so  far  as  you 
are  living  not  directly  with  a  view  to  the  pleasant,  but  with  a 
view  to  something  else,  or  with  no  view  at  all,  but,  as  you  would 
call  it,  without  any  "reason."  We  believe  that,  in  your  heart,  your 
end  is  what  ours  is,  but  that  about  this  end  you  not  only  are  sorely 
misraken,  but  in  your  heart  you  feel  and  know  it ;  or  at  least  would 
do  so  if  you  would  only  reflect.  And  more  than  this  I  think  we 
ought  not  to  say. 

What  more  are  we  to  say?  If  a  man  asserts  total  skepticism, 
you  cannot  argue  with  him.  You  can  show  that  he  contradicts 
himself;  but  if  he  says,  "I  do  not  care" — there  is  an  end  of  it.  So, 
too,  if  a  man  says,  "I  shall  do  what  I  like  because  I  happen  to 
like  it;  and  as  for  ends,  I  recognize  none" — you  may  indeed  show 
him  that  his  conduct  is  in  fact  otherwise;  and  if  he  will  assert 
anything  as  an  end,  if  he  will  but  say,  "I  have  no  end  but  myself," 
then  you  may  argue  with  him  and  try  to  prove  that  he  is  making 
a  mistake  as  to  the  nature  of  the  end  he  alleges.  But  if  he  says, 
"I  care  not  whether  I  am  moral  or  rational,  nor  how  much  I  con- 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  9 

tradict  myself,"  then  argument  ceases.  We  who  have  the  power 
believe  that  what  is  rational  (if  it  is  not  yet)  at  least  is  to  be  real, 
and  decline  to  recognize  anything  else.  For  standing  on  reason 
we  can  give,  of  course,  no  further  reason;  but  we  push  our  reason 
against  what  seems  to  oppose  it,  and  soon  force  all  to  see  that 
moral  obligations  do  not  vanish  where  they  cease  to  be  felt  or  are 
denied. 

Has  the  question,  Why  should  I  be  moral?  no  sense  then, 
and  is  no  positive  answer  possible?  No,  the  question  has  no 
sense  at  all;  it  is  simply  unmeaning  unless  it  is  equivalent  to.  Is 
morality  an  end  in  itself;  and  if  so,  how  and  in  what  way  is  it  an 
end?  Is  morality  the  same  as  the  end  for  man,  so  that  the  two 
are  convertible;  or  is  morality  one  side  or  aspect  or  element  of 
some  end  which  is  larger  than  itself?  Is  it  the  whole  end  from  all 
points  of  view  or  is  it  one  view  of  the  whole?  Is  the  artist 
moral,  so  far  as  he  is  a  good  artist,  or  the  philosopher  moral, 
so  far  as  he  is  a  good  philosopher?  Are  their  art  or  science  and 
their  virtue  one  thing  from  one  and  the  same  point  of  view  or 
two  different  things,  or  one  thing  from  two  points  of  view? 

These  are  not  easy  questions  to  answer,  and  we  cannot  discuss 
them  yet.  We  have  taken  the  reader  now  so  far  as  he  need  go, 
before  proceeding  to  the  following  essays.  What  remains  is  to 
point  out  the  most  general  expression  for  the  end  in  itself,  the 
ultimate  practical  "why";  and  that  we  find  in  the  word  self- 
realization.  But  what  follows  is  an  anticipation  of  the  sequel, 
which  we  cannot  promise  to  make  intelligible  as  yet;  and  the 
reader  who  finds  difficulties  had  better  go  on  at  once  to  Essay  III 
["Pleasure  for  Pleasure's  Sake"]. 

How  can  it  be  proved  that  self-realization  is  the  end?  There 
is  only  one  way  to  do  that.  This  is  to  know  what  we  mean 
when  we  say  "self"  and  "real"  and  "realize"  and  "end";  and  to 
know  that  is  to  have  something  like  a  system  of  metaphysic,  and 
to  say  it  would  be  to  exhibit  that  system.  Instead  of  remarking 
then  that  we  lack  space  to  develop  our  views,  let  us  frankly 
confess  that,  properly  speaking,  we  have  no  such  views  to  develop, 
and  therefore  we  cannot  prove  our  thesis.  All  that  we  can  do 
is  partially  to  explain  it,  and  try  to  render  it  plausible.     It  is  a 


10  Ethical  Studies 

formula  which  our  succeeding  Essays  will  in  some  way  fill  up, 
and  which  here  we  shall  attempt  to  recommend  to  the  reader 
beforehand. 

An  objection  will  occur  at  once.  "There  surely  are  ends,"  it 
will  be  said,  "which  are  not  myself,  which  fall  outside  my  activity, 
and  which,  nevertheless,  I  do  realize  and  think  I  ought  to  realize." 
We  must  try  to  show  that  the  objection  rests  upon  a  misunder- 
standing; and,  as  a  statement  of  fact,  brings  with  it  insuperable 
difficulties. 

Let  us  first  go  to  the  moral  consciousness  and  see  what  that 
tells  us  about  its  end. 

Morality  implies  an  end  in  itself  —  we  take  that  for  granted. 
Something  is  to  be  done,  a  good  is  to  be  realized.  But  that 
result  is,  by  itself,  not  morality;  morality  differs  from  art  in  that 
it  cannot  make  the  act  a  mere  means  to  the  result.  Yet  there  is  a 
means.  There  is  not  only  something  to  be  done,  but  something 
to  be  done  by  me  —  /  must  do  the  act,  must  realize  the  end. 
Morality  implies  both  the  something  to  be  done  and  the  doing  of 
it  by  me;  and  if  you  consider  them  as  end  and  means,  you  cannot 
separate  the  end  and  the  means.  If  you  chose  to  change  the 
position  of  end  and  means  and  say  my  doing  is  the  end  and  the 
"to  be  done"  is  the  means,  you  would  not  violate  the  moral  con- 
sciousness; for  the  truth  is  that  means  and  end  are  not  applicable 
here.  The  act  for  me  means  my  act,  and  there  is  no  end  beyond 
the  act.  This  we  see  in  the  belief  that  failure  may  be  equivalent 
morally  to  success  —  in  the  saying  that  there  is  nothing  good 
except  a  good  will.  In  short,  for  morality  the  end  implies  the  act, 
and  the  act  implies  self-realization.  This,  if  it  were  doubtful, 
would  be  shown  (we  may  remark  in  passing)  by  the  feeling  of 
pleasure  which  attends  the  putting  forth  of  the  act.  For  if  pleasure 
be  the  feeling  of  self  and  accompany  the  act,  this  indicates  that 
the  putting  forth  of  the  act  is  also  the  putting  forth  of  the  self. 

But  we  must  not  lay  too  much  stress  on  the  moral  conscious- 
ness, for  we  shall  be  reminded,  perhaps,  that  not  only  can  it  be, 
but,  like  the  miser's  consciousness,  it  frequently  has  been  ex- 
plained; and  that  both  states  of  mind  are  illusions  generated  on 
one  and  the  same  principle. 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  11 

Let  us  then  dismiss  the  moral  consciousness  and  not  trouble 
ourselves  about  what  we  think  we  ought  to  do;  let  us  try  to  show 
that  what  we  do  is,  perfectly  or  imperfectly,  to  realize  ourselves, 
and  that  we  cannot  possibly  do  anything  else;  that  all  we  can 
realize  is  (accident  apart)  our  ends,  or  the  objects  we  desire;  and 
that  all  we  can  desire  is,  in  a  word,  self. 

This,  we  think,  will  be  readily  admitted  by  our  main  psycho- 
logical party.  What  we  wish  to  avoid  is  that  it  should  be 
admitted  in  a  form  which  makes  it  unmeaning;  and  of  this  there 
is  perhaps  some  danger.  We  do  not  want  the  reader  to  say,  "Oh 
yes,  of  course,  relativity  of  knowledge  —  everything  is  a  state  of 
consciousness,"  and  so  dismiss  the  question.  If  the  reader  believes 
that  a  steam  engine,  after  it  is  made,  is  nothing  but  a  state  of  the 
mind  of  the  person  or  persons  who  have  made  it,  or  who  are 
looking  at  it,  we  do  not  hold  what  we  feel  tempted  to  call  such  a 
silly  doctrine;  and  would  point  out  to  those  who  do  hold  it  that, 
at  all  events,  the  engine  is  a  very  different  state  of  mind  after  it  is 
made  to  what  it  was  before. 

Again,  we  do  not  want  the  reader  to  say,  "Certainly,  every 
object  or  end  which  I  propose  to  myself  is,  as  such,  a  mere  state 
of  my  mind — it  is  a  thought  in  my  head,  or  a  state  of  me ;  and  so, 
when  it  becomes  real,  I  become  real";  because,  though  it  is  very 
true  that  my  thought,  as  my  thought,  cannot  exist  apart  from  me 
thinking  it,  and  therefore  my  proposed  end  must,  as  such,  be  a 

*  We  may  remark  that  the  ordinary  "philosophical"  person  who  talks  about 
"relativity,"  really  does  not  seem  to  know  what  he  is  saying.  He  will  tell  you 
that  "all"  (or  "all  we  know  and  can  know" — there  is  no  practical  diflFerence 
between  that  and  "all")  is  relative  to  consciousness — not  giving  you  to  under- 
stand that  he  means  thereby  any  consciotisness  beside  his  own,  and  ready,  I 
should  imagine,  with  his  grin  at  the  notion  of  a  mind  which  is  anything  more 
than  the  mind  of  this  or  that  man;  and  then,  it  may  be  a  few  pages  further 
on  or  further  back,  will  talk  to  you  of  the  state  of  the  earth  before  man 
existed  on  it.  But  we  wish  to  know  what  in  the  world  it  all  means,  and  would 
suggest,  as  a  method  of  clearing  the  matter,  the  two  questions — (1)  Is  my 
consciousness  something  that  goes  and  is  beyond  myself;  and  if  so,  in  what 
sense?  and  (2)  Had  I  a  father?  What  do  I  mean  by  that,  and  how  do  I 
reconcile  my  assertion  of  it  with  my  answer  to  question  (1)  ? 


12  Ethical  Studies 

state  of  me,^  yet  this  is  not  what  we  are  driving  at.  All  my  ends 
are  my  thoughts,  but  all  my  thoughts  are  not  my  ends;  and  if 
what  we  meant  by  self-realization  was  that  I  have  in  my  head  the 
idea  of  any  future  external  event,  then  I  should  realize  myself 
practically  when  I  see  that  the  engine  is  going  to  run  off  the  line, 
and  it  does  so. 

A  desired  object  (as  desired)  is  a  thought,  and  my  thought,  but 
it  is  something  more  and  that  something  more  is,  in  short,  that  it 
is  desired  by  me.  And  we  ought  by  right,  before  we  go  further, 
to  exhibit  a  theory  of  desire;  but,  if  we  could  do  that,  we  could 
not  stop  to  do  it.  However,  we  say  with  confidence  that,  in  desire, 
what  is  desired  must  in  all  cases  be  self. 

If  we  could  accept  the  theory  that  the  end  or  motive  is  always 
the  idea  of  a  pleasure  (or  pain)  of  our  own,  which  is  associated 
with  the  object  presented,  and  which  is  that  in  the  object  which 
moves  us,  and  the  only  thing  which  does  move  us,  then  from  such 
a  view  it  would  follow  at  once  that  all  we  can  aim  at  is  a  state  of 
ourselves. 

We  cannot,  however,  accept  the  theory,  since  we  believe  it  both 
to  ignore  and  to  be  contrary  to  facts  (see  Essay  VII)  ;  but,  though 
we  do  not  admit  that  the  motive  is  always,  or  in  most  cases,  the 
idea  of  a  state  of  our  feeling  self,  yet  we  think  it  is  clear  that 
nothing  moves  unless  it  be  desired  and  that  what  is  desired  is 
ourself.  For  all  objects  or  ends  have  been  associated  with  our 
satisfaction,  or  (more  correctly)  have  been  felt  in  and  as  our- 
selves, or  we  have  felt  ourselves  therein;  and  the  only  reason  why 
they  move  us  now  is  that  when  they  are  presented  to  our  minds 
as  motives  we  do  now  feel  ourselves  asserted  or  affirmed  in  them. 
The  essence  of  desire  for  an  object  would  thus  be  the  feeling  of 
our  affirmation  in  the  idea  of  something  not  ourself,  felt  against  the 
feeling  of  ourself  as,  without  the  object,  void  and  negated;  and  it 
is  the  tension  of  this  relation  which  produces  motion.  If  so,  then 
nothing  is  desired  except  that  which  is  identified  with  ourselves,  and 
we  can  aim  at  nothing  except  so  far  as  we  aim  at  ourselves  in  it. 

'  Let  me  remark  in  passing  that  it  does  not  follow  from  this  that  it  is 
nothing  but  a  state  of  me,  as  this  or  that  man. 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  13 

But  passing  by  the  above,  which  we  cannot  here  expound  and 
which  we  lay  no  stress  on,  we  think  that  the  reader  will  probably 
go  with  us  so  far  as  this,  that  in  desire  what  we  want,  so  far  as  we 
want  it,  is  ourselves  in  some  form,  or  is  some  state  of  ourselves; 
and  that  our  wanting  anything  else  would  be  psychologically 
inexplicable. 

Let  us  take  this  for  granted  then;  but  is  this  what  we  mean  by 
self-realization?  Is  the  conclusion  that,  in  trying  to  realize,  we 
try  to  realize  some  state  of  ourself,  all  that  we  are  driving  at? 
No,  the  self  we  try  to  realize  is  for  us  a  whole,  it  is  not  a  mere 
collection  of  states.      (See  more  in  Essay  III.) 

If  we  may  presuppose  in  the  reader  a  belief  in  the  doctrine  that 
what  is  wanted  is  a  state  of  self,  we  wish,  standing  upon  that,  to 
urge  further  that  the  whole  self  is  present  in  its  states,  and  that 
therefore  the  whole  self  is  the  object  aimed  at;  and  this  is  what 
we  mean  by  self-realization.  If  a  state  of  self  is  what  is  desired, 
can  you,  we  wish  to  ask,  have  states  of  self  which  are  states  of 
nothing  (compare  Essay  I)  ;  can  you  possibly  succeed  in  regard- 
ing the  self  as  a  collection  or  stream  or  train  or  series  or 
aggregate?  If  you  cannot  think  of  it  as  a  mere  one,  can  you  on  the 
other  hand  think  of  it  as  a  mere  many,  as  mere  ones;  or  are  you 
not  driven,  whether  you  wish  it  or  not,  to  regard  it  as  a  one  in 
many,  or  a  many  in  one?  Are  we  not  forced  to  look  on  the  self 
as  a  whole  which  is  not  merely  the  sum  of  its  parts,  nor  yet  some 
other  particular  beside  them?  And  must  we  not  say  that  to 
realize  self  is  always  to  realize  a  whole,  and  that  the  question  in 
morals  is  to  find  the  true  whole,  realizing  which  will  practically 
realize  the  true  self? 

This  is  the  question  which  to  the  end  of  this  volume  we  shall 
find  ourselves  engaged  on.  For  the  present,  turning  our  attention 
away  from  it  in  this  form,  and  contenting  ourselves  with  the  prop- 
osition that  to  realize  is  to  realize  self,  let  us  now,  apart  from 
questions  of  psychology  or  metaphysics,  see  what  ends  they  are, 
in  fact,  which  living  men  do  propose  to  themselves  and  whether 
these  do  not  take  the  form  of  a  whole. 

Upon  this  point  there   is  no  need,   I   think,   to  dwell  at   any 


14  Ethical  Studies 

length;  for  it  seems  clear  that  if  we  ask  ourselves  what  it  is  we 
should  most  wish  for,  we  find  some  general  wish  which  would 
include  and  imply  our  particular  wishes.  And  if  we  turn  to  life 
we  see  that  no  man  has  disconnected  particular  ends;  he  looks 
beyond  the  moment,  beyond  this  or  that  circumstance  or  position ; 
his  ends  are  subordinated  to  wider  ends;  each  situation  is  seen 
(consciously  or  unconsciously)  as  part  of  a  broader  situation,  and 
in  this  or  that  act  he  is  aiming  at  and  realizing  some  larger  whole 
which  is  not  real  in  any  particular  act  as  such,  and  yet  is  realized 
in  the  body  of  acts  which  carry  it  out.  We  need  not  stop  here 
because  the  existence  of  larger  ends,  which  embrace  smaller  ends, 
cannot  be  doubted;  and  so  far  we  may  say  that  the  self  we 
realize  is  identified  with  wholes,  or  that  the  ideas  of  the  states 
of  self  we  realize  are  associated  with  ideas  that  stand  for  wholes. 
But  is  it  also  true  that  these  larger  wholes  are  included  in  one 
whole?  I  think  that  it  is.  I  am  not  forgetting  that  we  act,  as  a 
rule,  not  from  principle  or  with  the  principle  before  us,  and  I  wish 
the  reader  not  to  forget  that  the  principle  may  be  there  and  may 
be  our  basis  or  our  goal,  without  our  knowing  anything  about  it. 
And  here,  of  course,  I  am  not  saying  that  it  has  occurred  to  every 
one  to  ask  himself  whether  he  aims  at  a  whole,  and  what  that  is; 
because  considerable  reflection  is  required  for  this,  and  the 
amount  need  not  have  been  reached.  Nor  again  am  I  saying  that 
every  man's  actions  are  consistent,  that  he  does  not  wander 
from  his  end,  and  that  he  has  not  particular  ends  which  will  not 
come  under  his  main  end.  Nor  further  do  I  assert  that  the  life  of 
every  man  does  form  a  whole;  that  in  some  men  there  are  not 
coordinated  ends  which  are  incompatible  and  incapable  of  sub- 
ordination into  a  system."  What  I  am  saying  is  that  if  the  life 
of  the  normal  man  be  inspected  and  the  ends  he  has  in  view  (as 
exhibited  in  his  acts)  be  considered,  they  will,  roughly  speaking, 
be  embraced  in  one  main  end  or  whole  of  ends.  It  has  been  said 
that  "every  man  has  a  different  notion  of  happiness,"  but  this  is 
scarcely  correct  unless  mere  detail  be  referred  to.      Certainly, 

'  The  unhappiness  of  such  lives  in  general,  however,  points  to  the  fact  that 
the  real  end  is  a  whole.  Dissatisfaction  rises  from  the  knowing  or  feeling 
that  the  self  is  not  realized,  and  not  realized  because  not  realized  as  a  system. 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  15 

however,  every  man  has  a  notion  of  happiness,  and  his  notion, 
though  he  may  not  quite  know  what  it  is.  Most  men  have  a  life 
which  they  live  and  with  which  they  are  tolerably  satisfied,  and 
that  life,  when  examined,  is  seen  to  be  fairly  systematic;  it  is  seen 
to  be  a  sphere  including  spheres,  the  lower  spheres  subordinating 
to  themselves  and  qualifying  particular  actions,  and  themselves 
subordinated  to  and  qualified  by  the  whole.  And  most  men 
have  more  or  less  of  an  ideal  of  life  —  a  notion  of  perfect  happi- 
ness which  is  never  quite  attained  in  real  life;  and  if  you  take 
(not  of  course  any  one,  but)  the  normal  decent  and  serious  man, 
when  he  has  been  long  enough  in  the  world  to  know  what  he 
wants,  you  will  find  that  his  notion  of  perfect  happiness  or  ideal 
life  is  not  something  straggling,  as  it  were,  and  discontinuous,  but 
is  brought  before  the  mind  as  an  unity,  and,  if  imagined  more  in 
detail,  is  a  system  where  particulars  subserve  one  whole. 

Without  further  dwelling  on  this  I  will  ask  the  reader  to 
reflect  whether  the  ends,  proposed  to  themselves  by  ordinary 
persons,  are  not  wholes,  and  are  not  in  the  end  members  in  a 
larger  whole;  and  if  that  be  so,  whether,  since  it  is  so,  and  since 
all  we  can  want  must  (as  before  stated)  be  ourselves,  we  must  not 
now  say  that  we  aim  not  only  at  the  realization  of  self,  but  of  self 
as  a  whole,  seeing  that  there  is  a  general  object  of  desire  with 
which  self  is  identified,  or  (on  another  view)  with  the  idea  of 
which  the  idea  of  our  pleasure  is  associated. 

Up  to  the  present  we  have  been  trying  to  point  out  that  what 
we  aim  at  is  self,  and  self  as  a  whole;  in  other  words,  that  self  as 
a  whole  is  in  the  end  the  content  of  our  wills.  It  will  still  further, 
perhaps,  tend  to  clear  the  matter  if  we  refer  to  the  form  of  the 
will  —  not,  of  course,  suggesting  that  the  form  is  anything  real 
apart  from  the  content. 

On  this  head  we  are  obliged  to  restrict  ourselves  to  the  assertion 
of  what  we  believe  to  be  fact.  We  remarked  in  our  last  Essay  [I] 
that,  in  saying  "I  will  this  or  that,"  we  really  mean  something.  In 
saying  it  we  do  not  mean  (at  least,  not  as  a  rule)  to  distinguish 
a  self  that  wills  from  a  self  that  does  not  will;  but  what  we  do 
mean  is  to  distinguish  the  self,  as  will  in  general,  from  this  or  that 
object  of  desire,  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  identify  the  two;  to  say. 


16  Ethical  Studies 

this  or  that  is  willed,  or  the  will  has  uttered  itself  in  this  or  that. 
The  will  is  looked  on  as  a  whole,  and  there  are  two  sides  or  fac- 
tors to  that  whole.  Let  us  consider  an  act  of  will  and,  that  we 
may  see  more  clearly,  let  us  take  a  deliberate  volitional  choice. 
We  have  conflicting  desires,  say  A  and  B;  we  feel  two  tensions, 
two  drawings  (so  to  speak),  but  we  cannot  actually  affirm  ourselves 
in  both.  Action  does  not  follow,  and  we  reflect  on  the  two  objects 
of  desire  and  we  are  aware  that  we  are  reflecting  on  them,  or  (if 
our  language  allowed  us  to  say  it)  over  them.  But  we  do  not 
merely  stand  looking  on  till,  so  to  speak,  we  find  we  are  gone  in 
one  direction,  have  closed  with  A  or  B.  For  we  are  aware  besides 
of  ourselves,  not  simply  as  something  theoretically  above  A  and 
B,  but  as  something  also  practically  above  them,  as  a  concentration 
which  is  not  one  or  the  other,  but  which  is  the  possibility  of  either, 
which  is  the  inner  side  indifferently  of  an  act  which  should  realize 
A,  or  one  which  should  realize  B,  and  hence,  which  is  neither, 
and  yet  is  superior  to  both.  In  short,  we  do  not  simply  feel  our- 
selves in  A  and  B,  but  have  distinguished  ourselves  from  both,  as 
what  is  above  both.  This  is  one  factor  in  volition  and  it  is  hard 
to  find  any  name  better  for  it  than  that  of  the  universal  factor,  or 
side,  or  moment.'  We  need  say  much  less  about  the  second  fac- 
tor. In  order  to  will,  we  must  will  something;  the  universal  side 
by  itself  is  not  will  at  all.  To  will  we  must  identify  ourselves  with 
this,  that,  or  the  other;  and  here  we  have  the  particular  side,  and 

'  As  we  saw  in  our  last  Essay  [I],  there  are  two  dangers  to  avoid  here,  in 
the  shape  of  two  one-sided  views,  Scylla  and  Cheirybdis.  The  first  is  the 
ignoring  of  the  universal  side  altogether,  even  as  an  element;  the  second  is 
the  assertion  of  it  as  more  than  an  element,  as  by  itself  will.  Against  this 
second  it  is  necessary  to  insist  that  the  will  is  what  it  wills,  that  to  will 
you  must  will  something,  and  that  you  cannot  will  the  mere  form  of  the  will; 
further,  that  the  mere  formal  freedom  of  choice  not  only,  if  it  were  real, 
would  not  be  true  freedom,  but  that,  in  addition,  it  is  a  metaphysical  fiction; 
that  the  universal  is  real  only  as  one  side  of  the  whole  and  takes  its  character 
from  the  whole;  and  that,  in  the  most  deliberate  and  would-be  formal 
volition,  the  self  that  is  abstracted  and  stands  above  the  particulars  is  the 
abstraction  not  only  from  the  particular  desire  or  desires  before  the  mind, 
but  also  from  the  whole  self,  the  self  which  embodies  all  past  acts,  and  that 
the  abstraction  is  determined  by  that  from  which  it  is  abstracted,  no  less 
than  itself  is  a  moment  in  the  determination  of  the  concrete  act. 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  17 

the  second  factor  in  volition.  Thirdly,  the  volition  as  a  whole 
(and  first,  as  a  whole,  is  it  volition)  is  the  identity  of  both  these 
factors,  and  the  projection  or  carrying  of  it  out  into  external 
existence;  the  realization  both  of  the  particular  side,  the  this 
or  that  to  be  done,  and  the  realization  of  the  inner  side  of 
self  in  the  doing  of  it,  with  a  realization  of  self  in  both,  as 
is  proclaimed  by  the  feeling  of  pleasure.  This  unity  of  the  two 
factors  we  may  call  the  individual  whole,  or  again  the  concrete 
universal;  and,  although  we  are  seldom  conscious  of  the  distinct 
factors,  yet  every  act  of  will  will  be  seen,  when  analyzed,  to  be  a 
whole  of  this  kind,  and  so  to  realize  what  is  always  the  nature 
of  the  will. 

But  to  what  end  have  we  made  this  statement?  Our  object  has 
been  to  draw  the  attention  of  the  reader  to  the  fact  that  not  only 
what  is  willed  by  men,  the  end  they  set  before  themselves,  is  a 
whole,  but  also  that  the  will  itself,  looked  at  apart  from  any  par- 
ticular object  or  content,  is  a  similar  whole;  or,  to  put  it  in  its 
proper  order,  the  self  is  realized  in  a  whole  of  ends  because  it  is 
a  whole,  and  because  it  is  not  satisfied  till  it  has  found  itself,  till 
content  be  adequate  to  form,  and  that  content  be  realized;  and 
this  is  what  we  mean  by  practical  self-realization. 

"Realize  yourself,"  "realize  yourself  as  a  whole,"  is  the  result  of 
the  foregoing.  The  reader,  I  fear,  may  be  wearied  already  by 
these  prefatory  remarks,  but  it  will  be  better  in  the  end  if  we  delay 
yet  longer.  All  we  know  at  present  is  that  we  are  to  realize  self 
as  a  whole;  but  as  to  what  whole  it  is,  we  know  nothing  and  must 
further  consider. 

The  end  we  desire  (to  repeat  it)  is  the  finding  and  possessing 
ourselves  as  a  whole.  We  aim  at  this  both  in  theory  and  prac- 
tice. What  we  want  in  theory  is  to  understand  the  object;  we 
want  neither  to  remove  nor  alter  the  world  of  sensuous  fact,  but 
we  want  to  get  at  the  truth  of  it.  The  whole  of  science  takes  it 
for  granted  that  the  "not-ourself"  is  really  intelligible;  it  stands 
and  falls  with  this  assumption.  So  long  as  our  theory  strikes  on 
the  mind  as  strange  and  alien,  so  long  do  we  say  we  have  not 
found  truth;  we  feel  the  impulse  to  go  beyond  and  beyond,  we 
alter  and  alter  our  views  till  we  see  them  as  a  consistent  whole. 


18  Ethical  Studies 

There  we  rest  because  then  we  have  found  the  nature  of  our  own 
mind  and  the  truth  of  facts  in  one.  And  in  practice  again,  with 
a  difference,  we  have  the  same  want.  Here  our  aim  is  not,  leav- 
ing the  given  as  it  is,  to  find  the  truth  of  it;  but  here  we  want  to 
force  the  sensuous  fact  to  correspond  to  the  truth  of  ourselves. 
We  say,  "My  sensuous  existence  is  thus,  but  I  truly  am  not  thus; 
I  am  different."  On  the  one  hand,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  I  and  my 
existing  world  are  discrepant;  on  the  other  hand,  the  instinct  of 
my  nature  tells  me  that  the  world  is  mine.  On  that  impulse  I 
act,  I  alter  and  alter  the  sensuous  facts  till  I  find  in  them 
nothing  but  myself  carried  out.  Then  I  possess  my  world,  and  I 
do  not  possess  it  until  I  find  my  will  in  it;  and  I  do  not  find 
that  until  what  I  have  is  a  harmony  or  a  whole  in  system. 

Both  in  theory  and  practice  my  end  is  to  realize  myself  as  a 
whole.  But  is  this  all?  Is  a  consistent  view  all  that  we  want  in 
theory?  Is  a  harmonious  life  all  that  we  want  in  practice? 
Certainly  not.  A  doctrine  must  not  only  hold  together,  but  it 
must  hold  the  facts  together  as  well.  We  cannot  rest  in  it  simply 
because  it  does  not  contradict  itself.  The  theory  must  take  in  the 
facts,  and  an  ultimate  theory  must  take  in  all  the  facts.  So  again 
in  practice.  It  is  no  human  ideal  to  lead  "the  life  of  an  oyster." 
We  have  no  right  first  to  find  out  just  what  we  happen  to  be  and 
to  have,  and  then  to  contract  our  wants  to  that  limit.  We  cannot 
do  it  if  we  would,  and  morality  calls  to  us  that,  if  we  try  to  do  it,  we 
are  false  to  ourselves.  Against  the  sensuous  facts  around  us  and 
within  us  we  must  forever  attempt  to  widen  our  empire;  we  must 
at  least  try  to  go  forward  or  we  shall  certainly  be  driven  back. 

So  self-realization  means  more  than  the  mere  assertion  of  the 
self  as  a  whole.®  And  here  we  may  refer  to  two  principles  which 
Kant  put  forward  under  the  names  of  "Homogeneity"  and  "Speci- 
fication." Not  troubling  ourselves  with  our  relation  to  Kant,  we 
may  say  that  the  ideal  is  neither  to  be  perfectly  homogeneous  nor 
simply  to  be  specified  to  the  last  degree,  but  rather  to  combine 

*  I  leave  out  of  sight  the  important  question  whether  any  partial  whole 
can  be  self-consistent.  If  (which  seems  the  better  view)  this  cannot  be,  we 
shall  not  need  to  say  "Systematize  and  widen,"  but  the  second  will  be 
implied  in  the  first. 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  19 

both  these  elements.  Our  true  being  is  not  the  extreme  of  unity, 
nor  of  diversity,  but  the  perfect  identity  of  both.  And  "Realize 
yourself"  does  not  mean  merely  "Be  a  whole,"  but  "Be  an  infinite 
whole." 

At  this  word  I  am  afraid  the  reader  who  has  not  yet  despaired 
of  us  will  come  to  a  stop  and  refuse  to  enter  into  the  region  of 
nonsense.  But  why  should  it  be  nonsense?  When  the  poet  and 
the  preacher  tell  us  the  mind  is  infinite,  most  of  us  feel  that  it  is 
so;  and  has  our  science  really  come  to  this  that  the  beliefs  which 
answer  to  our  highest  feelings  must  be  theoretical  absurdities? 
Should  not  the  philosophy  which  tells  us  such  a  thing  be  very 
sure  of  the  ground  it  goes  upon?  But  if  the  reader  will  follow 
me  I  think  I  can  show  him  that  the  mere  finitude  of  the  mind  is 
a  more  difficult  thesis  to  support  than  its  infinity. 

It  would  be  well  if  I  could  ask  the  reader  to  tell  me  what  he 
means  by  "finite."  As  that  cannot  be  I  must  say  that  finite  is 
limited  or  ended.  To  be  finite  is  to  be  some  one  among  others, 
some  one  which  is  not  others.  One  finite  ends  where  the  other 
finite  begins;  it  is  bounded  from  the  outside,  and  cannot  go 
beyond  itself  without  becoming  something  else,  and  thereby 
perishing.' 

"The  mind,"  we  are  told,  "is  finite;  and  the  reason  why  we  say 
it  is  finite  is  that  we  know  it  is  finite.  The  mind  knows  that  itself 
is  finite."    This  is  the  doctrine  we  have  to  oppose. 

We  answer,  The  mind  is  not  finite  just  because  it  knows  it  is 
finite.  "The  knowledge  of  the  limit  suppresses  the  limit."  It  is 
a  flagrant  self-contradiction  that  the  finite  should  know  its  own 
finitude;  and  it  is  not  hard  to  make  this  plain. 

Finite  means  limited  from  the  outside  and  by  the  outside.  The 
finite  is  to  know  itself  as  this,  or  not  as  finite.  If  its  knowledge 
ceases  to  fall  wholly  within  itself,  then  so  far  it  is  not  finite.  It 
knows  that  it  is  limited  from  the  outside  and  by  the  outside,  and 
that  means  it  knows  the  outside.  But  if  so,  then  it  is  so  far  not 
finite.      If  its   whole   being   fell   within    itself,   then   in   knowing 

*  We  have  to  dwell  on  the  inherent  contradiction  of  the  finite.  Its 
being  is  to  fall  wholly  within  itself;  and  yet,  so  far  as  it  is  finite,  so  far  is 
it  determined  wholly  by  the  outside. 


20  Ethical  Studies 

itself  it  could  not  know  that  there  was  anything  outside  itself. 
It  does  do  the  latter;  hence  the  former  supposition  is  false. 

Imagine  a  man  shut  up  in  a  room,  who  said  to  us,  "My  facul- 
ties are  entirely  confined  to  the  inside  of  this  room.  The  limit  of 
the  room  is  the  limit  of  my  mind  and  so  I  can  have  no  knowledge 
whatever  of  the  outside" ;  should  we  not  answer,  "My  dear  sir,  you 
contradict  yourself.  If  it  were  as  you  say,  you  could  not  know  of 
an  outside,  and  so,  by  consequence,  not  of  an  inside,  as  such.  You 
should  be  in  earnest  and  go  through  with  your  doctrine  of 
'relativity.'  " 

To  the  above  simple  argument  I  fear  we  may  not  have  done 
justice.  However  that  be,  I  know  of  no  answer  to  it;  and  until 
we  find  one,  we  must  say  that  it  is  not  true  that  the  mind  is  finite. 

If  I  am  to  realize  myself  it  must  be  as  infinite;  and  now  the 
question  is,  What  does  infinite  mean?  and  it  will  be  better  to  say 
first  what  it  does  not  mean.  There  are  two  wrong  views  on  the 
subject,  which  we  will  take  one  at  a  time. 

(1)  Infinite  is  not-finite,  and  that  means  "end-less."  What 
does  endless  mean?  Not  the  mere  negation  of  end,  because  a 
mere  negation  is  nothing  at  all,  and  infinite  would  thus  =  0.  The 
endless  is  something  positive;  it  means  a  positive  quantity  which 
has  no  end.  Any  given  number  of  units  is  finite,  but  a  series  of 
units  which  is  produced  indefinitely  is  infinite.  This  is  the  sense 
of  infinite  which  is  in  most  common  use,  and  which,  we  shall  see, 
is  what  Hedonism  believes  in.  It  is  however  clear  that  this 
infinite  is  a  perpetual  self-contradiction  and,  so  far  as  it  is  real, 
is  only  finite.  Any  real  quantity  has  ends  beyond  which  it  does 
not  go.  "Increase  the  quantity"  merely  says,  "Put  the  end  further 
off";  but  in  saying  that,  it  does  say  "Put  the  end."  "Increase 
the  quantity  forever"  means,  "Have  forever  a  finite  quantity,  and 
forever  say  that  it  is  not  finite."  In  other  words,  "Remove  the 
end"  does  imply,  by  that  very  removal  and  the  production  of  the 
series,  the  making  of  a  fresh  end;  so  that  we  still  have  a  finite 
quantity.  Here,  so  far  as  the  infinite  exists,  it  is  finite;  so  far  as 
it  is  told  to  exist,  it  is  told  again  to  be  nothing  but  finite. 

(2)  Or,  secondly,  the  infinite  is  not  the  finite,  no  longer  in  the 
sense  of  being  more  in  quantity,  but  in  the  sense  of  being  some- 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  21 

thing  else  which  is  different  in  quality.  The  infinite  is  not  in  the 
world  of  limited  things;  it  exists  in  a  sphere  of  its  own.  The 
mind  (e.  g.)  is  something  beside  the  aggregate  of  its  states.  God  is 
something  beside  the  things  of  this  world.  This  is  the  infinite 
believed  in  by  abstract  Duty.  But  here  once  more,  against  its 
will,  infinite  comes  to  mean  merely  finite.  The  infinite  is  a  some- 
thing over  against,  beside,  and  outside  the  finite;  and  hence 
is  itself  also  finite,  because  limited  by  something  else. 

In  neither  of  these  two  senses  is  the  mind  infinite.  What  then 
is  the  true  sense  of  infinite?  As  before,  it  is  the  negation  of  the 
finite;  it  is  not-finite.  But,  unlike  both  the  false  infinites,  it  does 
not  leave  the  finite  as  it  is.  It  neither,  with  (1) ,  says  "the  finite  15 
to  be  not-finite,"  nor,  with  (2) ,  tries  to  get  rid  of  it  by  doubling  it. 
It  does  really  negate  the  finite  so  that  the  finite  disappears,  not 
by  having  a  negative  set  over  against  it,  but  by  being  taken  up 
into  a  higher  unity  in  which,  becoming  an  element,  it  ceases  to 
have  its  original  character  and  is  both  suppressed  and  preserved. 
The  infinite  is  thus  "the  unity  of  the  finite  and  infinite."  The  finite 
was  determined  from  the  outside,  so  that  everywhere  to  char- 
acterize and  distinguish  it  was  in  fact  to  divide  it.  Wherever 
you  defined  anything  you  were  at  once  carried  beyond  to  some- 
thing else  and  something  else,  and  this  because  the  negative, 
required  for  distinction,  was  an  outside  other.  In  the  infinite 
you  can  distinguish  without  dividing;  for  this  is  an  imity  holding 
within  itself  subordinated  factors  which  are  negative  of,  and  so 
distinguishable  from,  each  other;  while  at  the  same  time  the 
whole  is  so  present  in  each  that  each  has  its  own  being  in  its 
opposite,  and  depends  on  that  relation  for  its  own  life.  The 
negative  is  also  its  aflSrmation.  Thus  the  infinite  has  a  distinc- 
tion, and  so  a  negation,  in  itself,  but  is  distinct  from  and  negated 
by  nothing  but  itself.  Far  from  being  one  something  which  is 
not  another  something,  it  is  a  whole  in  which  both  one  and 
the  other  are  mere  elements.  This  whole  is  hence  "relative" 
utterly  and  through  and  through,  but  the  relation  does  not  fall 
outside  it;  the  relatives  are  moments  in  which  it  is  the  relation  of 
itself  to  itself,  and  so  is  above  the  relation,  and  is  absolute  reality. 
The  finite  is  relative  to  something  else;  the  infinite  is  5e//-related. 


22  Ethical  Studies 

It  is  this  sort  of  infinite  which  the  mind  is.  The  simplest  symbol 
of  it  is  the  circle,  the  line  which  returns  into  itself,  not  the  straight 
line  produced  indefinitely;  and  the  readiest  way  to  find  it  is  to 
consider  the  satisfaction  of  desire.  There  we  have  myself  and 
its  opposite,  and  the  return  from  the  opposite,  the  finding  in  the 
other  nothing  but  self.  And  here  it  would  be  well  to  recall  what 
we  said  above  on  the  form  of  the  will. 

If  the  reader  to  whom  this  account  of  the  infinite  is  new  has 
found  it  in  any  way  intelligible,  I  think  he  will  see  that  there  is 
some  sense  in  it  when  we  say,  "Realize  yourself  as  an  infinite 
whole";  or,  in  other  words,  "Be  specified  in  yourself,  but  not 
specified  by  anything  foreign  to  yourself." 

But  the  objection  comes:  "Morality  tells  us  to  progress;  it 
tells  us  we  are  not  concluded  in  ourselves  nor  perfect,  but  that 
there  exists  a  not-ourself  which  never  does  wholly  become  ourself. 
And  apart  from  morality,  it  is  obvious  that  I  and  you,  this  man 
and  the  other  man,  are  finite  beings.  We  are  not  one  another; 
more  or  less  we  must  limit  each  other's  sphere;  I  am  what  I  am 
more  or  less  by  external  relations,  and  I  do  not  fall  wholly  within 
myself.  Thus  I  am  to  be  infinite,  to  have  no  limit  from  the  out- 
side; and  yet  I  am  one  among  others,  and  therefore  am  finite. 
It  is  all  very  well  to  tell  me  that  in  me  there  is  infinity,  the 
perfect  identity  of  subject  and  object  —  that  I  may  be  willing 
perhaps  to  believe,  but  nonetheless  I  am  finite." 

We  admit  the  full  force  of  the  objection.  I  am  finite;  I  am 
both  infinite  and  finite  and  that  is  why  my  moral  life  is  a  perpetual 
progress.  I  must  progress  because  I  have  an  other  which  is  to  be, 
and  yet  never  quite  is,  myself;  and  so,  as  I  am,  am  in  a  state  of 
contradiction. 

It  is  not  that  I  wish  to  increase  the  mere  quantity  of  my  true 
self.  It  is  that  I  wish  to  be  nothing  but  my  true  self,  to  be  rid  of 
all  external  relations,  to  bring  them  all  within  me,  and  so  to  fall 
wholly  within  myself. 

I  am  to  be  perfectly  homogeneous;  but  I  cannot  be  unless 
fully  specified,  and  the  question  is.  How  can  I  be  extended  so 
as  to  take  in  my  external  relations  ?    Goethe  has  said,  "Be  a  whole 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  23 

or  join  a  whole,"^"  but  to  that  we  must  answer,  "You  cannot  be  a 
whole,  unless  you  join  a  whole." 

The  difficulty  is:  being  limited  and  so  not  a  whole,  how  extend 
myself  so  as  to  be  a  whole?  The  answer  is,  be  a  member  in  a 
whole.  Here  your  private  self,  your  finitude,  ceases  as  such  to 
exist;  it  becomes  the  function  of  an  organism.  You  must  be,  not 
a  mere  piece  of,  but  a  member  in,  a  whole,  and  as  this  must  know 
and  will  yourself. 

The  whole  to  which  you  belong  specifies  itself  in  the  detail  of 
its  functions,  and  yet  remains  homogeneous.  It  lives  not  many 
lives  but  one  life,  and  yet  cannot  live  except  in  its  many  members. 
Just  so,  each  one  of  the  members  is  alive,  but  not  apart  from  the 
whole  which  lives  in  it.  The  organism  is  homogeneous  because  it 
is  specified,  and  specified  because  it  is  homogeneous. 

"But,"  it  will  be  said,  "what  is  that  to  me?  I  remain  one 
member,  and  I  am  not  other  members.  The  more  perfect  the 
organism,  the  more  is  it  specified,  and  so  much  the  intenser 
becomes  its  homogeneity.  But  its  'more'  means  my  'less.'  The 
unity  falls  in  the  whole  and  so  outside  me ;  and  the  greater  specifi- 
cation of  the  whole  means  the  making  me  more  special,  more 
narrowed  and  limited,  and  less  developed  within  myself." 

We  answer  that  this  leaves  out  of  sight  a  fact  quite  palpable  and 
of  enormous  significance,  viz.,  that  in  the  moral  organism  the 
members  are  aware  of  themselves,  and  aware  of  themselves  as 
members.  I  do  not  know  myself  as  mere  this,  against  something 
else  which  is  not  myself.  The  relations  of  the  others  to  me  are 
not  mere  external  relations.  I  know  myself  as  a  member;  that 
means  I  am  aware  of  my  own  function;  but  it  means  also  that  I 
am  aware  of  the  whole  as  specifying  itself  in  me.  The  will  of  the 
whole  knowingly  wills  itself  in  me;  the  will  of  the  whole  is  the 
will  of  the  members,  and  so,  in  willing  my  own  function,  I  do 
know  that  the  others  will  themselves  in  me.  I  do  know  again  that 
I  will  myself  in  the  others,  and  in  them  find  my  will  once  more  as 

^°  "Immer  strebe  zum  Ganzen,  und  kannst  du  selber  kein  Ganzes 
Werden,  als  dienendes  Glied  schliess'  an  ein  Ganzes  dich  an.** 

— Vier   Jahreszeiten,   45. 


24  Ethical  Studies 

not  mine,  and  yet  as  mine.  It  is  false  that  the  homogeneity  falls 
outside  me;  it  is  not  only  in  me,  but  for  me  too;  and  apart  from 
my  life  in  it,  my  knowledge  of  it,  and  devotion  to  it,  I  am  not 
myself.  When  it  goes  out  my  heart  goes  out  with  it,  where  it 
triumphs  I  rejoice,  where  it  is  maimed  I  suffer;  separate  me  from 
the  love  of  it  and  I  perish.     (See  further.  Essay  V.) 

No  doubt  the  distinction  of  separate  selves  remains,  but  the  point 
is  this.  In  morality  the  existence  of  my  mere  private  self,  as  such, 
is  something  which  ought  not  to  be,  and  which,  so  far  as  I  am 
moral,  has  already  ceased.  I  am  morally  realized,  not  until  my 
personal  self  has  utterly  ceased  to  be  my  exclusive  self,  is  no  more 
a  will  which  is  outside  others'  wills,  but  finds  in  the  world  of 
others  nothing  but  self. 

"Realize  yourself  as  an  infinite  whole"  means  "Realize  your- 
self as  the  self-conscious  member  of  an  infinite  whole,  by  realizing 
that  whole  in  yourself."  When  that  whole  is  truly  infinite,  and 
when  your  personal  will  is  wholly  made  one  with  it,  then  you  also 
have  reached  the  extreme  of  homogeneity  and  specification  in 
one,  and  have  attained  a  perfect  self-realization. 

The  foregoing  will,  we  hope,  become  clear  to  the  reader  of  this 
volume.  He  must  consider  what  has  been  said  so  far  as  the  text, 
which  the  sequel  is  to  illustrate  and  work  out  in  detail.  Mean- 
while, our  aim  has  been  to  put  forward  the  formula  of  self-realiza- 
tion and  in  some  measure  to  explain  it.  The  following  Essays 
will  furnish,  we  hope,  something  like  a  commentary  and  justifica- 
tion. We  shall  see  that  the  self  to  be  realized  is  not  the  self  as  a 
collection  of  particulars,  is  not  the  universal  as  all  the  states  of  a 
certain  feeling;  and  that  it  is  not  again  an  abstract  universal,  as 
the  form  of  duty;  that  neither  are  in  harmony  with  life,  with  the 
moral  consciousness,  or  with  themselves;  that  when  the  self  is 
identified  with,  and  wills,  and  realizes  a  concrete  universal,  a 
real  totality,  then  first  does  it  find  itself,  is  satisfied,  self-deter- 
mined, and  free — "the  free  will  that  wills  itself  as  the  free  will." 

Let  us  resume,  then,  the  results  of  the  present  Essay.  We  have 
attempted  to  show  (1)  that  the  formula  of  "what  for?"  must  be 
rejected  by  every  ethical  doctrine  as  not  universally  valid;  and 
that  hence  no  one  theory  can  gain  the  smallest  advantage  (except 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  25 

over  the  foolish)  by  putting  it  forward;  that  now  for  us  (as  it  was 
for  Hellas)  the  main  question  is,  There  being  some  end,  what  is 
that  end?  And  (2),  with  which  second  part,  if  it  fall,  the  first 
need  not  fall,  we  have  endeavored  briefly  to  point  out  that  the 
final  end  with  which  morality  is  identified,  or  under  which  it  is 
included,  can  be  expressed  not  otherwise  than  by  self-realization. 


NOTE 

Perhaps  the  following  remarks,  though  partly  repetition  of  the 
above,  may  be  of  service. 

There  being  an  end,  that  end  is  realization,  at  all  events;  it  is 
something  to  be  reached,  otherwise  not  an  end. 

And  it  implies  self-realization,  because  it  is  to  be  reached  by 
me.  By  my  action  I  am  to  carry  it  out;  in  making  it  real  my 
will  is  realized,  and  my  will  is  myself.  Hence  there  is  self-realiza- 
tion in  all  action;  witness  the  feeling  of  pleasure. 

"Yes,"  it  will  be  said,  "but  that  does  not  show  there  is  nothing 
but  self-realization.  The  content  of  the  act  is  not  the  self  but 
may  be  something  else,  and  this  something  else  may  be  the  end. 
The  content  is  the  end." 

This  is  very  easy  to  say  but  it  overlooks  the  psychological 
difl&culties.  How  is  it  possible  to  will  what  is  not  one's  self,  how 
can  one  desire  a  foreign  object?  What  we  desire  must  be  in  our 
minds;  we  must  think  of  it;  and  besides,  we  must  be  related  to  it 
in  a  particular  way.  If  it  is  to  be  the  end,  we  must  feel  ourselves 
one  with  it,  and  in  it;  and  how  can  we  do  that  if  it  does  not 
belong  to  us  and  has  not  been  made  part  of  us?  To  say 
"thoughts  of  what  is  and  is  to  be  exist  in  you,  are  in  your  head, 
and  then  you  carry  them  out,  and  that  is  action"  is  futile ;  because 
these  thoughts,  if  desired,  are  not  merely  in  me,  they  are  felt  to 
be  mine,  ideally  to  be  myself,  and,  when  they  are  carried  out, 
that  therefore  is  self-realization. 

Or  shall  we  be  told  that  "to  talk  of  carrying  out  is  nonsense. 
In  action  we  produce  changes  in  things  and  in  ourselves,  answer- 
ing to  thoughts;  things  resemble  thoughts,  but,  strictly  speaking. 


26  Ethical  Studies 

thought  is  not  realized,  because  that  is  unmeaning"?  If  we  hold 
to  this,  however,  we  are  met  by  the  impossibility  then  of  account- 
ing for  thought  and  action  as  ordinarily  viewed;  we  should 
know  not  the  real,  but  something  like  the  real,  and  should  do  not 
what  we  mean,  intend,  have  in  our  minds,  but  only  something 
like  it.  But  this,  unfortunately,  is  not  action.  If  I  do  not  what 
I  will,  but  only  something  like  it,  then,  strictly  speaking,  so  far  it 
is  not  my  act  and  would  not  be  imputed  to  me.  An  act  supposes 
the  content  on  each  side  to  be  the  same,  with  a  difference,  or, 
under  a  difference,  to  be  the  same.  It  does  suppose  that 
what  was  in  the  mind  is  carried  out;  and,  unless  you  think  that 
something  can  be  in  the  self  and  carried  out  by  the  self,  without 
being  of  the  nature  of  the  self  (and  you  would  find  the  difficulties 
of  such  .a  view  insuperable),  then  you  must  say  that  volition  is 
self-realization. 

But  doubtless  there  are  many  persons  who,  not  raising  meta- 
physical or  psychological  questions  but  standing  merely  on  facts, 
would  say,  "Theory  apart,  surely  when  I  act  I  do  realize  more  than 
myself.  I  quite  see  that  I  may  not  do  so;  but  when  I  devote 
myself  to  a  cause,  and  at  my  own  expense  help  to  carry  it  out, 
how  then  am  I  realizing  only  myself?" 

The  difficulty  no  doubt  is  very  serious  and  we  cannot  pretend 
here  to  go  to  the  bottom  of  it.  But  we  may  point  out  that  it 
arises  from  a  preconception  as  to  the  self  (i.  e.,  the  identification 
of  it  with  the  particular  self)  which  cannot  be  defended.  It  is 
clear  that,  on  the  one  side,  selves  do  exclude  one  another.  I  am 
not  you,  you  are  not  he;  and,  resting  on  this  notion  of  exclusive- 
ness,  we  go  on  to  look  at  the  self  as  a  repellent  point,  or,  as  we  call 
it,  a  mere  individual.  But,  apart  from  metaphysics,  facts  soon 
compel  us  to  see  that  this  is  not  a  reality,  but  an  abstraction  of  our 
minds.  For,  without  troubling  ourselves  about  the  relation  of  one 
person  to  others,  as  soon  as  we  imagine  this  mere  "individual" 
acting,  we  see  he  must  bring  forth  something,  and,  to  do  that,  must 
have  something  in  him,  must  have  a  content;  and,  if  so,  is  not  any 
longer  a  bare  point  which  we  now  perceive  to  be  a  mere  form. 
Hence  we  now  try  to  give  him  a  content  which  falls  wholly  within 
himself  and  is  not  common  to  him  with  others,  and,  finding  it  im- 


Why  Should  I  Be  Moral?  27 

possible  to  account  for  facts  on  this  supposition,  suddenly  we  turn 
round  and  fly  to  the  other  extreme,  and  now  suppose  him  to 
realize  the  sheer  suppression  of  himself:  not  seeing  that  now  we 
have  abjured  our  premises  without  having  refuted  them,  and  are 
face  to  face  with  the  psychological  difficulty  of  how  a  man  is  to 
bring  out  of  himself  what  was  not  in  himself  and  part  of  himself, 
and  with  the  facts  which  testify  that  action  without  interest  is  a 
fiction. 

But  if  from  a  better  metaphysic,  or  attention  to  facts,  we  are 
willing  to  give  up  those  metaphysical  preconceptions  we  took  for 
fact  and  now  see  to  be  futile,  then  we  may  also  see  that, 
though  certainly  one  person  cannot  be,  "like  Cerberus,  three 
gentlemen  at  once,"  yet  that,  beside  being  thus  exclusive,  nonethe- 
less in  respect  of  their  content  (and  that  makes  them  what  they 
are)  persons  are  not  thus  exclusive;  that  I  am  what  I  will  and 
will  what  I  am,  that  the  content  qualifies  me,  and  that  there  is  no 
reason  in  the  world  why  that  content  should  be  confined  to  the 
"this  me."  In  the  case  of  a  social  being  this  is  impossible;  and 
to  point  out  any  human  being  in  whom  his  exclusive  self  is  the 
whole  content  of  his  will,  is  out  of  the  question.  But,  if  so,  where 
is  the  difficulty  of  my  object  being  one  and  the  same  with  the 
object  of  other  people;  so  that,  having  filled  the  form  of  my 
personality  with  a  life  not  merely  mine,  I  have  at  heart,  and  have 
identified  with  and  made  one  with  myself,  objective  interests, 
things  that  are  to  be,  and  in  and  with  the  existence  of  which  I  am 
not  to  satisfy  my  mere  private  self;  so  that,  as  I  neither  will  nor 
can  separate  myself  from  what  makes  me  myself,  in  realizing  them 
I  realize  myself,  and  can  do  so  only  by  realizing  them?  (We 
shall  come  on  this  again  —  see  especially  Essay  VII.) 

Well  then,  just  as  we  must  accept  the  teaching  that  "all  is 
relative  to  self,"  but  supplement  and  correct  it  with  the  teaching 
that  "myself  also  is  relative";  so  we  must  accept  the  teaching  of 
the  selfish  theory  that  I  can  will  myself  only,  but  correct  it  by  the 
addition  "and  yet  the  self  which  is  myself,  which  is  mine,  is  not 
merely  me."  Hence  that  all  willing  is  self-realization  is  seen  not 
to  be  in  collision  with  morality. 

To  conclude  —  If  I  am  asked  why  I  am  to  be  moral  I  can  say 


28  Ethical  Studies 

no  more  than  this,  that  what  I  cannot  doubt  is  my  own  being 
now,  and  that  since  in  that  being  is  involved  a  self,  which  is  to  be 
here  and  now,  and  yet  in  this  here  and  now  is  not,  I  therefore 
cannot  doubt  that  there  is  an  end  which  I  am  to  make  real;  and 
morality,  if  not  equivalent  to,  is  at  all  events  included  in  this 
making  real  of  myself. 

If  it  is  absurd  to  ask  for  the  further  reason  of  my  knowing 
and  willing  my  own  existence,  then  it  is  equally  absurd  to  ask 
for  the  further  reason  of  what  is  involved  therein.  The  only 
rational  question  here  is  not  Why?  but  What?  What  is  the  self 
that  I  know  and  will?  What  is  its  true  nature,  and  what  is 
implied  therein?  What  is  the  self  that  I  am  to  make  actual,  and 
how  is  the  principle  present,  living,  and  incarnate  in  its  particular 
modes  of  realization? 


PLEASURE  FOR  PLEASURE'S  SAKE 

TT  is  an  old  story,  a  theme  too  worn  for  the  turning  of  sentences, 
and  yet  too  living  a  moral  not  to  find  every  day  a  new 
point  and  to  break  a  fresh  heart,  that  our  lives  are  wasted  in  the 
pursuit  of  the  impalpable,  the  search  for  the  impossible  and  the 
unmeaning.  Neither  today  nor  yesterday,  but  throughout  the 
whole  life  of  the  race,  the  complaint  has  gone  forth  that  all  is 
vanity;  that  the  ends  for  which  we  live  and  we  die  are  "mere 
ideas,"  illusions  begotten  on  the  brain  by  the  wish  of  the  heart — 
poor  phrases  that  stir  the  blood,  until  experience  or  reflection  for 
a  little,  and  death  for  all  time,  bring  with  it  disenchantment  and 
quiet.  Duty  for  duty's  sake,  life  for  an  end  beyond  sense,  honor, 
and  beauty,  and  love  for  the  invisible — all  these  are  first  felt,  and 
then  seen  to  be  dream  and  shadow  and  unreal  vision.  And  our 
cry  and  our  desire  is  for  something  that  will  satisfy  us,  something 
that  we  know  and  do  not  only  think,  something  that  is  real  and 
solid,  that  we  can  lay  hold  of  and  be  sure  of  and  that  will  not 
change  in  our  hands.  We  have  said  good-by  to  our  transcendent 
longings,  we  have  bidden  a  sad  but  an  eternal  farewell  to  the 
hopes  of  our  own  and  of  the  world's  too  credulous  youth ;  we  have 
parted  forever  from  our  early  loves,  from  our  fancies  and  aspira- 
tions beyond  the  human.  We  seek  for  the  tangible  and  we  find 
it  in  this  world;  for  the  knowledge  which  can  never  deceive,  and 
that  is  the  certainty  of  our  own  well-being;  we  seek  for  the 
palpable,  and  we  feel  it;  for  the  end  which  will  satisfy  us  as  men, 
and  we  find  it,  in  a  word,  in  happiness. 

Happiness!  Is  that  climax,  or  pathos,  or  cruel  irony?  Hap- 
piness is  the  end?  Yes,  happiness  is  the  end  which  indeed  we 
all  reach  after;  for  what  more  can  we  wish  than  that  all  should  be 
well  with  us — ^that  our  wants  should  be  filled  and  the  desire  of 
our  hearts  be  gratified?  And  happiness  cannot  escape  us,  we 
must  know  it  when  we  find  it?  Oh  yes,  it  would  be  strange 
indeed  to  come  to  such  a  consummation  and  never  to  know  it. 
And  happiness  is  real  and  palpable,  and  we  can  find  it  by  seeking 

29 


30  Ethical  Studies 

it?  Alas!  the  one  question  which  no  one  can  answer  is,  What 
is  happiness?  —  which  everyone  in  the  end  can  answer  is,  what 
happiness  is  not.  It  has  been  called  by  every  name  among  men, 
and  has  been  sought  on  the  heights  and  in  the  depths;  it  has 
been  wooed  in  all  the  shapes  on  earth  and  in  heaven,  and  what 
man  has  won  it?  Its  name  is  a  proverb  for  the  visionary  object 
of  a  universal  and  a  fruitless  search;  of  all  the  delusions  which 
make  a  sport  of  our  lives  it  is  not  one,  but  is  one  common  title 
which  covers  and  includes  them  all,  which  shows  behind  each  in 
turn,  but  to  vanish  and  appear  behind  another.  The  man  who 
says  that  happiness  is  his  mark,  aims  at  nothing  apart  from  the 
ends  of  others.  He  seeks  the  illusory  goal  of  all  men;  and  he 
differs  from  the  rest  that  are  and  have  been  not  at  all,  or  only  in 
his  assertion  that  happiness  is  to  be  found  by  seeking  it. 

"But  happiness,"  will  be  the  reply,  "is  vague  because  it  has  been 
made  so  —  is  impalpable  because  projected  beyond  the  solid  world 
into  the  region  of  cloud  and  fiction — is  visionary  because  diverted 
from  its  object,  and  used  as  a  name  for  visions.  Such  ends  are 
not  happiness.  But  there  is  an  end  which  men  can  seek  and  do 
find,  which  never  deceives,  which  is  real  and  tangible  and  felt  to 
be  happiness  —  and  that  end  is  pleasure.  Pleasure  is  something 
we  can  be  sure  of,  for  it  dwells  not  we  know  not  where,  but  here 
in  ourselves.  It  is  found,  and  it  can  be  found;  it  is  the  end  for 
man  and  for  beast,  the  one  thing  worth  living  for,  the  one  thing 
they  do  live  for  and  do  really  desire,  and  the  only  thing  they  ought 
to  set  before  them.  This  is  real,  because  we  feel  and  know  it  to  be 
real;  and  solely  by  partaking,  or  seeming  to  partake,  in  its  reality 
do  other  ends  pass  for,  and  impose  on  the  world  as  happiness." 

We  said  that  to  answer  the  question,  what  happiness  is,  has 
been  thought  impossible;  that  there  are  few  who,  in  the  end,  are 
unable  to  say  what  happiness  is  not.  And  if  there  be  any  one 
thing  which  well-nigh  the  whole  voice  of  the  world,  from  all 
ages,  nations,  and  sorts  of  men,  has  agreed  to  declare  is  not  hap- 
piness, that  thing  is  pleasure  and  the  search  for  it.  Not  in  the 
school  alone  but  round  us  in  life,  we  see  that  to  identify  in  the 
beginning  pleasure  and  happiness  leads  in  the  end  to  the  confes- 
sion that  there  "is  nothing  in  it,     evSaijxoviav  oAws  aSvvarov  elvai. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  31 

The  "pursuit  of  pleasure"  is  a  phrase  which  calls  for  a  smile  or  a 
sigh,  since  the  world  has  learned  that,  if  pleasure  is  the  end,  it  is 
an  end  which  must  not  be  made  one,  and  is  found  there  most 
where  it  is  not  sought.  If  to  find  pleasure  is  the  end  and  science 
is  the  means,  then  indeed  we  must  say 

Die  hohe  Kraft 

Der  Wissenschaft, 

Der  ganzen   Welt  verborgen! 

Und  wer  nicht  denkt, 

Dem  wird  sie  geschenkt, 

Er  hat  sie  ohne  Sorgen/ 

Common  opinion  repeats  its  old  song  that  the  search  for  pleas- 
ure is  the  coarsest  form  of  vulgar  delusion,  that  if  you  want  to  be 
happy  in  the  sense  of  pleased  you  must  not  think  of  pleasure, 
but,  taking  up  some  accredited  form  of  living,  must  make  that  ^ 
your  end,  and  in  that  case,  with  moderately  good  fortune,  you  will 
be  happy;  if  you  are  not,  then  it  must  be  your  own  fault;  but  that, 
if  you  go  further,  you  are  like  to  fare  worse.  You  had  better  not 
try  elsewhere,  or,  at  least,  not  for  pleasure  elsewhere. 

So  far  the  weight  of  popular  experience  bears  heavily  against 
the  practicability  of  Hedonism.  But  Hedonism,  we  shall  be  told, 
does  not  of  necessity  mean  the  search  by  the  individual  for  the 
pleasure  of  the  individual.  It  is  to  such  selfish  pleasure-seeking 
alone  that  the  proverbial  condemnation  of  Hedonism  applies. 
The  end  for  modern  Utilitarianism  is  not  the  pleasure  of  one,  but  /^ 
the  pleasure  of  all,  the  maximum  of  pleasurable,  and  minimum  of 
painful,  feeling  in  all  sentient  organisms,  and  not  in  my  sentient 
organism;  and  against  the  possibility  of  realizing  such  an  end 
common  opinion  has  nothing  to  say.  This  we  admit  to  be  true, 
but  in  this  shape  the  question  has  never  fairly  come  before  the 
popular  mind;  and  it  would  be  well  to  remember  that  if  the  indi- 
vidual, when  he  seeks  pleasure,  fails  in  his  individual  aim,  such  a    ^ 

"^  Thus  rendered  in  Mr.  C.  Kegan  Paul's  version  of  Faust: 

The   highest  might  But  whosoe'er 

Of  science  quite  Expends  no  care, 

Is    from   the    world   concealed!  To  him  it  is  revealed. 


32  Ethical  Studies 

fact  ought  at  least  to  inspire  us  with  some  doubt  whether,  when 
mankind  seek  the  pleasure  of  the  sentient  world,  that  end  be  so 
much  more  real  and  tangible. 

Opinion,  then,  as  the  result  of  popular  experience  so  far  as  it 
has  touched  on  the  question,  would  appear  to  be  against  the  prac- 
ticability of  Hedonism.  Still  vulgar  opinion  must  not  count 
against  philosophical  theory,  though  it  certainly  may  against  the 
still  more  vulgar  preconception  as  to  the  reality  and  palpable 
character  of  pleasure. 

But  Hedonism,  we  must  remember,  does  not  assert  itself 
simply  as  a  theory  which  can  be  worked.  It  puts  itself  forward  as 
moral,  as  the  one  and  only  possible  account  of  morality.  The 
fact  is  the  moral  world.  Hedonism  is  the  supposed  explanation; 
and  if  we  find  that  non-theoretical  persons,  who  have  direct  cog- 
nizance of  the  fact,  with  but  few  exceptions  reject  the  explanation, 
that  ought  to  have  great  weight  with  us.  And  the  case  stands 
thus  undeniably.  When  moral  persons  without  a  theory  on  the 
matter  are  told  that  the  moral  end  for  the  individual  and  the  race 
is  the  getting  a  maximum  surplusage  of  pleasurable  feeling,  and 
that  there  is  nothing  in  the  whole  world  which  has  the  smallest 
moral  value  except  this  end  and  the  means  to  it,  there  is  no  gain- 
saying that  they  repudiate  such  a  result.  They  feel  that  there  are 
things  "we  should  choose  even  if  no  pleasure  came  from  them"; 
and  that  if  we  choose  these  things,  being  good,  for  ourselves,  then 
we  must  choose  them  also  for  the  race,  if  we  care  for  the  race  as 
we  do  for  ourselves.  We  may  be  told,  indeed,  that  a  vulgar 
objection  of  this  sort  is  founded  on  a  misunderstanding,  and  to 
this  we  shall  have  to  recur ;  but  for  the  present  we  prefer  to  believe 
that  never,  except  on  a  misunderstanding,  has  the  moral  con- 
sciousness in  any  case  acquiesced  in  Hedonism.  And  we  must 
say,  I  think,  that  supposing  it  possible  that  Hedonism  could  be 
worked,  yet  common  moral  opinion  is  decided  against  its  being, 
what  it  professes  to  be,  a  suflBcient  account  of  morals. 

For  morality  and  religion  believe  in  some  end  for  the  man  and 
for  the  race  to  be  worked  out;  some  idea  to  be  realized  in  man- 
kind and  in  the  individual,  and  to  be  realized  even  though  it 
should  not  be  compatible  with  the  minimum  of  pain  and  maximum 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  33 

of  pleasure  in  human  souls  and  bodies,  to  say  nothing  at  all  about 
other  sentient  organisms.  The  end  for  our  morality  and  our 
religion  is  an  idea  (or  call  it  what  you  will),  which  is  thought  of 
both  as  the  moving  principle  and  final  aim  of  human  progress,  and 
that  idea  (whatever  else  it  may  be,  or  may  not  be)  most  certainly 
is  not  the  mere  idea  of  an  increase  of  pleasure  and  a  diminution 
of  pain.  What  we  represent  to  ourselves  as  the  goal  of  our  being 
we  must  take  as  a  law  for  the  guidance  alike  both  of  this  and  that 
man,  and  of  the  race  as  a  whole;  and  if  you  do  not  use  the  vague 
phrase  "happiness,"  but  say  fairly  and  nakedly  that  you  mean 
"feeling  pleased  as  much  as  possible  and  as  long  as  possible," 
then  you  cannot,  I  think,  bring  the  Hedonistic  end  before  the 
moral  consciousness  without  a  sharp  collision. 

Now  I  am  not  saying  that  what  is  commonly  believed  must  be 
true.  I  am  perfectly  ready  to  consider  the  possibility  of  the  ordi- 
nary moral  creed  being  a  mistaken  one;  but  the  point  which  I 
wish  to  emphasize  is  this:  The  fact  is  the  moral  world,  both  on  its 
external  side  of  the  family,  society,  and  the  State,  and  the  work  of 
the  individual  in  them,  and  again,  on  its  internal  side  of  moral 
feeling  and  belief.  The  theory  which  will  account  for  and  justify 
these  facts  as  a  whole  is  the  true  moral  theory;  and  any  theory 
which  cannot  account  for  these  facts  may  in  some  other  way, 
perhaps,  be  a  very  good  and  correct  theory,  but  it  is  not  a  moral 
theory.  Supposing  every  other  ethical  theory  to  be  false,  it  does 
not  follow  that  therefore  Hedonism  is  a  true  ethical  theory.  It  does 
not  follow  because  it  has  refuted  its  "intuitive  moralists"  (or  what 
not?)  that  therefore  it  accounts  for  the  facts  of  the  moral  con- 
sciousness. Admitted  that  it  is  workable,  it  has  still  to  be  proved 
moral  —  moral  in  the  sense  of  explaining,  not  explaining  away 
morality.  And  it  can  be  proved  moral  by  the  refuting  of  some  other 
theory,  only  on  the  strength  of  two  assumptions.  The  first  is  that 
there  must  be  some  existing  theory  which  is  a  sufi5cient  account 
of  morals,  and  that  is  an  unproved  assumption;  the  second  is 
that  the  disjunction,  that  the  "either — or"  of  "intuitive"  and  "utili- 
tarian" is  complete  and  exhaustive,  and  that  is  a  false  assumption.' 

"  "Whoever  would  disprove  the  theory  which  makes  utility  our  guide  must 
produce  another  principle  that  were  a  surer  and  better  guide. 


34  Ethical  Studies 

At  the  cost  of  repetition,  and  perhaps  of  wearisomeness,  I  must 
dwell  a  little  longer  on  the  ordinary  consciousness.  There  are 
times  indeed  when  we  feel  that  increase  of  progress  means  in- 
crease of  pleasure  and  that  it  is  hard  to  consider  them  apart. 
I  do  not  mean  those  moments  (if  there  are  such)  when  the  music- 
hall  theory  of  life  seems  real  to  us,  but  the  hours  (and  there  must 
be  such)  when  advance  in  goodness  and  knowledge,  and  in  the 
pleasure  of  them,  have  been  so  intermingled  together,  and  brought 
home  as  one  to  our  minds  (in  our  own  case  or  in  that  of  others), 
that  we  feel  it  impossible  to  choose  one  and  not  also  choose  the 
other.  And  there  doubtless  are  hours  again,  when  all  that  is  called 
progress  seems  so  futile  and  disappointing  that  we  bitterly  feel 
"increase  of  knowledge"  is  indeed  "increase  of  sorrow,"  and  that 
he  who  thinks  least  is  happiest;  when  we  envy  the  beasts  their  lives 
without  a  past  or  a  future,  their  heedless  joys  and  easily  forgotten 
griefs;  and  when  for  ourselves,  and  if  for  ourselves  then  for 
others,  we  could  wish  to  cease  or  be  as  they  are  "vo/i  allem 
Wissensqualm  entladen."  These  are  the  extremes;  but  when  in 
the  season  neither  of  our  exaltation  nor  of  our  depression  we 
soberly  consider  the  matter,  then  we  choose  most  certainly  for 
ourselves  (and  so  also  for  others)  what  we  think  the  highest 
life,  i.  e.,  the  life  with  the  highest  functions;  and  in  that  life  we 
certainly  include  the  feeling  of  pleasure;  but  if  the  alternative  is 
presented  to  us  of  lower  functions  with  less  pains  and  greater 
pleasures,  or  higher  functions  with  greater  pains  and  less  pleasures, 
then  we  must  choose  the  latter. 

"Now  if  we  reject  utility  as  the  index  to  God's  commands,  we  must 
assent  to  the  theory  of  hypothesis  which  supposes  a  moral  sense.  One  of  the 
adverse  theories  which  regard  the  nature  of  that  index  is  certainly  true." — 
Austin's  Jurisprudence,  I,  79. 

If  we  wished  to  cross  an  unknown  bog,  and  two  men  came  to  us,  of  whom 
the  one  said,  "Some  one  must  know  the  way  over  this  bog,  for  there  must  be 
a  way,  and  you  see  there  is  no  one  here  beside  us  two,  and  therefore  one  of 
us  two  must  be  able  to  guide  you.  And  the  other  man  does  not  know  the 
way,  as  you  can  soon  see;  therefore  I  must" — should  we  answer,  "Lead  on, 
I  follow"?  Philosophy  would  indeed  be  the  easiest  of  studies  if  we  might 
arrive  at  truth  by  assuming  that  one  of  two  accounts  must  be  true,  and 
prove  the  one  by  disproving  the  other;  but  in  philosophy  this  is  just  what 
cannot  be  done. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  35 

And  the  alternative  is  conceivable.  If  it  is  impossible  in  fact 
that  a  stage  of  progress  could  come  where  by  advancing  further 
in  the  direction  of  what  seerns  to  it  highest,  humanity  would 
decrease  its  surplus  of  pleasure  (and  I  do  not  see  how  it  is  to  be 
proved  impossible)"  —  yet,  at  all  events,  the  alternative  can  be 
brought  directly  before  the  mind.  Advance  in  this  direction  (the 
higher)  at  the  cost  of  pleasure,  on  the  whole,  after  the  pleasure  of 
advance  is  counted  in;  advance  in  that  direction  (the  lower) 
with  the  gain  of  pleasure,  on  the  whole,  even  after  the  regrets  of 
the  nonadvance  have  been  subtracted.  The  necessity  for  choice 
can  be  imagined;  and  there  is  no  doubt,  on  the  one  side,  what  the 
choice  of  the  moral  man  would  be;  there  is  no  doubt,  on  the  other 
side,  what,  if  pleasure  were  the  end,  it  ought  to  be.  In  such  a  case, 
what  we  think  the  most  moral  man  and  people  would  be  therefore 
the  most  certain  to  act  immorally,  if  Hedonism  is  morality. 

But  these  consequences,  it  will  be  urged,  do  not  apply  to 
modern  Utilitarianism.  That  creed,  we  shall  be  told,  whether  for 
the  man  or  the  race  is  high  and  self-sacrificing.  For  not  only 
does  it  place  the  end  in  the  pleasure  of  all,  not  the  pleasure  of 
one;  but  in  addition  it  distinguishes  pleasures  according  to  their 
quality.     The  greatest  quantity  of  pleasure  is  not  the  end;  there 

^  Mr.  Mill's  assertion  that  "most  of  the  great  positive  evils  of  the  world  are 
in  themselves  removable"  (Utilitarianism,  p.  21),  calls  for  no  remark;  but 
the  reader  may  perhaps  think  that  Mr.  Spencer's  doctrine  of  the  Evanescence 
of  Evil  (Social  Statics,  p.  73,  flf.)  should  be  noticed.  His  proof  seems  (so 
far  as  I  understand  it)   to  rest  on  the  following  assumptions: 

(1)  The  natural  environment  of  mankind  is  stationary.  Can  this  be  proved? 

(2)  Tljp  spiritual  environment  of  mankind  is  stationary.  Not  only  can 
this  not  be  proved,  but  the  opposite  is,  or  ought  to  be,  supposed  by  the 
doctrine  of  evolution.     Progress  must  alter  the  environment. 

(3)  Apparently  children  are  to  be  born  in  harmony  with  their  surround- 
ings and  remain  so  till  death. 

(4)  Moral  evil  in  the  sense  of  moral  badness,  is  to  disappear.  It  will  be 
impossible  to  oppose  one's  private  good  to  the  general  good,  and  act  accord- 
ing to  the  former.     Self-will  will  cease  and  with  it  the  pain  it  brings. 

All  these  assumptions,  I  think,  are  wanted.  Nos.  3  and  4  represent  absolute 
impossibilities,  so  far  as  I  understand  the  matter.  No.  2  is  impossible  on  the 
supposition  of  continual  progress.  No  other  supposition  can  be  prove!  to  be 
true;  and  No.  1  cannot,  I  believe,  be  proved.  How  far  Mr.  Spencer's  own 
teaching  contradicts  these  assumptions  is  of  no  importance  here. 


36  Ethical  Studies 

are  pleasures  we  desire  in  preference  to  others  even  at  the 
cost  of  discontent  and  dissatisfaction.  These  pleasures,  then,  are 
to  be  preferred,  and  these  are  the  higher  pleasures.  Such  a 
doctrine,  it  will  be  added,  is  surely  moral. 

The  doctrine,  we  admit,  has  done  homage  to  popular  opinion, 
so  far  as,  for  the  sake  of  it,  to  sacrifice  its  own  consistency  and 
desert  its  principle.  This  we  shall  have  to  prove  later  on.  But 
yet  we  cannot  for  a  moment  think  that  it  has  succeeded  in 
satisfying  the  demands  of  morality.  Virtue  is  still  a  mere  means 
to  pleasure  in  ourselves  or  others  and,  as  anything  beyond,  is 
worthless,  if  not  immoral;  is  not  virtue  at  all.  What  is  right  is 
determined  by  that  which  is  most  "grateful  to  the  feelings"  of 
connoisseurs  in  pleasures,  who  have  tried  them  all.  No  com- 
promise is  possible  on  this  point.  Ordinary  morality  is  clear 
that  when  it  aims  at  virtue  for  itself  and  others,  it  has  not  got  its 
eye  on  wages  or  perquisites;  its  motive,  in  the  sense  of  the  object 
of  its  conscious  desire,  is  not  the  anticipated  feeling  of  pleasure. 
What  it  has  before  its  mind  is  an  object,  an  act  or  an  event, 
which  is  not  (for  itself  at  least)  a  state  of  the  feeling  self,  in  itself 
or  others.  To  say  that,  in  desiring  the  right,  it  proposes  to  itself 
a  pleasure  to  be  got  by  the  right  is  to  assert  in  the  face  of  facts. 
To  the  moral  mind  that  feeling  is  an  accompaniment  or  a  con- 
sequent and  it  may  be  thought  of  as  such.  But  to  think  of  it  as 
more,  to  propose  it  as  the  end  to  which  the  act  or  objective 
event  are  the  means,  and  nothing  but  the  means,  is  simply  to 
turn  the  moral  point  of  view  upside  down.  You  may  argue 
psychologically,  if  you  wiU,  and  say  that  what  is  desired  is  pleasure 
(this  is  false,  as  we  shall  show  in  another  Essay),  and  we  are 
ready  for  argument's  sake  to  admit  it  here;  for  here  it  makes  not 
the  smallest  difference.  The  moral  consciousness  does  not  think 
it  acts  to  get  pleasure,  and  the  point  here  at  issue  is  not  whether 
what  it  believes,  and  must  believe,  is  or  is  not  a  psychological 
illusion,  but  whether  Utilitarianism  is  in  harmony  therewith. 

Hedonism  in  any  form  must  teach  "morality  is  a  means  to 
pleasure";  and  whether  that  pleasure  is  to  be  got  in  morality  or 
merely  by  morality,  yet  the  getting  of  the  pleasure  is  the  ultimate 
aim.    Pleasure  for  pleasure's  sake  is  the  end  and  nothing  else  is 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  37 

an  end  in  any  sense  except  so  far  as  it  is  a  means  to  pleasure. 
This,  we  repeat  once  more,  is  absolutely  irreconcilable  with 
ordinary  moral  beliefs.  And  not  only  is  Hedonism  repudiated  by 
those  beliefs  as  immoral,  but  as  we  saw,  so  far  as  the  popular  mind 
has  pronounced  upon  it,  it  is  also  declared  to  be  impracticable. 
These  two  points  we  wished  to  make  clear,  and  with  this  result  we 
have  finished  the  first  or  introductory  part  of  our  undertaking. 

It  remains  to  ask  in  the  second  place,  Why  is  it  that  pleasure- 
seeking  as  the  search  for  my  pleasure  is  declared  vain,  and 
pleasure  itself  impalpable  and  misleading,  a  something  which  gives 
us  no  standard  to  work  by  and  no  end  to  aim  at,  no  system  to 
realize  in  our  lives?  We  must  look  for  an  answer  to  the  nature 
of  pleasure. 

Pleasure  and  pain  are  feelings  and  they  are  nothing  but  feel- 
ings. It  would  perhaps  be  right  to  call  them  the  two  simple 
modes  of  5e//-feeling ;  but  we  are  not  here  concerned  with  psycho- 
logical accuracy.  The  point  which  we  wish  to  emphasize  and 
which  we  think  is  not  doubtful  is  that,  considered  psychically, 
they  are  nothing  whatever  but  states  of  the  feeling  self.  This 
means  that  they  exist  in  me  only  as  long  as  I  feel  them,  and  only 
as  I  feel  them,  that  beyond  this  they  have  no  reference  to  any- 
thing else,  no  validity  and  no  meaning  whatever.  They  are 
"subjective"  because  they  neither  have,  nor  pretend  to,  reality 
beyond  this  or  that  subject.  They  are  as  they  are  felt  to  be,  but 
they  tell  us  nothing.  In  one  word,  they  have  no  content;  they  are 
as  states  of  us,  but  they  have  nothing  for  us. 

I  do  not  think  it  is  necessary  to  dwell  on  this  matter.  Let  us 
proceed  to  the  application.  The  practical  end,  if  it  is  to  be  a 
practical  goal  and  standard,  must  present  itself  to  us  as  some 
definite  unity,  some  concrete  whole  that  we  can  realize  in  our  acts, 
and  carry  out  in  our  life.  And  pleasure  (as  pain)  we  find  to  be 
nothing  but  a  name  which  stands  for  a  series  of  this,  that,  and 
the  other  feelings,  which  are  not  except  in  the  moment  or 
moments  that  they  are  felt,  which  have  as  a  series  neither  limita- 
tion of  number,  beginning  nor  end,  nor  in  themselves  any  refer- 
ence at  all,  any  of  them,  beyond  themselves.  To  realize,  as  such, 
the  self  which  feels  pleasure  and  pain  means  to  realize  this  infinite 


38  Ethical  Studies 

perishing  series.*  And  it  is  clear  at  once  that  this  is  not  what  is 
required  for  a  practical  end.    Let  us  see  the  problem  a  little  closer. 

On  the  one  side  our  Hedonist  is  aware,  however  dimly,  of  him- 
self not  as  this,  nor  that,  nor  the  other  particular  feeling  or  satis- 
faction, but  as  something  which  is  not  this,  that,  or  the  other,  and 
yet  is  real,  and  is  to  be  realized.  Self-realization,  as  we  saw,  was 
the  object  of  desire;  and  so,  as  above,  on  the  one  hand  is  the  self, 
which  we  are  forced  to  look  on  as  a  whole  which  is  in  its  parts, 
as  a  living  totality,  as  a  universal  present  throughout,  and  con- 
stituted by  its  particulars;  and  this  self  is  setting  out,  however 
unaware,  to  find  itself  as  such  and  to  satisfy  itself  as  such,  or  not 
to  find  itself  and  not  to  satisfy  itself  at  all.  On  the  other  side  is 
the  mere  feeling  self,  the  series  of  particular  satisfactions,  which 
the  self  has  come  (how,  we  need  not  here  inquire)  to  take  as  its 
reality  and  as  the  sole  possible  field  for  its  self-realization. 

The  point  to  observe  is  the  heterogeneous  nature  of  the  self  to 
be  satisfied,  and  of  the  proposed  satisfaction,  and  the  consequent 
impossibility  of  a  solution  for  the  problem.  The  practical  diflBi- 
culty  is  soon  forced  on  the  seeker  after  pleasure. 

Pleasures,  we  saw,  were  a  perishing  series.  This  one  comes 
and  the  intense  self-feeling  proclaims  satisfaction.  It  is  gone  and 
we  are  not  satisfied.  It  was  not  that  one,  then,  but  this  one  now; 
and  this  one  now  is  gone.  It  was  not  that  one,  then,  but  another 
and  another;  but  another  and  another  do  not  give  us  what  we 
want;  we  are  still  left  eager  and  confident  till  the  flush  of  feeling 
dies  down,  and  when  that  is  gone  there  is  nothing  left.  We  are 
where  we  began,  so  far  as  the  getting  happiness  goes,  and  we  have 
not  found  ourselves,  and  we  are  not  satisfied. 

This  is  common  experience  and  it  is  the  practical  refutation  of 
Hedonism  or  of  the  seeking  happiness  in  pleasure.  Happiness 
for  the  ordinary  man  neither  means  a  pleasure  nor  a  number  of 

*It  is  an  abstraction,  no  doubt,  to  consider  pleasurable  feelings  as  mere 
pleasures,  but  it  is  not  our  abstraction  but  the  Hedonist's.  It  is  an  abstrac- 
tion, again,  to  consider  feelings  as  merely  particular.  They  cannot  be  that  if 
they  are  our  feelings,  if  they  are  the  feelings  of  a  self.  But  we  can  make  our 
mere  feeling  self,  as  the  self  which  feels  mere  pleasure  and  pain  an  objec* 
only  in  the  series  of  its  feelings,  and  these  (as  such  a  series)  have  no 
relations,  each  either  within  itself  or  beyond  itself. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  39 

pleasures.  It  means  in  general  the  finding  of  himself  or  the 
satisfaction  of  himself  as  a  whole,  and  in  particular  it  means  the 
realization  of  his  concrete  ideal  of  life.  ^'This  is  happiness,"  he 
says,  not  identifying  happiness  with  one  pleasure  or  a  number  of 
them,  but  understanding  by  it,  "in  this  is  become  fact  what  I  have 
at  heart."  But  the  Hedonist  has  said,  Happiness  is  pleasure,  and 
the  Hedonist  knows"  that  happiness  is  a  whole,"  How,  then,  if 
pleasures  make  no  system,  if  they  are  a  number  of  perishing 
particulars,  can  the  whole  that  is  sought  be  found  in  them?  It  is 
the  old  question,  how  find  the  universal  in  mere  particulars? 
And  the  answer  is  the  old  answer,  In  their  sum.  The  self  is  to 
be  found,  happiness  is  to  be  realized,  in  the  sum  of  the  moments 
of  the  feeling  self.  The  practical  direction  is  get  all  pleasures 
and  you  will  have  got  happiness;  and  we  saw  above  its  well- 
known  practical  issue  in  weariness  and  dissatisfaction. 

The  theoretical  reason  is  simple.  The  sum  or  the  All  of 
pleasures  is  a  self-contradiction,  and  therefore  the  search  for  it 
is  futile.  A  series  which  has  no  beginning,  or,  if  a  beginning  yet 
no  end,  cannot  be  summed;  there  is  no  All,  and  yet  the  All  is 
postulated,  and  the  series  is  to  be  summed.  But  it  cannot  be 
summed  till  we  are  dead,  and  then,  if  we  have  realized  it,  we,  I 
suppose,  do  not  know  it,  and  we  are  not  happy;  and  before  death 
we  cannot  have  realized  it,  because  there  is  always  more  to  come, 
the  series  is  always  incomplete.  What  is  the  sum  of  pleasures 
and  how  many  go  to  the  sum?     All  of  how  many  is  it,  and  when 

^  I  am  quite  aware  that  with  some  Hedonistic  writers  "happiness"  is  not 
distinguished  from  "pleasure."  They  are  said  to  be  simply  the  same.  This  is 
an  outrage  on  language,  which  avenges  itself  in  the  confusion  described  below, 
footnote,  p.  60.  But  the  argument  of  the  text  is  not  aflFected  by  it.  If  happiness 
=1  pleasure,  then  "get  happiness"  =  "get  pleasure."  What  is  pleasure?  It 
is  a  general  name,  and  "get  happiness"  will  mean  "get  a  general  name."  But 
a  general  name  is  not  a  reality,  and  cannot  be  got.  The  reality  is  the  particu- 
lar. "Get  happiness"  will  mean  then,  "get  some  one  pleasure."  Is  that  it?  No, 
we  are  to  get  all  the  happiness  we  can.  And  so,  after  all  our  quibbling,  "get 
happiness"  does  mean  "get  the  largest  possible  sum  or  collection  of  pleas- 
ures." Mr.  Green,  in  his  Introduction  to  Hume's  Treatise  (II,  7),  has  made 
this  so  clear  that  one  might  have  hoped  it  could  not  have  been  misunder- 
stood. On  the  whole  subject  of  this  Essay  let  me  recommend  the  student  to 
consult  him. 


40  Ethical  Studies 

are  we  at  the  end?  After  death  or  in  life?  Do  you  mean  a 
finite  number?  Then  more  is  beyond.  Do  you  mean  an  infinite 
number?  Then  we  never  reach  it;  for  a  further  pleasure  is  con- 
ceivable, and  nothing  is  infinite  which  has  something  still  left  out- 
side of  it.  We  must  say,  then,  that  no  one  ever  reaches  happiness. 
Or  do  you  mean  as  much  pleasure  as  a  man  can  get?  Then  every 
one  at  every  point  is  happy  and  happiness  is  always  complete,  for, 
by  the  Hedonistic  theory,  we  all  of  us  get  as  much  as  we  can.* 

*  I  am  anxious  that  the  reader  should  not  pass  by  this  argument  as  a  verbal 
puzzle.  Beside  it  there  is  certainly  much  more  to  be  said  against  Hedonism; 
but  the  root  of  Hedonism  is  not  understood,  until  it  is  seen  (1)  that  pleasure, 
as  such,  is  an  abstraction  (cf.  Essay  VH) ;  (2)  that  the  sum  of  pleasures  is 
a  fiction.    On  this  latter  head  I  fear  that  I  must  further  enlarge. 

"Get  all  you  can"  is  a  familiar  phrase,  and  is  very  good  sense.  I  say  to  a 
boy,  "Go  into  that  room  and  fetch  out  all  the  apples  you  can  carry";  and 
there  is  no  nonsense  in  that.  There  is  a  given  finite  sum  of  apples,  which  I 
do  not  know,  but  which,  under  all  the  conditions,  is  the  maximum.  This  is 
got  and  brought,  and  the  task  is  accomplished.  Why  then  not  say,  "Get  all 
the  pleasures  you  can"?  For  these  reasons,  (a)  Let  it  be  granted  that  there 
is  a  given  finite  sum  of  pleasures  for  the  man  to  get;  yet  he  never  has  got 
it.  Only  death  puts  an  end  to  the  work;  and  after  death  nothing,  or  the 
same  unfinished  task,  (b)  There  is  really  no  such  sum.  A  pleasure  is  only 
in  the  time  during  which  I  feel  it.  A  past  pleasure  means  either  an  idea,  or 
another  (secondary)  impression.  Itself  is  nothing  at  all;  I  did  get  it,  I  have 
not  got  it;  and  the  "did  get"  is  not  the  pleasure.  In  order  to  have  the  sum 
of  pleasures,  I  must  have  them  all  now,  which  is  impossible.  Thus  you 
cannot  reach  the  end,  and  the  effort  to  reach  it  is  not  in  itself  desirable.  You 
may  say,  if  you  please.  The  end  is  an  illusion,  and  the  effort  worthless  in 
itself,  but  this  particular  effort  gives  a  specific  pleasure,  which  is  the  end. 
But  if  you  do  this,  then  you  either  (i)  sink  considerations  of  quantity,  and 
the  greatest  happiness  principle  is  given  up;  or  (ii)  the  same  problem  as 
above  breaks  out  with  respect  to  the  sum  of  specific  pleasures. 

If  you  admit  that  to  get  the  greatest  sum  in  life  is  unmeaning,  then  arises 
the  question.  Can  you  approximate,  and  make  approximation  the  end?  I  wiU 
not  raise  the  question.  Can  you  approximate  to  a  confessed  fiction?  and  to 
avoid  that,  let  us  say.  The  end  is  for  me,  at  any  given  moment  of  life,  to  be 
having  then  the  greatest  possible  number  of  units  of  pleasure.  Here  we  fall 
into  the  dilemma  given  in  the  text.  Either  happiness  is  never  reached,  or 
there  is  no  one  who  does  not  reach  the  most  perfect  happiness  imaginable. 

(1)  //  happiness  means  the  greatest  possible  number  of  units  then  I  never 
reach  it.  Whatever  I  have  is  finite,  and  beyond  every  finite  siun  another  unit 
is  conceivable. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  41 

The  Hedonist  has  taken  the  universal  in  the  sense  of  all  the 
particulars,  and  in  this  sense,  here  as  everywhere,  since  the 
particulars  are  arising  and  perishing,  the  universal  has  no  truth 
nor  reality.  The  true  universal,  which  unconsciously  he  seeks,  is 
infinite,  for  it  is  a  concrete  whole  concluded  within  itself,  and 
complete;  but  the  false  universal  is  infinite  in  the  sense  of  a 
process  ad  indefinitum.  It  is  a  demand  for,  a  would-be,  complete- 
ness, with  everlasting  present  incompleteness.  It  is  always  finite, 
and  so  never  is  realized.  The  sum  is  never  finished;  when  the 
last  pleasure  is  reached  we  stand  no  nearer  our  end  than  at  the 
first.  It  would  be  so,  even  if  the  pleasures  did  not  die;  but  in 
addition  the  past  pleasures  have  died;  and  we  stand  with  heart 
unsatisfied  and  hands  empty,  driven  on  and  beyond  forever  in 
pursuit  of  a  delusion,  through  a  weary  round  which  never  advances. 
There  remains,  then,  to  Hedonism  either  the  assertion  that  happi- 
ness is  completed  in  one  intense  moment,  or  the  confession  that 
happiness  is  impossible,  or  the  attempt  to  place  it  elsewhere  than 
in  the  sum  of  pleasures. 

The  first  is  the  ''nullo  vivere  consilio."     It  is  the  giving  up  of 

(2)  //  happiness  means  having  all  I  can  get,  no  matter  how  much  or  how 
little,  then,  given  the  truth  of  the  common  Hedonistic  psychology,  every  man 
at  every  moment  has  absolute  happiness.  This  is  very  obvious.  "Why  so? 
comes  the  objection,  "if  Mr.  A.  had  done  otherwise  he  would  have  had  more 
pleasure."  "You  mean,"  I  answer,  "//  he  had  been  Mr.  B."  When,  in 
ordinary  language,  we  say,  "He  did  not  do  what  he  could,  or  what  was 
possible,"  we  mean,  "His  energy  did  expend  itself  in  this  direction,  failed  to 
do  so  in  that,"  and  we  impute  inability  as  a  fault,  where  it  is  the  result  of 
previous  misdirection.  But  the  common  Hedonist  cannot  say  this,  because, 
according  to  him,  there  is  only  one  possible  direction  of  expenditure,  i.  e., 
the  greatest  seeming  pleasure.  You  have  no  choice  between  pleasure  and 
something  else,  you  can  do  nothing  but  gravitate  to  what  seems  most  pleasant, 
and  you  cannot  alter  what  seems  except  by  your  will,  i.  e.,  by  gravitation  to 
what  seems  most  pleasant.  Every  one  has  done  his  conceivable  utmost  to 
approximate  and  therefore  is  absolutely  happy. 

I  think  the  better  plan  for  the  Hedonist  would  be  to  make  happiness  a  fixed 
finite  sum,  which  can  be  got,  and  beyond  which  nothing  counts;  and  similarly 
to  fix  an  unhappiness  point  on  the  scale;  but  we  have  pursued  the  subject  far 
enough. 

The  question  of  the  approximative  character  of  all  morality  wUl  be  dis- 
cussed in  another  place. 


42  Ethical  Studies 

any  practical  goal  or  any  rule  of  life,  and  we  are  not  called  upon 
to  consider  it  further.  The  second  is  inevitable  if  happiness  is 
equal  to  the  sum,  or  the  greatest  possible  amount,  of  pleasures; 
for  one  and  the  other  are  the  same  unreal  fiction.  The  end,  in  this 
sense,  exists  only  in  the  head  of  the  Hedonistic  moral  man.  His 
morality  is  the  striving  to  realize  an  idea  which  can  never  be 
realized,  and  which,  if  realized,  would  be  ipso  facto  annihilated. 
He  would  feel  it  no  objection  to  his  theory  nor  any  comfort  in  his 
sorrow  if  we  said  to  him  that,  if  happiness  could  be,  then  the 
tale  would  be  made  up,  the  end  would  be  reached,  the  search 
would  be  over,  and  with  it  all  morality;  for  his  morality  is  noth- 
ing to  him  as  an  end  but  only  as  a  means;  and  the  bitterness  of 
his  lot  is  filled  up  by  the  thought  that  the  means  he  does  not  care 
for  are  always  with  him,  and  the  end  he  lusts  after  away  from  him. 
His  morality  says,  get  what  you  never  can  get;  never  rest,  never 
be  satisfied,  strive  beyond  the  present  to  an  impossible  future. 

The  above  is  the  proverbial  experience  of  the  voluptuary.  His 
road  to  happiness  is  well  known  to  be  the  worst,  since  pleasure 
there  cannot  be  where  there  is  no  satisfaction;  and  he  must  end 
(whatever  else  may  become  of  him)  by  giving  up  his  earnest 
search  for  the  sum  of  pleasures. 

The  third  alternative  is  not  to  give  up  pleasure  as  an  end,  but 
to  place  happiness  elsewhere  than  in  the  greatest  possible  amount 
of  "grateful  feeling."  This  is  what  the  prudent  man  of  the  world, 
with  a  love  for  pleasure,  generally  does  do.  We  take  a  certain 
quantity  of  pleasure,  and  absence  of  pain,  as  a  fair  amount,  which 
we  may  call  happiness,  because  we  feel  we  can  do  with  it;  and 
to  get  this  amount  we  take  up  some  way  of  living,  which  we 
follow,  in  general  without  thinking  of  pleasure.  If  opportunity 
offers  for  delights  by  the  way,  we  take  them,  but  without  incon- 
veniencing ourselves,  without  leaving  the  road  too  far,  and  without 
thinking  too  much  about  it.  It  is  a  good  rule  to  get  more,  but  a 
rule  we  must  not  make  too  much  of,  or  follow  to  the  point  of 
endangering  our  happiness,  i.  e.,  the  fixed  and  fair  amount  which 
comes  to  us  from  our  course  of  life. 

Pleasure  is  still  ostensibly  the  end;  but  really  it  has  ceased  to 
be  so,  and,  whether  we  know  it  or  not,  our  way  of  living  is  an  end 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  *    43 

to  our  minds  and  not  a  mere  means.  In  short,  we  have  got  in- 
terests and  these  are  objects  of  desire  not  thought  of  as  means  to 
pleasure.  We  have  adopted  happiness  in  the  vulgar  sense  and  real- 
ly have  given  up  Hedonism  as  the  consistent  hunt  after  pleasure 
for  pleasure's  sake.  Yet  pleasure  is  still  nominally  the  end,  and 
hence  the  above  view  of  life  lies  open  to  the  following  objections: 

"You  tell  me  that  pleasure  is  my  end;  and  yet  you  tell  me  not 
to  make  it  my  end  but  to  make  some  accredited  type  of  life  my  end, 
and  take  the  pleasure  as  it  comes  from  that.  I  am  to  make  getting 
pleasure  my  aim,  though  only  by  the  way  and  at  odd  times.  And 
in  this  manner  you  assure  me  that,  in  the  long  run,  I  shall  secure 
the  greatest  amount  of  pleasurable  feeling.  It  seems  strange  to 
have  a  mark  one  must  not  look  at,  but  I  should  not  care  for  that 
if  I  were  sure  to  hit.  Yet  this  is  what  I  cannot  tell  if  I  shall  do. 
I  see  men  die,  having  reaped  for  themselves  a  harvest  of  painful 
self-denial;  and  the  pleasure  they  made  by  it  was  but  gleanings  for 
others,  when  they  were  in  the  grave.  Did  they  attain  their  end? 
And  I,  since  our  life  at  any  moment  may  cheat  us,  shall  I  put  off 
a  present  certainty  for  the  sake  of  a  doubtful  future?" 

The  answer  must  be,  That  is  true  enough;  there  is  no  certainty 
in  life,  but  still  it  is  more  reasonable  to  act  on  probabilities.  You 
may  die,  but  the  chances  are  you  will  live.  You  had  better  sup- 
pose that  it  will  be  so,  and,  taking  the  rules  for  living,  the  moral 
"Nautical  Almanack,"^  direct  your  course  by  them;  for,  if  you  live 
as  long  as  most  men,  you  will  certainly  in  this  way  get  the  most 
pleasure. 

And  perhaps  this  answer  may  satisfy.  But  a  new  and  serious 
difiiculty  arises.  It  being  admitted  that  life  is  to  be  regulated  on 
probabilities,  the  question  then  occurs,  Who  is  to  judge  for  the 
probabilities?  The  moral  end  is  for  me  to  get  the  most  pleasure  I 
can;  the  moral  rule  is,  "Act  on  the  probability  of  your  living,  and 
therefore  live  for  life  as  a  whole";  but  this  moral  rule  tells  me 
nothing  about  the  moral  Almanack.  Why  is  that  to  be  to  me  a 
law?  What  does  it  rest  upon?  What  others  have  done  and 
found?  Will  others  be  responsible  for  me,  then?  Am  I  to  act 
upon   my   own   opinion,  or  am  I  to  follow  the  Almanack  even 

^  J.  S.  Mill,  Utilitarianism,  p.  36. 


« 


44     •  Ethical  Studies 

against  my  opinion?  Is  the  latter  course  right  and  justifiable? 
Will  it,  so  to  speak,  excuse  me  in  the  Hedonistic  judgment-day 
when  charged  with  having  missed  my  end  by  misconduct,  to  plead 
that  I  did  what  others  did,  and  that,  when  my  own  belief  would 
have  brought  me  right,  I  followed  the  multitude,  and  therefore  did 
evil? 

It  appears  to  me  that,  if  I  am  to  seek  my  pleasure,  it  must  be 
left  to  me  to  judge  concerning  my  pleasure;  and,  this  being  so,  the 
Almanack  is  not  a  law  to  me.  It  was  made  to  be  used  by  me 
according  to  my  private  views,  not  to  be  followed  against  them. 
And  herewith  all  moral  legislation  disappears. 

For  obviously,  ( 1 )  circumstances  get  into  strange  tangles  which 
cannot  be  provided  against;  and  the  course  laid  down  in  the 
Almanack  as  a  law  may,  in  peculiar  cases,  lead  to  pain  instead  of 
pleasure;  and  here  I  must  disregard  the  Almanack.  And  obvi- 
ously, (2)  not  outward  situations  only,  but  men's  temperaments 
differ.  What  brings  pleasure  to  one  brings  none  to  another;  and 
so  with  pain.  You  can  speak  generally  beforehand,  but  it  may 
not  apply  to  this  or  that  man.  And  the  consequence  is  that  the 
Almanack  and  its  moral  rules  are  no  authority.  It  is  right  to  act 
according  to  them.  It  is  right  to  act  diametrically  against  them. 
In  short,  they  are  not  laws  at  all;  they  are  only  rules,  and  rules, 
as  we  know,  admit  of  and  imply  exceptions.  As  Mr.  Stephen  has 
said:  "A  given  road  may  be  the  direct  way  from  one  place  to 
another,  but  that  fact  is  no  reason  for  following  the  road  when 
you  are  offered  a  short  cut.  It  may  be  a  good  rule  not  to  seek  for 
more  than  5  per  cent  in  investments,  but  if  it  so  happens  that 
you  can  invest  at  10  per  cent  with  perfect  safety,  would  not  a  man 
who  refused  to  do  so  be  a  fool?"^ 

And  with  this,  if  Hedonism  be  taken  as  the  seeking  my  private 
pleasure,  we  have  come  to  the  end  of  Hedonism  as  a  practical 
creed.  Its  aim  was  the  getting  for  myself  a  maximum  surplus  of 
pleasurable  feeling,  and  it  gave  me  rules  which  it  was  my  duty  to 

®  F.  Stephen,  Liberty,  Equality,  and  Fraternity,  2nd  ed.,  p.  363.  Mr. 
Stephen  has  put  this  part  of  the  case  so  strongly  that  I  have  not  thought  it 
worth  while  to  enlarge  upon  it.  Kant  is  very  clear  and  successful  on  this 
point. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  45 

follow.  But  it  is  not  in  earnest  with  its  rules;  they  may  hold 
good  or  they  may  not  hold  good;  I  may  keep  them  or  break 
them,  whichever  I  think  most  likely  to  issue  in  pleasure  in  my 
particular  case.  And  it  is  not  in  earnest  with  its  end.  To  aim  at 
pleasure  is  not  to  get  it,  and  yet  the  getting  of  it  is  a  moral  duty. 
We  must  aim  at  it  then  by  the  way,  without  caring  or  trying  too 
much  to  get  it.  We  are  not  to  think  about  the  rules  except  as 
servants  which  may  be  useful  or  worthless,  and  about  the  end, 
perhaps,  the  less  we  think  the  better.  We  are  to  please  ourselves 
about  the  rules;  we  are  to  please  ourselves  about  the  end;  for 
end  and  rules  are  neither  end  nor  rules.  Our  positive  aim  in  life 
is  given  up;  we  may  content  ourselves,  as  a  substitute,  with  the 
resolve  to  live  our  life  as  we  find  it,  to  sink  useless  theories,  and 
follow  the  bent  of  our  practical  leanings;  or,  saddened  at  our 
disenchantment,  may  embrace  the  conclusion  that,  if  pleasure  can- 
not be  found,  yet  pain  at  least  can  be  avoided.  Not  only  in  the 
school,  but  in  life  around  us,  does  the  positive  beginning  conduct 
to  the  negative  result,  to  the  making  a  goal  of  an  absence,  to  the 
placing  the  end  in  a  mere  negation. 

We  have  shown,  in  the  first  place,  the  collision  between  popular 
opinion  and  Hedonism  as  the  search  for  pleasure ;  we  have  shown, 
in  the  second  place,  the  reason  why  the  seeking  of  my  pleasure 
gives  no  practical  end  in  life.  On  both  points  we  have  dwelt, 
perhaps,  at  unnecessary  length;  but  we  have  not  yet  done  justice 
to  the  doctrine  which  makes  virtue  a  means,  not  to  my  pleasure, 
but  to  the  pleasure  of  the  "whole  sentient  creation" — to  modem 
Utilitarianism  which  may  be  called,  I  suppose,  our  most  fashion- 
able moral  philosophy.  This  we  must  now  notice,  but  only  so 
far  as  our  subject;  compels  us.  A  more  detailed  examination  is  not 
called  for  here,  and,  as  we  think,  would  not  repay  us  anywhere. 

The  end,  as  before,  is  the  greatest  amount  of  pleasurable  feeling, 
yet  not  now  in  me,  but  in  the  sentient  world  as  a  whole.  The 
first  thing  to  observe  is  that  (as  we  noticed  above),  if  happiness 
means  this,  happiness  is  unrealizable — it  can  by  no  possibility 
be  reached.  If  the  greatest  happiness,  in  the  sense  of  the  maxi- 
mum of  pleasure,  was,  as  applied  to  the  individual,  a  mere  "idea" 
or  rather  a  self-contradictory  attempt  at  an  idea,  which  we  saw 


46  Ethical  Studies 

by  its  very  nature  could  not  exist  as  a  fact,  then  a  fortiori,  I 
should  say,  the  realization  of  a  maximum  of  pleasure  in  the  "whole 
sentient  creation"  (which  stands,  I  suppose,  for  what  particular 
animal  organisms  are  now  and  are  to  be  hereafter) ,  is  nothing 
but  a  wild  and  impossible  fiction. 
\  Happiness,  in  the  sense  of  "as  much  as  you  can,"  we  saw,  is 
never  and  nowhere  realized;  or,  if  anyone  prefers  it,  is  realized 
everywhere  and  without  any  drawback.  In  both  cases,  as  a 
something  set  to  be  gained,  it  has  no  signification.  Happiness 
in  the  meaning  of  a  maximum  of  pleasure  can  never  be  reached; 
and  what  is  the  sense  of  trying  to  reach  the  impossible?  Hap- 
piness, in  the  meaning  of  always  a  little  more  and  always  a  little 
less,  is  the  stone  of  Sisyphus  and  the  vessel  of  the  Danaides — it  is 
not  heaven,  but  hell.  Whether  we  try  for  it  or  not,  we  always 
have  got  a  little  more  and  a  little  less®  (than  we  might  have),  and 
never  at  any  time,  however  much  we  try  for  it,  can  we  have  a 
little  more  or  a  little  less  than  we  have  got. 

But  theoretical  considerations  of  this  sort  are  likely  neither  to 
be  understood  nor  regarded.  Our  morality,  we  shall  hear,  "is 
a  practical  matter."  And  I  should  have  thought  it  indeed  a  prac- 
tical consideration,  whether  our  chief  good  be  realizable  or  no, 
whether  it  be  irpaKTov  kol  kttjtov  avOpwirw  or  exist  only  in  the  heads 
of  certain  theorists.  But  let  this  pass.  We  can  avoid,  I  dare 
say,  practical  inconvenience  by  not  meaning  what  we  say  or 
saying  what  we  mean. 

Whatever,  then,  we  may  think  about  the  possibility  of  the  actual 
existence  of  the  end,  and  the  satisfactoriness  (or  otherwise)  of 
aiming  at  the  impossible  and  unmeaning,  at  all  events  our  moral 
law  and  precept  is  clear.  Increase  the  pleasure,  i.  e.,  multiply  in 
number,  and  intensify  in  quality,  the  pleasurable  feelings  of 
sentient  beings,  and  do  the  opposite  by  their  pains. 

We  have   already  noticed,  but  it  may   not  be   amiss  to   call 

si  ®  To  define  happiness  as  "increase  in  pleasure,"  or  "the  having  more  than 
we  had,"  would  not  extricate  us  from  our  diflBculties,  For  then  no  stationary 
state  could  be  happy  at  all,  and  no  man  would  be  happier  than  another  save 
in  respect  of  being  in  more  intense  transition.  The  actual  amount  of  pleasure 
would  go  for  nothing.  But  it  is  not  worth  while  to  develop  the  absurdities 
consequent  on  such  a  possible  definition. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  47 

attention  once  more  to  the  fact  that  a  doctrine  of  this  sort  is 
directly  opposed  to  popular  morality.  If,  by  being  changed  into 
pigs,  we  secured  an  absolute  certainty  of  a  greater  amount  of 
pleasure  with  a  less  amount  of  pain,  we  (I  speak  for  the  ordinary 
person)  should  decline  the  change,  either  for  ourselves  or  the  race, 
and  should  think  it  our  duty  to  do  so.  But,  if  we  believe  that  the 
greatest  amount  of  pleasure  is  the  end,  it  would  be  our  duty  to 
strive  after  and  accept  such  a  change.  And  some  such  choice  is 
not  a  mere  theoretical  possibility.  Unless  Fourier  be  much  be- 
lied, his  scheme  of  "phalansteries"  was  a  practical  proposal  to 
seek  for  pleasure  as  the  end,  and  all  else  as  means.  The  ordinary 
moral  man  refuses  to  discuss  such  a  proposal.  He  repudiates  the 
end,  and  the  means  with  it.  But  the  "greatest  amount  of  pleasure'^ 
doctrine  must  accept  the  end  and  calmly  discuss  the  means;  and 
this  is  not  the  moral  point  of  view.  It  is  surely  imaginable  (I  do 
not  say  it  is  likely),  that  we  might  have  to  say  to  a  large  and  im- 
moral majority,  "If  I  wanted  to  make  you  happy,  which  I  do  not, 
I  should  do  so  by  pampering  your  vices,  which  I  will  not."'° 

So  much  for  the  morality  of  the  theory.  Let  us  now  consider 
its  practicability  and  consistency.  The  end,  as  the  pleasure  of  all, 
is,  like  my  pleasure,  not  something  which  I  can  apprehend  and 
carry  out  in  my  life.  It  is  not  a  system,  not  a  concrete  whole. 
There  are  no  means  included  in  it;  there  are  none  which,  in  them- 
selves, belong  to  the  end.  Wanting  to  know  what  I  am  to  do, 
"Increase  the  pleasure  of  all"  gives  me,  by  itself,  no  answer.  "But 
there  is  no  need  that  it  should,"  will  be  the  reply.  The  experience 
of  mankind  has  discovered  the  means  which  tend  to  increase  plea- 
sure; these  are  laid  down  in  the  moral  Almanack  (Mill,  p.  36), 
and  they  may  fairly  be  considered  as  included  in  the  end. 

Here  I  think  that  Hedonism  does  not  see  a  most  serious  dif- 
ficulty. It  is  the  old  question.  What  is  the  nature  of  the  authority 
of  the  Almanack,  and  are  its  rules  laws?  If  they  are  laws,  on 
what  do  they  rest?  If  they  are  not,  are  there  any  other  moral 
laws;  and  without  laws  can  you  have  morality?  Let  me  explain 
the  objection.  You  cannot,  I  object  to  the  Hedonist,  make 
these  laws  part  of  the  end,  and  identify  them  therewith;  for  the 

^°  F.  Stephen,  Liberty,  Equality,  and  Fraternity,  p.  287. 


«^ 


48  Ethical  Studies 

end  was  clearly  laid  down  as  pleasurable  feeling  and  there  is  no 
essential  connection  between  that  end  and  the  laws  as  means.  If 
the  laws  or  rules  are  not  feelings  (and  they  are  not),  they  must 
be  mere  means  to  feeling.  The  relation  of  the  two,  of  the  end 
and  the  means,  is  external.  You  cannot,  from  the  conception 
of  the  end  as  such,  conclude  in  any  way  to  the  rules  as  such. 
This  seems  to  me  quite  clear;  and,  if  it  is  so,  then  you  can  in 
your  mind  put  the  end  on  one  side  and  the  rules  on  the  other, 
and  contemplate  the  possibility  of  going  to  the  end  without  these 
particular  means.  You  may  say  you  do  not  care  for  possibiHties ; 
experience  shows  the  connection  of  means  and  end,  and  that  is 
enough.  This  point  I  wish  especially  to  emphasize:  such  an 
observed  connection  is  not  sufficient;  or  it  is  sufficient  only  if  we 
are  prepared  to  make  one  of  the  two  following  assumptions.  The 
first  is  that  the  general  opinion  of  mankind,  which  we  suppose  to 
exist  and  be  embodied  in  these  rules,  is  infallible;  that  it  takes 
the  only  way,  or  the  best  way,  to  the  given  end;  and  also  that  1 
have  no  excuse  for  thinking  otherwise.  The  second  is  that,  whether 
I  think  the  rules  the  best  means  to  the  end  or  not,  I  have  in  any 
case  to  sink  my  own  view  as  to  the  right  means  to  the  given  end, 
and  take  the  rules  as  something  which  is  not  to  be  departed 
from.    One  of  these  two  supposable  assumptions  is  necessary. 

(1)  Now  with  respect  to  the  first,  I  see  no  ground  upon  which 
the  Hedonist,  were  he  so  disposed,  could  maintain  and  justify  such 
a  strong  asssertion  of  the  o  irdaL  So/cet.  Why  am  I  bound  to 
consider  these  laws  infallible,  in  such  a  sense  that  any  departure 
from  them,  in  any  case,  must  contribute  less  to  the  given  end 
than  a  corresponding  observance?  And  how  to  me  is  such  a 
truth  (if  it  be  a  truth)  not  to  be  an  open  question?  How  is  my 
doubt  or  my  denial  of  the  truth  to  be  ipso  facto  immorality?  An 
example  will  help  us.  Let  us  take  the  precept.  Do  not  commit 
adultery.  How  are  we  to  prove  that  no  possible  adultery  can  in- 
crease the  overplus  of  pleasurable  feeling?  How  are  we  to  show 
that  a  man's  honest  and  probable  view  to  the  contrary  is  an 
immoral  view?  And,  if  we  cannot  show  these  things,  what 
becomes  of  this  first  supposable  assumption? 

(2)  Then,  if  mankind  may  err,  if  the  right  of  private  judgment 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  49 

is  not  to  be  suppressed,  if  the  supposed  general  experience  is  not 
infallible,  how  can  it  be  moral  for  me  always  to  follow  it  even 
in  the  teeth  of  my  own  judgment?  I  may  be  perfectly  aware 
that  acting  on  rules  is,  speaking  generally,  the  way  to  reach 
the  end.  I  may  even  admit  that  the  departure  from  rules  in  most 
cases  has  produced,  and  must  produce,  an  effect  detrimental 
to  the  end.  I  might,  if  I  pleased,  for  argument's  sake  admit 
(though  it  would  be  contrary  to  fact,  and  no  one  could  ask  for 
such  an  admission)  that  every  previous  departure  from  rules  has 
been  a  failure,  and  has  decreased  the  surplus.  But  now  the 
matter  stands  thus:  I  have  taken  all  pains  to  form  an  opinion, 
and  I  am  quite  certain  that  my  case  is  an  exception.  I  have 
no  doubt  whatever  that  in  this  instance  the  breaking  of  a  rule 
will  increase  the  surplus.  To  say  that  I  am  a  fool  does  not 
touch  the  question;  to  say  that  I  must  be  mistaken  does  not  touch 
the  question;  to  say  that  I  ought  not  to  think  as  I  do,  or  ought 
not  to  act  accordingly,  begs  the  question.  The  moral  end  is 
clear;  I,  after  having  thought  over  all  considerations  up  to  my 
lights,  am  clear  as  to  the  means.  What  right  have  you,  what  right 
has  the  world  to  tell  me  to  hold  my  hand,  to  make  your  un- 
certain opinion  the  standard  rather  than  the  certain  end?  How 
shall  I  answer  for  it  to  my  own  conscience^^  if  I  do?  What  is 
this  rule  that  is  to  come  between  me  and  my  moral  duty?  Let 
us  repeat  our  illustration.  The  rule  says.  Do  not  commit  adultery. 
I  wish  to  commit  adultery.  I  am  sure  I  do  not  want  to  please 
myself  at  all,  in  fact  rather  the  contrary.  I  am  as  positive  as 
I  can  be  of  anything,  that  the  case  is  either  not  contemplated  by 
the  rule,  or,  if  it  is,  that  the  rule  is  wrong,  that  the  proposed  act 
must  diminish  the  sum  of  the  pain,  and  must  increase  the  sum 
of  the  pleasure  of  the  sentient  world  as  a  whole,  and  this  too 
after  all  consequences  that  I  can  reckon  (and  I  can  reckon  no 
more)  have  been  counted  in.  Is  it  immoral  then  to  break  the 
rule;  or  rather  is  it  not  immoral  to  keep  it,  to  sacrifice  a  real 
good  to  a  mere  idea?  My  conscience  is  clear;  and  my  dreams 
will  not  be  broken  by  "the  groans  of  an  abstraction.'"* 

^^  "And  to  my  God,"  I  might  add,  against  those  who  drag  the  Deity  into 
the  question. 

^'  J,  S.  Mill,  Dissertations  and  Discussions,  I,  21. 


50  Ethical  Studies 

Now,  if  it  be  answered  here  that,  on  any  theory  of  morals, 
collisions  must  arise — that  I  fully  admit  to  be  true:  and  again, 
that  on  any  theory  collisions  of  this  kind  must  arise  (i.e.,  not  the 
conflict  of  moral  ends,  but  the  conflict  of  diverse  reflective 
calculations  as  to  the  means  to  a  given  moral  end) — that  (though 
I  absolutely  deny  it)  I  will  admit  for  argument's  sake,  and  argu- 
ment's sake  alone.  But  (1)  it  belongs  to  the  essence  of  Hedon- 
ism to  provoke  such  collisions,  and  to  justify  the  raising  of 
casuistical  questions  on  well-nigh  every  point  of  conduct,  and 
this  not  merely  theoretically,  but  with  a  view  to  one's  own  imme- 
diate practice.  The  reason  is  simple,  and  we  have  stated  it 
already.  The  end  for  Hedonism  has  no  means  which  belong  to 
it  and  are  inseparable  from  it.  The  means  are  external  and 
so  long  as  you  get  the  end  the  means  are  immaterial.  The 
relation  of  the  means  to  the  end  is  matter  of  opinion,  and  it  can- 
not be  more  than  matter  of  opinion.  The  opinion  of  any  number 
of  persons  is  still  only  an  opinion.  The  end  I  am  certain  of. 
As  to  the  means,  I  have  nothing  but  the  opinion  of  myself  and 
others.  The  last  appeal  is  to  my  private  judgment.  Now  my 
private  judgment  may  assure  me  that  in  999  cases  out  of  1000  it 
contributes  more  to  the  end  that  I  should  not  exercise  my  private 
judgment.  It  may  assure  me  that,  being  what  I  am,  it  will  con- 
tribute to  the  surplus  if  I  never  use  my  private  judgment.  But  it 
need  not  so  assure  me.  It  may  assure  me  that  in  the  thousandth 
case  I  had  better  use  my  private  judgment.  And  it  may  go  a 
great  deal  further  than  this.  The  question  is  not.  Do  I  and  others 
act  as  a  rule  from  habit,  and  according  to  general  opinion?  for 
that  is  a  mere  question  of  fact.  The  question  is  one  of  morals: 
ought  my  private  judgment  ever  to  come  into  collision  with 
general  opinion,  as  in  fact  it  sometimes  does  and  must?  If  not, 
why  not?  If  it  may,  then  ought  I  in  such  cases  ever  to  follow  it? 
and,  if  not,  why  not?  If  I  may  follow  it  in  my  own  case  once, 
why  not  twice?  If  here,  why  not  there?  And  if  anybody  is  ever 
to  use  their  private  judgment  on  any  moral  point,  why  may  not  I 
be  the  man,  and  this  the  case  where  I  may?  To  put  the  whole 
matter  in  two  words — the  precepts  of  Hedonism  are  only  rules, 
and  rules  may  always  have  exceptions.   They  are  not,  and,  so  far 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  51 

as  I  see,  they  cannot  be  made  to  be  laws.  I  am  not  their 
servant  but  they  are  mine.  And,  so  far  as  my  lights  go,  this  is 
to  make  possible,  to  justify,  and  even  to  encourage,  an  incessant 
practical  casuistry;  and  that,  it  need  scarcely  be  added,  is  the 
death  of  morality.  Before  I  proceed,  however,  let  me  entreat  the 
reader  to  remember  that  the  question.  Are  Utilitarians  immoral? 
is  one  question,  and  the  question,  Is  their  theory  immoral? 
altogether  another  and  the  only  one  which  we  are  concerned  with. 

And  (2),  if  it  were  true  that  no  other  moral  theory  was  in  a 
happier  plight,  what  are  we  to  say  but  "so  much  the  worse  for  all 
moral  theories,"  and  not  "so  much  the  better  for  Hedonism." 
The  moral  consciousness  is  the  touchstone  of  moral  theories,  and 
that  moral  consciousness,  I  appeal  to  it  in  every  man,  has  laws 
which  are  a  great  deal  more  than  rules.  To  that  consciousness 
"Do  not  commit  adultery"  is  a  law  to  be  obeyed;  it  is  not  the 
prescription  of  a  more  or  less  questionable  policy.  It  is  not  a 
means,  which  in  the  opinion  of  A,  B,  and  C  will  or  may  conduce 
to  an  end  other  than  itself,  and  in  the  opinion  of  D  may  or  wiU 
not  do  so.  Let  the  Hedonist  refute  thrice  or  four  times  over, 
if  he  pleases,  his  rival  theories;  but  he  does  not  thereby  establish 
his  own,  and  is  no  nearer  doing  so  than  before. 

To  proceed — the  conclusion  we  have  reached  is  that,  supposing 
it  to  be  certain  that  the  end  is  the  maximum  surplus  of  pleasure  in 
the  sentient  world,  that  end  gives  no  standard  for  morality.  The 
end  is  in  itself  most  abstract  and  impalpable.  The  means  are 
external  and  in  themselves  immaterial  to  the  end;  and  the  fixing 
the  relation  of  means  to  end  must  always  be  matter  of  opinion; 
in  the  last  resort  it  is,  and  (what  is  most  important)  it  ought  to  be, 
matter  of  my  private  opinion.  As  it  turned  out  before,  so  here 
also  the  rules  are  not  laws;  I  can  please  myself  about  them;  and 
a  standard  which  is  no  standard,  a  law  which  is  no  law,  but  which 
I  may  break  or  keep,  which  is  at  the  mercy  of  changing  judgment 
and  fleeting  opinion,  is  no  practical  basis  for  me  to  regulate  my 
life  by.^' 

^'  To  bring  the  matter  home  to  the  reader,  I  will  produce  an  example  or 
two  of  cases  where  Hedonism  gives  no  guidance.  If  in  certain  South  Sea 
Islands  the  people  have  not  what  we  call  "morality,"  but  are  very  happy,  is 


r^ 


52  Ethical  Studies 

The  Utilitarian,  I  am  perfectly  aware,  does  not  wish  me  to  keep 
A  the  end  continually  before  me,  but  rather  to  have  my  eye  on  the 
accredited  means.  The  question  is  not,  however,  what  the  Utili- 
tarian wishes,  but  what  his  theory  justifies  and  demands.  One  of 
the  most  serious  objections  to  Hedonism  is  that,  as  we  have  seen, 
it  is  not  in  earnest  with  its  own  conclusions.  It  is  no  argument 
in  favor  of  a  theory,  it  is  surely  rather  an  argument  against  it, 
that  it  cannot  teach  the  legitimate  consequences  of  its  principles. 

The  greatest  amount  of  pleasure  then,  if  we  take  it  for  our  end, 
we  have  found  to  be  unrealizable,  to  be  non-  or  im-moral,  and 

it  moral  or  immoral  to  attempt  to  turn  them  from  their  ways?  If  by  an  im- 
moral act,  which  probably  will  not  be  discovered,  I  can  defeat  a  stroke  of 
pernicious  policy  on  a  large  scale,  what  am  I  to  do?  Is  prostitution  a  good 
or  a  bad  thing?  To  prove  that  it  is  bad  we  must  prove  that  it  diminishes  the 
surplus  of  pleasant  sensations,  and  is  not  this  a  fair  subject  for  argument? 
Do  I  or  do  I  not  add  to  the  surplus  of  "grateful  feeling"  by  a  given  act  or 
acts  of  sexual  irregularity?  This  is  a  serious  practical  question,  and  I  know 
that  in  many  cases  it  is  honestly  answered  in  the  affirmative;  and  in  some  of 
these  cases,  so  far  as  such  impalpable  questions  can  be  judged  of,  I  should 
say  the  affirmation  was  correct.  Is  suicide  ever  allowable,  and  if  so,  when? 
and  when  not?  Is  murder,  and  if  not,  why  not?  and  so  on  with  all  the  crimes 
in  the  decalog  and  out  of  it.  If  any  given  act  is  to  be  shown  immoral  you 
must,  if  called  on,  exhibit  the  probability  of  its  producing  more  pain  than 
pleasure  in  the  world,  and  is  not  this  again  and  again  a  hopeless  problem? 
Of  course  the  Hedonist  does  not  want  the  question  raised.  Of  course  he 
wants  people  to  go  by  rules  always,  and  that  no  one  should  ask  any  questions, 
except  it  be  himself.  That  we  quite  understand.  The  point  is,  if  I  choose  to 
raise  such  questions,  on  what  ground  can  he  say  I  may  not?  On  what  ground 
can  he  refuse  to  discuss  the  case?  On  what  ground  can  he  blame  me  if  I 
take  and  act  on  a  view  which  is  other  than  his  view? 

"The  beliefs  which  have  thus  come  down  are  the  rules  of  morality  for  the 
multitude,  and  for  the  philosopher  until  he  has  succeeded  in  finding  better. 
That  philosophers  might  easily  do  this,  even  now,  on  many  subjects  .... 
I  admit,  or  rather  earnestly  maintain"  (Mill,  Vtil.,  p.  34).  From  the  author 
of  the  Essay  on  Liberty  this  should  mean  a  good  deal.  If  the  philosopher 
may  make  new  rules,  I  suppose  he  may  modify  old  ones.  And  who  is  "the 
philosopher"?  Are  we  (as  proposed  for  the  franchise)  to  have  an  examina- 
tion, passing  in  which  shall  entitle  a  man  to  try  "experiments  in  living"?  Or 
shaU  we  leave  it  to  private  judgment?  Then  I  should  like  to  know  in  these 
days  of  "advanced  thinking"  who  would  not  be  a  "philosopher,"  and  how 
many  would  be  left  in  the  "multitude." 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  53 

lastly  in  practice  to  be  an  unworkable  doctrine.  All  this  time 
we  have  taken  the  end  for  granted.  But  now  we  are  to  ask,  What 
ground  is  there  for  taking  the  pleasure  of  the  sentient  creation  as 
the  moral  end?  What  possible  reason  is  there  why  I  should  look 
on  this  as  that  for  which  everything  else  must  be  given  up,  even 
my  own  pleasure  and  my  own  life?  And  here  I  think  Hedonism 
is  altogether  helpless.  The  consistent,  and  the  only  consistent 
position,  is  to  say  that  I  desire  my  own  pleasure,  that  the  pleasure 
of  others  is  in  many  ways  conducive  to  my  own,  and  that  desiring 
the  end  I  must  desire  the  means  also.  But  this  is  a  return  to  the 
doctrine  we  discussed  above,  viz.,  that  my  pleasure  is  the  end; 
and  to  accept  this  doctrine  is  to  leave  the  standpoint  of  modem 
Utilitarianism,  and  to  say.  Its  end  is  not  an  end;  it  is  or  it  may 
be  a  mere  means. 

The  Hedonist  in  his  distress  may  turn  himself  in  various 
directions. 

(1)  He  may  say,  "The  end  is  not  provable  because  too  good  to 
be  provable.  It  is  self-evident,  and  nothing  else  is  more  certain." 
But  having  noticed  already  that  the  moral  consciousness  repu- 
diates the  claim  of  his  end  to  be  the  chief  good,  and  it  being  clear 
that  selfishtiess  often  in  its  practice,  and  sometimes  in  its  theory, 
rejects  its  claim  to  be  anything  more  than  a  means,  I  think  we  need 
not  trouble  ourselves  with  its  pretense  to  self -evidence ;  more 
especially  as,  according  to  the  psychology  of  the  ordinary  Hedon- 
ist, to  desire  the  end  as  such  is  a  psychological  impossibility. 

(2)  The  next  resource  is  the  Deus  ex  machina.  Not  only  on  a 
certain  stage,  but  also  with  certain  theorists  the  maxim  seems  to 
hold  good,  "When  in  trouble  bring  in  the  Deity."  God,  we  shall  be 
told,  wills  the  greatest  amount  of  pleasure  of  the  whole  sentient 
creation,  and  therefore  we  ought  to  do  so  likewise.  Now,  even  if  I 
were  capable  of  it,  I  am  not  disposed  to  enter  into  the  speculative 
theology  of  our  "inductive"  moralists;  I  will  say  to  them  merely, 
Lasst  unsern  Herrgott  aus  dem  Spass,  and  go  on. 

(3)  But  now  I  have  to  meet  no  less  an  antagonist  than  Mr. 
Mill  himself;  and  he  has  proved  that  the  Utilitarian  end  is 
desirable.     Let  us  hear  him: 

"No  reason  can  be  given  why  the  general  happiness  is  desirable 


O 


54  Ethical  Studies 

except  that  each  person,  so  far  as  he  believes  it  to  be  attainable, 
desires  his  own  happiness.  This,  however,  being  a  fact,  we  have 
not  only  all  the  proof  which  the  case  admits  of,  but  all  which  it  is 
possible  to  require,  that  happiness  is  a  good;  that  each  person's 
happiness  is  a  good  to  that  person,  and  the  general  happiness, 
therefore,  a  good  to  the  aggregate  of  all  persons"  {UtiL,  p.  52) 

Whether  our  "great  modern  logician"  thought  that  by  this  he 
had  proved  that  the  happiness  of  all  was  desirable  for  each,  I  will 
not  undertake  to  say.  He  either  meant  to  prove  this,  or  has  proved 
what  he  started  with,  viz.,  that  each  desires  his  own  pleasure. 
And  yet  there  is  a  certain  plausibility  about  it.  If  many  pigs  are 
fed  at  one  trough,  each  desires  his  own  food,  and  somehow  as  a 
consequence  does  seem  to  desire  the  food  of  all;  and  by  parity  of 
reasoning  it  should  follow  that  each  pig,  desiring  his  own  pleasure, 
desires  also  the  pleasure  of  all.  But  as  this  scarcely  seems  con- 
formable to  experience,  I  suppose  there  must  be  something  wrong 
with  the  argument,  and  so  likewise  with  the  argument  of  our 
philosopher.^* 

The  End  as  the  pleasure  of  all  is,  starting  from  the  theories  of 
our  Utilitarian  moralists,  not  only  unprovable  but  impossible.  If 
my  self  is  something  which  exists  by  itself  and  independent  of 
other  selves,  if  all  that  I  desire  and  can  desire  is  my  pleasure, 
and  if  that  pleasure  is  an  isolated  feeling  of  this  particular  self, 
then  the  sole  desirable  is  a  state  or  states  of  my  own  feeling,  arid 
in  the  second  place  whatever  is  a  means  to  that.  To  desire  an 
object  which  is  not  the  idea  of  my  pleasure  is  psychologically  im- 
possible, and  no  torturing  and  twisting  of  phrases  will  make  a  con- 
nection from  such  an  idea  to  any  such  object.  And  such  an  object 
is  the  idea  of  the  pleasure  of  others  considered  not  as  conducing  to 
mine.  I  may  happen  to  desire  the  pleasure  of  others,  and  I  may 
happen  not  to  do  so.  To  tell  me  the  pleasure  of  others  is  desirable 
for  me  is  to  tell  me  you  think  it  will  conduce  to  my  own;  to  tell 

^*  Either  Mill  meant  to  argue,  "Because  everybody  desires  his  own  pleasure, 
therefore  everybody  desires  his  own  pleasure" ;  or,  "Because  everybody  desires 
his  own  pleasure,  therefore  everybody  desires  the  pleasure  of  everybody  else." 
Disciples  may  take  their  choice.  To  us  it  matters  not  which  interpretation 
be  correct.  In  the  one  case  Mill  has  proved  his  point  by  a  pitiable  sophism; 
in  the  other  he  has  not  proved  any  point  at  all. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  55 

me  I  ought  to  desire  it  either  says  that  again,  or  it  is  nonsense. 
Ought  is  the  feeling  of  obligation,  and  "when  the  feeling  ceases  the 
obligation  ceases."  The  Utilitarian  believes  on  psychological 
grounds  that  pleasure  is  the  sole  desirable;  he  believes  on  the 
strength  of  his  natural  and  moral  instincts  that  he  must  live  for 
others;  he  puts  the  two  together,  and  concludes  that  the  pleasure 
of  others  is  what  he  has  to  live  for.  This  is  not  a  good  theoretical 
deduction,^"  but  it  is  the  generation  of  the  Utilitarian  monster,  and 
of  that  we  must  say  that  its  heart  is  in  the  right  place  but  the  brain 
is  wanting. 

Its  heart,  its  "natural  sentiment,"  does  tell  it  that  its  substance 
is  one  with  the  substance  of  its  fellows;  that  in  itself  and  by  itself 
it  is  not  itself  at  all,  and  has  no  validity  except  as  a  violent  and 
futile  attempt  at  abstraction.  And  yet  if  we  deny  that  a  universal 
can  be  more  than  "an  idea,"  if  we  are  sure  that  the  merely  in- 
dividual and  the  real  are  one  and  the  same,  and  in  particular  that 
the  self  is  exclusive  of  other  selves,  and  is  in  this  sense  a  mere 
individual;  and  if  further,  for  morality  at  all  events,  we  cannot 

^^  It  is  monstrous  to  argue  thus:  "Because  (1)  on  psychological  grounds  it 
is  certain  that  we  can  desire  nothing  but  our  own  private  pleasure;  because 
(2)  on  some  other  grounds  something  else  (whatever  it  may  be),  something 
not  my  feeling  of  pleasure,  something  other  than  my  private  self,  is  desired 
and  desirable;  therefore  (3)  this  something  else  which  is  desired  and  desir- 
able is  the  pleasure  of  others,  since  by  (1),  only  pleasure  can  be  desired." 
If  we  argue  in  this  way,  we  may  well  go  a  little  further  to  "(4)  and 
therefore  we  can  and  do  desire  something  not  our  ovm  private  pleasure,  and 
therefore  (1)  is  false,  and  therefore  the  whole  argument  disappears  since  it 
is  upon  (1)  that  the  whole  rests." 

I  am  ashamed  to  have  to  examine  such  reasoning  but  it  is  necessary  to  do 
so  since  it  is  common  enough.  Is  it  not  palpable  at  first  sight  that  (1)  and 
(2)  are  absolutely  incompatible,  that  each  contradicts  the  other  flatly?  You 
must  choose  between  them,  and,  whichever  you  choose,  the  proof  of  Utili- 
tarianism goes,  because  that  springs  from  the  unnatural  conjunction  of  both. 

The  only  escape  that  I  can  see  is  to  say  in  (2)  that  something  is  desirable 
though  not  desired,  and  write  "not  desired  but  desirable"  for  "desired  and 
desirable."  But  not  only  is  this  perhaps  altogether  unmeaning,  but  also  the 
conclusion  now  disappears;  you  can  get  nothing  from  the  premises.  Because 
A  is  desired  and  B  is  desirable,  it  does  not  follow,  I  suppose,  that  a  hash  of 
A  and  B  is  desired  and  desirable. 


56  Ethical  Studies 

do  without  something  that  is  universal,  something  which  is  wider 
and  stronger  than  this  or  that  self — then  here,  as  in  all  other 
spheres,  we  are  face  to  face  with  the  problem,  How  out  of  mere 
individuals  (particulars),  which  are  fixed  as  such,  can  you  get  a 
universal?  And  the  problem  put  in  this  way  is  insoluble.  The 
self  can  desire  in  the  end,  as  we  too  think,  nothing  but  itself, 
and  if  the  self  it  is  to  realize  is  an  atom,  a  unit  which  repels 
other  units,  and  can  have  nothing  in  itself  but  what  is  exclusively 
its,  its  feeling,  its  pleasure  and  pain — then  it  is  certain  that  it  can 
stand  to  others,  with  their  pleasures  and  pains,  only  in  an  external 
relation;  and  since  it  is  the  end,  the  others  must  be  the  means, 
and  nothing  but  the  means.  On  such  a  basis  morality  is  impos- 
sible; and  yet  morality  does  exist.  But  if  the  head  could  follow 
the  heart,  not  with  a  wretched  compromise  but  altogether;  if  the 
self  to  be  realized  is  not  exclusive  of  other  selves,  but  on  the 
contrary  is  determined,  characterized,  made  what  it  is  by  relation 
to  others;  if  my  self  which  I  aim  at  is  the  realization  in  me  of  a 
moral  world  which  is  a  system  of  selves,  an  organism  in  which 
I  am  a  member,  and  in  whose  life  I  live — then  I  cannot  aim  at 
my  own  well-being  without  aiming  at  that  of  others.  The  others 
are  not  mere  means  to  me,  but  are  involved  in  my  essence;  and 
this  essence  of  myself,  which  is  not  only  mine  but  embraces  and 
stands  above  both  me  and  this  man  and  the  other  man,  is  superior 
to  and  gives  a  law  to  us  all,  in  a  higher  sense  than  the  organism 
as  a  whole  gives  a  law  to  the  members.  And  this  concrete  and  real 
universal  makes  the  morality,  which  does  exist,  possible  in  theory 
as  well  as  real  in  fact.  It  is  this  which  modern  Utilitarianism 
is  blindly  groping  after,  but  it  will  not  find  it  till  it  gives 
up  the  Hedonism  of  its  end  and  the  basis  of  its  psychology  which 
stands  upon  uncriticized,  violent,  and  unreal  metaphysical  ab- 
stractions. 

So  much  in  passing,  and  here  we  might  well  end.  We  have 
dwelt  too  long  on  the  efforts  of  Hedonism  to  compromise  with 
morality,  but  we  are  forced  to  notice  one  last  attempt.  This  con- 
sists in  distinguishing  pleasures,  according  to  their  quality,^'  into 

^'  There  is  a  point  which  might  be  raised  here,  and  which  is  of  considerable 
importance.  It  is  this.  Are  pleasures,  as  pleasures,  distinguishable  by  any- 
thing else  than  quantity?     The  pleasure,  as  such,  is  not  the  whole  pleasant 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  57 

higher  and  lower.  The  former  are  superior,  the  latter  are  inferior ; 
and  hence,  in  preferring  the  higher  pleasures,  we  are  true  to 
Hedonism  and  yet  are  at  one  with  the  moral  consciousness.  We 
must  briefly  examine  this  doctrine. 

It  has  two  forms.  One  of  these  takes  quality  simply  as  quality; 
the  other  takes  quality  in  relation  to  quantity,  and  looks  on  it  as 
the  index  or  result  of  quantity.  The  latter,  we  shall  find,  keeps 
true  to  the  principle  of  the  greatest  surplus  of  pleasure,  but  it  says 
nothing  new.  The  former  leaves  the  principle  unawares  and 
moves  unknowingly  to  other  ground,  but  can  get  no  standing- 
place  for  morality.  Let  us  first  discuss  the  latter;  but,  before  we 
begin,  we  must  call  attention  to  the  phrases  "higher"  and  "lower." 

Higher  and  lower  (forgive  me,  dear  reader)  are  "relative" — 
they  are  comparatives  and  they  hence  mean  more  or  less  of  some- 
thing. Higher  means  nearer  some  top,  or  it  means  nothing.  Lower 
means  nearer  some  bottom,  or  it  means  nothing.  This  being 
established,  when  we  talk  of  "higher"  and  "lower"  pleasure,  we 
ought  to  know  what  our  top  and  our  bottom  are,  or  else  we  risk 
talking  nonf-^nse. 

Next  let  me  observe  (and  forgive  me,  if  you  can,  reader)  that 
top  and  bottom,  as  a  rule,  are  "relative,"  and  depend  on  the  way 
in  which  you  look  at  the  matter.  H  the  top  is  the  "end,"  you  may 
put  the  end  anywhere — benevolence   is    (morally)    higher   than 

feeling,  not  the  whole  of  what  is  felt.  Then  we  have  to  ask,  Does  this  "what 
is  felt,"  which  qualifies  the  pleasure,  and  makes  it  of  one  sort  and  not  of 
another,  make  part  of  the  mere  pleasure  itself,  as  pleasure?  Or  have  we  to 
say.  Pleasure  is  itself  always  one  and  the  same,  and  diflFers  only  in  degree; 
sorts  of  pleasures  are  degrees  of  the  same  pleasure  in  reference  to  sorts  of 
other  feelings,  which,  as  such,  are  not  pleasures  as  such?  Or  more  briefly. 
Has  pleasure  any  content  in  itself?  If  not,  then  it  has  no  qualitative  dis- 
tinctness in  itself,  but  only  by  its  reference  to  that  which  it  goes  with.  Is 
not  pleasure,  as  such,  the  abstraction  of  one  element  of  a  whole  psychical 
state  from  that  state;  and  when  so  abstracted,  are  there  differences  of  kind  in 
it,  or  only  of  degree?  Not  wishing  to  give  a  positive  opinion  on  this  point,  I 
have  not  introduced  it  into  the  text  as  affecting  the  argument.  But  the 
thoughtful  reader  will  at  once  perceive  its  bearing.  Hedonism,  when  it 
ceases  to  aim  at  pleasure  as  such  and  nothing  but  pleasure,  is  false  to  its 
principle  and  becomes  incoherent.  But  if  pleasure,  as  such,  is  not  qualita- 
tively distinguishable,  then  we  must  have  regard  to  nothing  but  quantity. 


58  Ethical  Studies 

selfishness,  murder  is  higher  (as  a  crime)  than  larceny.  You  may 
speak  of  the  height  of  goodness,  badness,  pleasure,  pain,  beauty, 
and  ugliness.  And  so,  when  a  man  talks  to  us  of  "higher"  and 
"lower,"  he  says  nothing  to  us  at  all  till  we  know  what  end  or 
summit  he  has  in  his  mind. 

Again,  higher  and  lower,  as  comparative  terms,  refer  to  degree. 
What  is  higher  has  a  greater  degree  (or  it  has  a  greater  number 
of  degrees)  of  something  definite;  what  is  lower  has  a  less  degree 
or  number  of  degrees.  Their  quality,  as  higher  and  lower,  is  re- 
ferable to  quantity.^^  So  that  apart  from  quantity,  apart  from  de- 
gree, there  is  no  comparison,  no  estimation,  no  higher  and  lower 
at  all. 

The  result  of  these  perhaps  trivial  considerations  is  that  if  we 
are  confined  to  mere  quality,  the  words  higher  and  lower  have  no 
meaning.  If  of  two  pleasures  I  cannot  say  one  is  higher  than  the 
other  in  degree  (as  intenser),  or  as  the  result  or  producer  of 
degree  (as  accompaniment  of  higher  function,  or  as  connected 
with  approximation  to  some  end),  then  the  words  higher  and 
lower  cannot  be  applied  to  them.  The  sphere  of  mere  quality  is 
the  world  of  immediate  perception ;  and  here  we  may  say  A  or  we 
may  say  B,  but  we  cannot  make  comparisons  between  A  and  B 
without  leaving  our  sphere.  I  may  take  this  and  not  that,  I  may 
choose  that  and  not  the  other,  but  if,  because  of  this  and  on  the 
mere  strength  of  this  I  call  one  higher  and  one  lower,  I  am  not 
simply  arbitrary  and  perhaps  wrong  in  my  opinion,  but  I  am 
talking  sheer  and  absolute  nonsense. 

To  proceed  then  with  one  of  our  two  views,  (1)  the  theory 
which  takes  quality  either  as  =  intensive  quantity,  or  as  a  means 
to  quantity  in  general.  The  "higher  pleasure"  is  here  the  pleasure 
which  contains  in  itself  most  degrees  of  pleasure,  or  which  con- 
tributes on  the  whole  to  the  existence  of  a  larger  number  of  de- 
grees of  pleasure.    Here  the  principle  of  the  greatest  amount  of 

^''  Speaking  roughly  and  inaccurately,  we  may  say  they  are  of  this  quality, 
as  containing  more  or  fewer  degrees  of  somewhat,  or  as  the  result  of  more  or 
fewer  degrees,  or  (what  comes  to  the  same  thing)  as  producing  a  qualitative 
result  which  is  referred  to  more  or  fewer  degrees;  e.g.,  a  certain  warmth  is 
higher  because  containing  more  degrees  of  objective  heat;  a  piece  of  work  is 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  59 

pleasure  is  adhered  to;  that  is  the  top,  and  what  approaches  to  it 
or  contributes  to  it  is  nearer  the  top.  But  since  the  moral  "higher" 
is  here,  as  we  see,  the  more  pleasurable  or  the  means  to  the  more 
pleasurable,  we  come  in  the  end  to  the  amount,  the  quantity  of 
pleasure  without  distinction  of  kind  or  quality;  and  having  al- 
ready seen  that  such  an  end  is  not  a  moral  end,  we  get  nothing 
from  the  phrases  "higher"  and  "lower"  unless  it  be  confusion. 

(2)  The  second  view  is  that  which  distinguishes  pleasures  by 
their  mere  quality.  The  "higher"  pleasure  here  is  not  the  more 
intense  pleasure;  it  is  not  the  pleasure  connected  with  the 
maximum  of  pleasure  on  the  whole  without  distinction  of  kind. 
It  is  the  preferable  kind  of  pleasure  (Mill,  UtiL,  p.  12). 

The  first  point  to  be  noticed  is  that  our  theory  gives  up  and 
abandons  the  greatest  amount  of  pleasure  principle.  If  you  are  to 
prefer  a  higher  pleasure  to  a  lower  without  reference  to  quantity — 
then  there  is  an  end  altogether  of  the  principle  which  puts  the 
measure  in  the  surplus  of  pleasure  to  the  whole  sentient  creation. 
It  is  no  use  saying  all  pleasures  are  ends,  only  some  are  more  ends. 
It  is  no  use  talking  of  "estimation"  and  "comparison"  (Mill,  pp. 
12,  17).  You  have  no  standard  to  estimate  by,  no  measure  to 
make  comparisons  with.  Given  a  certain  small  quantity  of  higher 
pleasure  in  collision  with  a  certain  large  quantity  of  lower,  how 
can  you  decide  between  them?  To  work  the  sum  you  must  reduce 
the  data  to  the  same  denomination.  You  must  go  to  quantity  or 
nothing;  you  decline  to  go  to  quantity  and  hence  you  cannot  get 
any  result.  But  if  you  refuse  to  work  the  sum,  you  abandon  the 
greatest  amount  of  pleasure  principle. 

There  is  no  harm  in  doing  that;  but  what  else  have  we  to  go 
to?  The  higher  pleasures?  And  what  are  the  higher  pleasures? 
We  find  higher  pleasure  means  nothing  but  the  pleasure  which 
those  who  have  experienced  both  it  and  others  do  as  a  fact  choose 
in  preference.  Higher  then,  as  we  saw  above,  has  no  meaning  at 
all  unless  we  go  to  something  outside  pleasure,  for  we  may  not  go 
to  quantity  of  pleasure.    But,  if  we  go  outside  pleasure,  not  only 

higher  if  it  is  the  result  of  more  skill;  and  A's  skill  stands  higher  than  B's, 
if  A  produces  a  result  which  B  cannot  produce,  and  if  the  result  must  be 
referred  to  the  amount  of  skill  in  the  performer. 


60  Ethical  Studies 

have  we  given  up  the  greatest  amount  theory  but  we  have  thrown 
over  Hedonism  altogether/* 

Let  us  drop  the  word  higher  then,  as  we  must.  The  end  is 
pleasures  in  order,  as  they  are  preferred  by  men  who  know  them. 
The  objection  which  at  once  arises  (p.  14)  is,  Is  there  not  any 
difference  of  opinion?  Do  not  different  men,  and  does  not  even 
the  same  man  at  different  times,  prefer  different  pleasures?  What 
is  the  answer?  It  is  not  very  intelligible,  and  is  too  long  to  quote 
(pp.  14,  15).  What  it  comes  to  would  appear,  however,  to  be 
either  Yes  or  No.   Let  us  consider  these  alternatives  one  at  a  time. 

(1)  If  we  say  "Yes,  not  only  do  different  men  prefer  different 
pleasures  but  so  does  the  same  man  at  different  times,"  then  what 
basis  have  we  left  for  a  moral  system?  Merely  this.  Most  men  at 
most  times  do  prefer  one  sort  of  pleasure  to  another;  and  from 
this  we  have  to  show  that  I  ought  to  prefer  one  sort  of  pleasure  to 
others  at  all  times.  We  need  not  ask  how  the  transition  is  to  be 
made  from  what  most  men  do  to  what  I  am  to  do.  I  think  it  can 
be  made  on  no  view  of  human  nature,  and  I  am  quite  sure  it  can- 
not be  made  on  Mill's  view.  Supposing  then  that  in  Mill's  mouth 
moral  obligation  had  a  meaning,  yet  there  is  no  reason  why  it 
should  attach  itself  to  the  average  pleasures  of  the  average  man. 

(2)  And  if  we  say  No,  if  having  accepted  the  Platonic  doctrine 
that  the  judge  of  pleasures  is  he  who  knows  them  all,  we  go 
further  and  assert  with  Socrates  that  no  man  is  willingly  evil,  that 
you  cannot  prefer  bad  to  good,  that,  if  you  take  the  bad,  it  is 
because  you  never  have  known  or  now  do  not  know  the  good,  we 

^®  Mill  is  unaware  that  he  has  done  so  because  of  the  various  senses  in 
which  he  uses  the  word  happiness.  Happiness  is  (pp.  8,  10)  simply  identified 
with  pleasure.  Then  (13,  14)  appears  the  doctrine  that  happiness  may  exist 
without  contentment,  and  (I  suppose)  contentment  without  happiness.  We 
hear  (13)  that  the  "sense  of  dignity"  is  "part"  of  happiness,  and  (19)  we  see 
happiness  means  a  desirable  kind  of  life.  It  is  a  "concrete  whole*'  with 
"parts"  (55).  It  has  "ingredients"  (53)  and  appears  to  be  a  mere  "aggre- 
gate" or  "collective  something."  Instead  of  pleasure  it  has  plainly  come  to 
mean  something  like  the  life  we  prefer,  and  hence  greatest  happiness  will 
stand  for  the  widest  and  intensest  realization  of  such  an  ideal.  This  is  to 
leave  Hedonism  altogether.  [My  references  throughout  are  to  Utilitarianism, 
1st  ed.,  the  only  one  I  have  at  hand.] 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  61 

then  I  think  are  in  good  company,  but  in  no  better  case.  For  an 
opponent  will  hold  to  the  fact  that  he  does  knowingly  prefer  what 
is  called  bad  to  good,  and  will  hence,  by  our  argument,  conclude 
first  that  bad  is  really  good,  and  next  that  nothing  can  be  either 
good  or  bad,  since  bad  to  one  man  is  good  to  another.  And  if  we, 
on  the  other  hand,  persist  that  the  fact  is  impossible  (I  do  not 
know  how  we  are  to  prove  it  so),  and  that  no  one  ever  did  or 
could  choose  what  we  call  bad,  when  he  had  in  his  mind  what  we 
call  good,  then  we  identify  immorality  with  ignorance  and  moral 
obligation  disappears.  For  every  man  not  only  does,  but  must 
do,  the  best  on  every  occasion  so  far  as  he  knows  it;  his  knowl- 
edge is  an  accident  which  has  nothing  to  do  with  his  will;  he  must 
act  up  to  the  ought,  so  far  as  he  has  an  ought,  and  he  cannot 
do  what  he  thinks  is  wrong. 

To  proceed — the  basis  of  our  moral  theory  is  now.  There  is  a 
scale  of  pleasures;  some  persons  know  all,  and  others  only  some; 
but  you  necessarily  choose  the  pleasures  you  know  according  to 
the  scale.  I,  e.  g.,  know  the  alphabet  of  pleasures,  always  or  some- 
times, up  to  M.  "Immoral  man  to  choose  M  when  you  should 
have  chosen  P  or  R  or  even  X."  But  I  do  not  know  what  they 
are.  "And  therefore  you  are  immoral  for  I  and  a  good  many 
other  people  do."  But  let  us  drop  the  matter  here;  on  such 
a  theory,  the  reader  will  assent,  moral  obligation  is  unmeaning.^* 

^®  At  the  risk  of  hypercriticism  I  will  make  one  or  two  further  remarks  on 
Mill's  view.  According  to  it,  pleasures  must  stand  in  a  kind  of  order  of 
merit,  represented,  let  us  say,  by  the  letters  of  the  alphabet.  All  pleasures, 
because  pleasures,  are  good  in  themselves.  A  pleasure  is  immoral  only  when 
taken  where  a  higher  was  possible,  now  or  as  a  consequence.  Then  every 
pleasure  is  moral  because  it  has  a  supposable  pleasure  below  it;  every 
pleasure  is  immoral  because  there  is  always  a  supposable  pleasure  above  it. 
No  man  is  moral  because  his  knowledge  is  limited  and  he  therefore  cannot 
always  take  the  highest  conceivable  pleasure;  but  if  so,  then  all  men  are 
equally  moral  for  they  all  take  the  highest  pleasure  they  know.  Or,  passing 
by  this,  let  us  suppose  the  pleasures  divided  into  two  classes  —  higher  and 
lower.  If  the  lower  are  to  be  considered  at  all,  then,  as  we  have  said,  in  the 
event  of  a  collision  the  problem  is  insoluble  because  what  is  not  of  the  same 
denomination  cannot  be  compared.  Let  us  suppose  then  that  the  lower  are 
not  to  be  considered  and  we  are  left  with  the  higher.  Here  the  same  prob- 
lem breaks  out.     For  these  pleasures  are  no  system;  if  you  make  the  idea 


62  Ethical  Studies 

On  either  supposition,  then,  these  preferable  pleasures  found 
no  "ought"  in  the  moral  sense — you  have  them  or  you  have  them 
not,  you  like  them  or  you  do  not  like  them,  you  know  them  or 
you  do  not  know  them,  and  there  is  an  end  of  it.  If  A,  B,  and 
C  call  D  immoral,  D  may  return  the  epithet,  and  if  he  likes  to  say 
"ignorance  is  morality"  or  to  make  any  other  assertion  whatever, 
he  can  do  it,  as  it  appears  to  me,  on  precisely  the  same  ground  as 
A,  B,  and  G  have  for  their  assertions,  viz.,  no  ground  at  all  but 
likes  and  dislikes. 

And  here  I  think  we  might  leave  the  matter;  but,  having  gone 
so  far,  we  may  as  well  go  a  little  further.  Not  only  has  moral 
obligation  nothing  in  Mr.  Mill's  theory  to  which  it  can  attach 
itself  save  the  likes  or  dislikes  of  one  or  more  individuals,  but  in 
the  end  it  is  itself  nothing  more  than  a  similar  feeling. 

"The  ultimate  sanction  of  all  morality"  is  "a  subjective  feeling 
in  our  minds"  (p.  41),  and  the  "moral  faculty"  is  "susceptible 
by  a  sufficient  use  of  the  external  sanctions,  and  of  the  force  of 
early  impressions  of  being  cultivated  in  almost  any  direction;  so 

of  a  system  your  end,  and  regulate  the  pleasures  by  that,  you  have  deserted 
Hedonism,  The  pleasures  are  no  system  and  they  are  not  all  of  equal  value. 
Hence,  as  above,  they  cannot  be  calculated  quantitatively.  In  the  event  of 
collisions  then  (such  as  must  take  place)  between  e.g.  the  pleasures  of 
philosophy,  pleasures  of  natural  science,  pleasures  of  virtue,  pleasures  of  love, 
pleasures  of  the  table,  pleasures  of  the  "theopathic  affections,"  pleasures  of 
fine  art,  pleasures  of  history,  etc.,  you  have  again  a  problem  which  cannot  be 
solved  except  by  the  caprice  of  the  individual  who  will  prefer  for  himself  and 
others  what  he  likes  best. 

Another  point  of  interest  is  that  the  theory  which  begins  with  the  most 
intense  democracy,  wide  enough  to  take  in  all  life  that  feels  pleasure  and 
pain,  ends  in  a  no  less  intense  Platonic  aristocracy.  The  higher  pleasure  is 
to  be  preferred  to  any  amount  of  the  lower,  and  I  suppose  is  to  constitute  the 
moral  standard.  But  clearly  the  beasts  are  incapable  of  refined  pleasures; 
the  vulgar  are  better,  but  still  very  low;  the  only  man  who  knows  the  highest 
pleasure  is  the  philosopher.  He  is  moral,  the  universe  below  is  immoral  in 
increasing  degree.  And,  since  no  amount  of  lower  can  weigh  against  higher, 
and,  since  the  highest  pleasures  (and  only  the  philosopher  can  judge  what 
they  are,  for  only  he  knows  all)  are  realizable  only  in  the  few,  therefore  we 
must  live  for  the  few,  and  not  for  the  many.  And  I  suppose  the  same 
argument  might  be  used  by  the  artist,  or  well-nigh  anyone  else.  But  it  is 
not  worth  while  to  pursue  the  matter  further. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  63 

that  there  is  hardly  anything  so  absurd  or  so  mischievous  that  it 
may  not,  by  means  of  these  influences,  be  made  to  act  on  the 
human  mind  with  all  the  authority  of  conscience"  (p.  44) .  The 
feeling  of  obligation  then,  we  see,  does  not  refer  itself  essentially 
to  anything  in  particular.  And  further,  "this  sanction  has  no 
binding  efficacy  on  those  who  do  not  possess  the  feelings  it  appeals 
to"  (p.  42).  "The  sanction,  so  far  as  it  is  disinterested,  is  always 
in  the  mind  itself,  and  the  notion,  therefore,  of  the  transcendental 
moralists  must  be  that  this  sanction  will  not  exist  in  the  mind, 
unless  it  is  believed  to  have  its  roots  out  of  the  mind,  and  that,  if  a 
person  is  able  to  say  to  himself.  This  which  is  restraining  me  and 
which  is  called  my  conscience  is  only  a  feeling  in  my  own  mind, 
he  may  possibly  draw  the  conclusion  that  when  the  feeling  ceases 
the  obligation  ceases,  and  that,  if  he  find  the  feeling  inconvenient, 
he  may  disregard  it  and  endeavor  to  get  rid  of  it"  (pp.  42,  43). 
This  is  a  serious  matter  and  I  should  say  that  any  theory  which 
maintains  that  a  man  may  get  rid  of  his  sense  of  moral  obligation 
if  he  can,  and  that,  if  he  does  so,  the  moral  obligation  is  gone,  is  as 
grossly  immoral  a  theory  as  ever  was  published.  Does  Mr.  Mill 
repudiate  the  doctrine?  Not  at  all;  he  evidently  accepts  it,  though 
he  prefers  not  to  say  so.  The  passage  goes  on :  "But  is  this  danger 
confined  to  the  Utilitarian  morality?"  etc.  Now  I  am  ashamed 
of  repeating  it  so  often  but  I  must  entreat  the  reader  not  to  have 
dust  thrown  in  his  eyes  in  this  way,  and  not  to  be  distracted  by 
"transcendental  moralis"  or  any  other  bugbears.  The  question  is. 
Is  theory  A  true,  or  are  we  obliged  to  say  that  either  theory  A 
is  false  or  the  facts  are  a  lie?  The  question  is  not.  Have  theories 
B  and  C  the  same  fault  as  A?  When  we  have  done  with  A  we  will 
then,  if  we  choose,  go  to  B  and  C;  and  if  they  turn  out  all  false 
that  does  not  prove  one  true.  These  pleader's  devices  are  in  place 
in  a  law  court,  but  philosophy  does  not  recognize  them. 

If  then  all  that  the  moral  "ought"  means  is  that  I  happen  to 
have  a  feeling  which  I  need  not  have,  and  that  this  feeling 
attaches  itself  now  to  one  set  of  pleasures  and  now  to  another  set 
according  to  accident  or  my  liking,  would  it  not  be  better  alto- 
gether to  have  done  with  the  word,  and,  as  some  have  done, 
openly  to  reject  it  and  give  it  up  since  already  we  have  given  up 


64  Ethical  Studies 

all  that  it  stands  for?  But  if  we  give  up  the  word  then  we  have 
confessed  that,  as  a  theory  of  morals,  Hedonism  is  bankrupt  and 
we  left  with  nothing  but  our  "natural  sentiment." 

Hedonism  is  bankrupt.  With  weariness  we  have  pursued  it,  so 
far  as  was  necessary,  through  its  various  shapes — from  the  selfish 
doctrine  of  the  individual  to  the  self-sacrificing  spirit  of  modern 
Utilitarianism.  We  have  seen  that  in  every  form  it  gives  an  end 
which  is  illusory  and  impalpable.  We  have  seen  that  its  efforts  to 
compromise  with  the  moral  consciousness  are  useless;  that  in  no 
shape  will  it  give  us  a  creed  that  holds  water,  and  that  will  justify 
to  the  inquiring  mind  those  moral  beliefs  which  it  is  not  prepared 
for  the  sake  of  any  theory  to  relinquish.  Whatever  we  may  think 
of  those  who  embrace  the  doctrine,  whatever  may  be  its  practical 
results,  yet,  theoretically  considered,  we  have  seen,  I  trust,  that  it 
is  immoral  and  false,  and  are  ready  to  endorse  the  saying,  'H8ov^ 
TcAos,   7r6pvT]<i   Soyfia. 

Modern  Utilitarianism  has  a  good  object  in  view.  Though  we 
understand  it  differently,,  we  have  the  same  object  in  view,  and 
that  is  why  we  are  at  issue  with  Utilitarianism. 

We  agree  that  it  is  desirable  to  have  a  standard  of  virtue  which 
is  palpable  and  "objective";  and  therefore  we  refuse  to  place  the 
end  in  what  is  most  impalpable,  what  is  absolutely  and  entirely 
"subjective." 

We  agree  that  the  end  is  not  the  realization  of  an  abstract  idea; 
and  therefore  we  refuse  to  take  as  our  end  the  greatest  amount 
of  pleasure,  for  that  is  an  abstract  idea,  and  it  is  altogether 
unrealizable. 

We  agree  that  the  end  is  not  a  "thing-in-itself,"  is  not  Heaven 
knows  what  or  where,  but  is  the  end  for  us  as  men,  ravOpoiinvov 
ayaOov;  and  therefore  we  refuse  to  find  it  in  that  element  of  the 
mind  which  is  least  distinctively  human,  and  shared  with  us  by  the 
beasts  that  perish. 

We  agree  that  it  must  be  KTr^Tov  avOpwTro) ;  and  therefore  we  refuse 
to  seek  for  it  in  that  which  has  become  a  proverb  for  its  fallacious- 
ness. 

We  agree  in  the  refusal  to  separate  actions  and  consequences ; 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  65 

and  therefore  we  refuse  to  abstract  from  action  one  moment,  viz., 
the  accompanying  or  the  consequent  feeling,  and  put  our  test  in 
the  more  or  less  of  that. 

We  agree  that  happiness  is  the  end;  and  therefore  we  say 
pleasure  is  not  the  end. 

We  agree  that  pleasure  is  a  good;  we  say  it  is  not  the  good. 

We  agree  (strange  fellowship!)  with  the  author  of  the  Essay  on 
Liberty  in  affirming  the  o  iraai  SoKel  tovt'  elvat  cpafxiv',  and  therefore 
we  dissent  from  a  theory  which  gives  the  lie  to  the  moral  con- 
sciousness and  whose  psychological  basis  destroys  and  makes  un- 
meaning the  maxim. 

We  agree  to  make  the  self-evolution  of  ourselves  and  of  human- 
ity the  end.  We  refuse  to  place  progress  in  the  greater  or  less 
amount  of  "grateful  feeling."  We  repeat  the  good  old  doctrine  that 
the  test  of  higher  and  lower  cannot  lie  in  a  feeling  which  accom- 
panies the  exercise  of  every  function,  but  is  to  be  found  in  the 
quality  of  the  function  itself.  To  measure  that,  we  are  to  go  to  our 
idea  of  man  and  to  his  place  in  creation  and  his  evolution  in 
history. 

In  one  single  word,  the  end  and  the  standard  is  self-realization, 
and  is  not  the  feeling  of  self-realizedness. 

May  we  suggest,  in  conclusion,  that  of  all  our  Utilitarians  there 
is  perhaps  not  one  who  has  not  still  a  great  deal  to  learn  from 
Aristotle's  Ethics?^'' 

'°  Since  the  above  was  written  Mr.  Sidgwick's  book  has  appeared.  I  am 
far  from  wishing  to  deny  to  it  a  certain  value,  but  on  the  subject  of  Hedonism 
I  cannot  honestly  say  more  than  that  he  seems  to  me  to  have  left  the  question 
exactly  where  he  found  it.  As  other  people,  however,  seem  to  think  other- 
wise, I  am  forced  to  define  my  position  against  him.  But  I  labor  here  imder 
two  difficulties  —  the  first,  want  of  space ;  the  second,  my  inability  to  make 
sure  of  Mr.  Sidgwick's  meaning. 

The  latter  arises  in  great  measure  from  the  character  of  the  work.  Ostensi- 
bly critical,  it  goes  throughout  upon  preconceptions  which  not  only  are  not 
discussed  but  which  often  are  not  even  made  explicit.  With  some  of  these 
we  must  begin. 

(1)  It  is  tacitly  assumed  that  the  individual  and  the  imiversal  are  two 
independent  things  (p.  473) .  Hence  the  mere  individual  is  not  (as  with  us) 
an  abstraction  in  our  heads,  but  a  read  existence. 

(2)  The  practical  result  of  this  dogmatic  preconception  is  seen  on  p.  374. 


66  Ethical  Studies 

To  find  a  man's  ultimate  end  we  are  to  suppose  "only  a  single  sentient  con- 
scious being  in  the  universe."  This  supposition  presupposes  either  that  the 
universe  is  real  out  of  relation  to  all  consciousness,  or  is  real  in  relation  to 
one  finite  consciousness.  An  author  no  doubt  has  a  right  to  maintain  these 
or  any  other  propositions,  but  whence  he  gets  a  right  quietly  to  take  them 
for  granted  I  should  be  glad  to  be  informed. 

(3)  But  let  us  suppose  the  possibility  of  a  finite  subject  alone  in  a»material 
imiverse,  and  then  let  us  look  at  Mr.  Sidgwick's  views  from  the  ground  of 
common  sense. 

On  this  ground  I  say  (a)  for  myself,  I  cannot  imagine  myself  into  the 
position  of  this  solitary  sentient  and  doubt  if  the  author,  or  anyone  else,  can 
do  so.  (b)  Passing  this  by,  we  come  to  the  assertion  that  such  a  supposed 
being  would  consider  itself  to  have  some  rational  end,  some  ultimate  good, 
something  right  and  reasonable  as  such,  for  which  to  live.  All  I  can  say  here 
is  that  so  far  as  I  can  imagine  myself  absolutely  alone  in  a  material  world,  I 
do  not  think  it  would  occur  to  me  that  I  had  anything  to  live  for.  (c)  Sup- 
posing however  that,  being  forced  so  to  continue,  I  did  avoid  pain  and  get 
pleasiu-e,  it  would  not  occur  to  me  to  say  that  therefore  I  was  realizing  an 
"intrinsically  and  objectively  desirable,"  the  "end  of  Reason,"  the  "absolutely 
Good  or  Desirable." 

Surely  common  sense  must  see  that,  to  find  what  end  we  ought  to  pursue 
in  the  human  life  we  live,  by  seeing  what  would  be  left  us  to  pursue  in  an 
unimaginable  and  inhuman  predicament,  is  not  common  sense  at  all  but 
simply  bad  metaphysics.  No  doubt  a  mere  quantity  is  no  more  than  the  sum 
of  its  units,  and  to  find  the  value  of  each  unit  no  doubt  you  must  isolate  it  by 
division.  But  tacitly  to  assume  that  the  moral  world  is  a  mere  sum  of  units 
whose  value  can  be  found  separately,  is  really  nothing  but  an  enormous  piece 
of  dogmatism. 

Starting  from  these  preconceptions  as  to  the  nature  of  the  individual,  we 
have  to  get  to  the  conclusion  that  the  pleasure  of  all  is  the  end  for  each,  which 
problem  we  have  seen  above  is  insoluble.  Mr.  Sidgwick  has  an  argument 
whereby  he  "suppresses  Egoism,"  which,  so  far  as  I  can  take  it  in,  is  as 
follows : 

(1)  We  do,  as  a  fact,  desire  objects  other  than  our  pleasures.     But 

(2)  Our  private  pleasure  is  for  us  the  sole  ultimate  or  rational  desirable.  But 

(3)  Our  private  pleasure  as  such  is  not  rational.    Therefore 

(4)  It  is  rational  for  us  to  desire  something  other  than  it.    And  because 

(5)  Pleasure  is  the  only  thing  we  can  desire  (?)  ;  therefore 

(6)  We  desire,  and  are  to  desire,  pleasure  as  rational.     But  that  means 

pleasure  in  general,  L  e.,  pleasure  without  reference  to  any  feeling 
subject  in  particuleir. 
(This  is,  of  course,  not  Mr.  Sidgwick's  statement,  but  my  understanding, 
or  very  likely  my  misunderstanding,  of  him;  so  I  shall  not  examine  it  in  this 
form.) 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  67 

He  takes  from  Utilitarianism  the  pleasure  of  all  as  my  end,  whether  I 
happen  to  want  it  or  not.  He  takes  from  the  popular  interpretation  of  the 
moral  consciousness  the  desire  for  "the  right  and  reasonable  as  such."  These 
seem  to  go  well  together,  and  we  say,  "I  am  to  desire  the  pleasure  of  all  as 
right  and  reasonable  as  such."  This  assertion  being  emphatically  repudiated, 
it  is  necessary  to  prove  it.  How  to  do  this?  As  before,  isolate  a  man  and 
you  will  see  that  he  perceives  intuitively  that  it  is  right  and  reasonable  for 
him  to  pursue  pleasure.  This  means  that  he  perceives  two  things:  (1)  that 
he  desires  his  private  pleasure,  (2)  that  he  desires  the  reasonable.  Put  them 
together  and  you  get  the  argument:  (a)  the  reasonable  is  not  my  private 
pleasure,  (b)  other  people's  pleasure  is  not  my  private  pleasure.  Therefore 
(c)  other  people's  pleasure  is  reasonable.  Or,  if  this  is  not  meant,  perhaps 
the  assertion  is  that  the  isolated  man  sees  two  things  together,  both  that  his 
pleasure  is  the  reasonable  end,  and  that  not  his  pleasure,  but  pleasure  as 
such,  is  so.  In  that  case  would  it  not  be  better  to  say  at  once,  "I  intuitively 
perceive  that  the  Utilitarian  conclusion  is  right"?  for  then  the  reply,  "But 
I  do  not,"  would  end  the  argument. 

However  Mr.  Sidgwick  may  get  to  his  conclusion,  he  has  to  make  it  good 
against  two  parties — (1)  those  who  assert  the  right  and  reasonable,  but  deny 
that  it  is  pleasure;  (2)  those  who  deny  the  right  and  reasonable,  but  assert 
pleasure  as  my  private  pleasure.  (1)  The  first  party  (so  far  as  I  can  repre- 
sent them)  have  spoken  already.  We  deny  the  intuition,  and  the  reasoning 
we  have  sufficiently  refuted  by  stating  it;  and  if  we  wished  to  do  more,  we 
should  do  well  to  press  for  some  further  account  of  the  phrases  "objectively 
desirable,"  "real  end  of  reason,"  etc.  If  my  pleasure  is  my  sole  end,  if  the 
objective  is  (also)  my  end,  then  I  should  say  there  is  a  hopeless  contradic- 
tion in  which  we  stick.  (2)  But  Mr.  Sidgwick's  attitude  toward  Egoism  is 
more  instructive.  Having  first  (after  Butler)  rightly  denied  the  basis  of 
Hedonism,  viz.,  the  assertion  that  I  desire  nothing  but  pleasure,  he  throws 
himself  repentant  into  the  arms  of  the  true  faith,  and  says,  "Though  as  a  fact 
other  things  are  or  seem  to  be  desired,  yet  nothing  but  my  pleasure  is 
desirable.  My  pleasure  is  the  end."  Here  we  have  Egoism.  "But,"  says  Mr. 
Sidgwick,  "the  right  and  reasonable  is  objectively  desirable."  "Not  so," 
replies  the  Egoist.  "The  objectively  desirable  is  a  fiction.  The  distinction  of 
desiretf  and  desirable  is  wholly  fallacious  unless  'desirable'  is  a  clumsy  name 
for  the  means  to  what  I  desire.  The  end  is  what  I  do  desire  and  that  is  just 
what  I  happen  to  like;  'reasonable'  is  what  I  correctly  conclude  is  a  means 
to  that;  and  for  'right'  and  'ought,'  if  they  are  not  a  misleading  way  of 
saying  this  over  again,  they  are  as  nonsensical  as  'objective  end  of  reason.'  " 
And  against  this  Mr.  Sidgwick,  having  left  the  only  true  line,  has  nothing 
to  say  but  that  he  hopes  the  Egoist  will  be  good  enough  to  admit  that  some- 
thing is  objectively  desirable  as  an  end.  If  the  Egoist  does  so,  he  is  "sup- 
pressed" certainly,  and  deserves  to  be.  But  wiU  he  do  so?  I  recommend 
the  reader  to  peruse  Stirner's  book,  Der  Einzige  und  sein  Eigenthum. 


68  Ethical  Studies 

Mr.  Sidgwick  asserts  that  only  my  pleasure  is  desirable  and  that  I  desire 
this  as  objectively  desirable.  But  (1)  //I  desire  my  pleasure  as  mine  in  par- 
ticular, is  it  not  a  flat  contradiction  to  say  I  desire  it  as  not  mine  in  particu- 
lar? And  (2)  can  I  desire  my  pleasure  as  pleasure  in  general?  Is  not  that 
a  pure  fiction  invented  to  support  a  weak  compromise  —  a  fiction  which 
neither  of  the  parties  opposed  would,  if  they  understood  their  position,  attend 
to  for  a  moment?  Is  my  feeling  pleased  anything  but  my  feeling  pleased? 
Can  you  put  the  "feeling  pleased"  on  the  one  side  and  the  "my"  on  the 
other?  I  know  but  one  theory  on  which  this  is  possible  and  that  is  the  view 
which,  while  it  regards  the  distinctions  of  "me"  and  "you"  as  mere  illusion 
or  "Maja,"  nevertheless  maintains  that  the  pleasure  and  pain  are  not  mere 
illusion.  Against  this  view  I  am  not  called  on  to  argue,  and  Mr.  Sidgwick 
is,  I  imagine,  no  more  a  friend  to  it  than  I  am. 

I  have  criticized  Mr.  Sidgwick  sharply,  not  from  want  of  respect,  but 
because  I  must  be  brief  and  fear  to  be  obscure.  Whether  I  understand  him 
or  not,  I  do  not  know;  and  with  respect  to  what  Mr.  Bain  has  said  on  the 
same  subject  this  again  is  my  case.  As  to  what  he  means  by  "disinterested 
action"  I  have  not  the  le£ist  idea.  He  speaks  of  "entering  into  the  feelings 
of  another  being,"  which,  on  his  view,  is  to  me  much  as  if  he  said,  "One  bag 
of  marbles  enters  into  the  marbles  of  another  bag";  and  again  {Emotions, 
etc.,  3rd  ed.,  p.  267) ,  he  talks  of  "pleasures  whose  nature  is  to  take  in  other 
sentient  beings,"  which,  again,  is  as  if  he  said,  "There  are  some  marbles  whose 
nature  it  is  to  take  in  other  bags  of  marbles."  Either  these  things  are  illusions 
or  not.  If  they  are  not,  it  seems  to  me  they  revolutionize  the  whole  of  Mr. 
Bain's  psychology.  If  they  are,  I  want  to  know  whether  and  why  we  are  to 
rest  our  Ethics  upon  them.  What  seems  clear  to  me  is  this — Pleasure  is  the 
one  end  or  it  is  not.  If  it  is  not,  then  Hedonism  goes.  If  it  is,  then  my 
pleasure  is  my  end.  The  pleasure  of  others  is  neither  a  feeling  in  me  nor 
an  idea  of  a  feeling  in  me.  If  it  seems  to  be  so,  this  is  a  mere  illusion.  If 
what  is  not  my  feeling  or  its  idea  is  my  end,  then  the  root  of  Hedonism  is 
torn  up.  If  so,  the  argument  from  the  individual  to  the  race  disappears 
because  pleasure  is  not  the  sole  end  of  the  individual. 

In  this  plight,  nothing  is  left  to  Hedonism  but  an  appeal  to  the  facts  of 
society.  If  these  show  that  progress  so  far  involves  increase  of  pleasure  (and 
here,  on  the  question  of  fact,  Hedonism  has  to  meet  Pessimism),  that  does 
not  prove  it  wiU  be  always  so;  still  less  does  it  prove  that  the  idea  of 
increase  of  pleasure  is  the  moving  cause  of  progress,  and  even  less  that  it 
ought  to  be. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  69 


NOTE 

There  are  two  questions  suggested  by  the  above — (1)  Is 
pleasure  good,  and  if  so,  in  what  sense  is  it  good?  (2)  Is  pain  evil 
and  in  what  way  is' it  evil?   Let  us  take  the  latter  first. 

Considered  psychically  pain  is  an  evil  because  it  is  the  feeling 
of  the  negation  of  the  self  or  life.  The  good  is  the  afl5rraation  of 
the  self  and  hence  pain  is  counter  to  the  good.  If  we  are  asked 
to  suppose  a  pain  which  is  a  feeling  of  negation,  but  not  a  felt 
negation,  i.  e.,  which  is  not  really  in  any  way  the  negation  of  func- 
tion or  the  cause  of  such  negation,  and  are  then  asked,  Is  such 
hypothetical  pain  an  evil?  we  cannot  say  it  would  be,  because  we 
can  say  nothing  about  it  at  all.  It  seems  to  us  to  be  an  unreal 
abstraction.  Real  pain  is  the  feeling  of  the  negatedness  of  the 
self  and  therefore,  as  such,  it  is  bad.  It  is  bad  also  because  it 
further  acts  in  the  direction  of  the  general  lowering  of  life.  Both 
as  felt  diminution  of  the  good  and  as  the  cause  of  further  diminu- 
tion, it  is  an  evil. 

If,  where  pain  comes  from  negated  function,  but  the  function 
is  supposed  to  be  indifferent,  we  are  asked.  Is  then  the  pain  bad? 
we  reply  that  it  is  so  because  the  whole  self  is  negated — /  feel 
pain,  and  am  therein  lowered  directly  or  indirectly. 

In  passing  we  may  ask,  Is  then  pain  on  the  whole  an  evil?  We 
cannot  say  that.  We  know  that  pain  often  is  a  good;  and  we 
should  have  a  right  to  say  of  any  pain  that  it  was  an  absolute 
evil  only  if  we  knew  that  it  was  pain  per  se,  i.  e.,  mere  negation. 
But  that  is  what  we  cannot  know.  Speaking  generally,  you  cannot 
have  mere  pain,  the  negative  without  the  positive;  painlessness 
means  death;  pain  appears  to  involve  reaction;  and  again,  wher- 
ever there  is  an  active  conscious  self  it  seems  there  must  be  pain. 
To  say  that  pain  is  an  absolute  evil  we  should  have  to  answer  in 
the  affirmative  the  question,  Can  you  have  the  positive  without  the 
negative,  or  the  negative  in  this  form?  And  I  do  not  see  how 
we  can  give  this  answer.  We  know  that  pain  is  often  a  stimulus; 
without  some  pain  little  is  produced — perhaps  nothing.   We  know 


70  Ethical  Studies 

that  the  pain  of  the  part  is  often  the  good  of  the  whole;  that  that 
good  demands  sometimes  even  the  destruction  of  the  part.  The 
life  of  the  whole  is  the  end  and  for  this  all  must  be  sacrificed.  And 
so  the  question  is,  Is  the  negation  of  the  part  always  a  condition 
of  the  affirmation  of  the  whole,  or  is  it  sometimes  not?  (And  we 
should  remember  that  the  affirmation  of  the  whole  may  be  in  the 
part  or  without  the  part.)  Can  we  ever  say,  Here  is  an  overplus 
of  the  negative;  here  is  negation  of  function,  which,  in  itself  and 
its  results,  is  negation  of  the  good,  or  of  life  as  a  whole?  I  do 
not  see  how  we  are  to  say  this  because  I  do  not  see  how  we  can 
know  enough  about  the  whole  of  things.  For  anything  I  can  tell 
pain  per  se  may  be  always  an  unreal  abstraction,  as  I  know  it 
often  is.  What  is  bad  for  this  or  that  relative  totality  may  be 
good  for  a  higher;  and  above  the  highest  relative  totality  may  be 
(for  anything  I  know  to  the  contrary)  an  absolute  totality  in 
which  and  for  which  pain  is  the  mere  condition  of  affirmation 
and  in  no  sense  the  diminution  of  life,  but  whose  life  (as  I  sup- 
pose all  life)  involves  in  itself  a  subordinated  negation.  This  I 
do  not  assert  to  be  the  case;  but  I  wished  to  point  out  that  no  man 
has  a  right  to  say  pain  is  an  evil  absolutely  unless  he  knows  that 
there  is  no  such  life  of  the  whole,  or  that  pain  is  a  negative  which 
limits  its  functions,  and  is  not  a  negative  condition  of  those 
functions. 

To  return  from  our  digression.  We  have  seen  that  pain  is  bad 
whenever  it  is  not  necessary  as  a  condition  of  good.  Turning 
now  to  pleasure,  we  ask.  Is  pleasure,  generally  speaking,  good? 
Doubtless  it  is  good.  It  is  the  felt  assertion  of  the  will  or  self. 
It  is  felt  self-realizedness.  It  is  good  because  it  accompanies  and 
makes  a  whole  with  good  activity,  because  it  goes  with  that  self- 
realization  which  is  good;  or  secondly,  because  it  heightens  the 
general  assertion  of  self,  which  is  the  condition  of  realizing  the 
good  in  self. 

Pleasure  is  the  physical  accompaniment  of  exercise  of  function 
and  a  distinction  is  required  in  order  to  think  of  function  apart 
from  some  pleasure.  Perhaps  there  is  really  no  such  thing.  The 
function  brings  its  own  pleasure,  however  small,  though  the  whole 
state  may  be  painful. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  71 

Pleasure,  then,  is  generally  good;  but  the  questions  which  now 
arise  are,  Can  pleasure  exist  without  function?  If  so,  is  it  good? 
Or  to  put  it  otherwise,  Are  all  pleasures  of  activity  good?  Are 
all  pleasures  of  passivity  good?  Are  any  pleasures  neither  good 
nor  bad?  And  finally,  Is  any  pleasure  good  per  se,  or  simply  as 
pleasure? 

Can  pleasure  exist  without  function?  We  could  not  enter  here 
on  a  psychological  investigation  of  the  point  even  were  we  able 
to  treat  the  matter  satisfactorily.  But  taking  pleasure  to  be  the 
feeling  of  the  realizedness  of  the  will  or  self,  we  should  doubt  if 
apart  from  some  present  function  or  activity  pleasure  could  exist. 
The  questions  to  be  answered  would  be,  how  far  in  what  seem 
the  most,  or  mere,  "passive  pleasures"  of  sense  function  is  con- 
cerned; how  far  in  contemplative  pleasures  activity  of  contempla- 
tion comes  in;  how  far,  lastly,  the  very  feeling  of  self,  which  is 
pleasure,  in  being  felt  implies  an  activity.  To  a  tired  man,  for 
instance,  the  pleasure  of  lying  down  in  bed  is  great;  he  wants  no 
more;  it  is  complete  affirmation  of  his  will,  perfect  satisfiedness. 
But  as  he  grows  more  and  more  sleepy  does  his  pleasure  increase? 
When  he  is  asleep  does  he  feel  pleasure?  On  the  other  hand,  is 
he  less  satisfied?  and  if  so,  in  what  sense?  If  his  pleasure  has 
been  diminished  or  has  ceased,  is  not  that  because  the  reaction, 
the  function  of  the  feeling  center  has  ceased  or  been  diminished; 
and  is  not  that  reaction  what  is  felt  when  pleasure  is  felt? 

Let  us,  however,  pass  by  this  question,  as  without  answering  it 
decidedly  we  hope  to  show  how  far  pleasure  is  good.  Roughly 
speaking,  we  can  distinguish  pleasures  of  activity  and  passivity; 
pleasure  which  comes  with  our  doing  something,  and  pleasure 
which  we  do  nothing  to  get.^  Let  us  ask  with  each  class  when 
pleasure  is  good  and  when  it  is  bad,  if  it  is  bad. 

(1)    We  will  first  take  pleasures  of  activity. 

{a)  When  are  they  good?  When  the  activity  is  good  the 
pleasure  is  good  because  the  two  are  a  physical  whole.  You  can- 
not have  the  function  without  the  pleasure — the  absence  of  the 

^  We  need  not  distinguish  further  the  pleasure  of  having  something  done 
to  us.  It  will,  I  think,  be  covered  by  our  answer,  and  it  is  a  somewhat 
complicated  state  of  mind. 


72  Ethical  Studies 

pleasure  would  weaken  and  perhaps  destroy  the  function,  and 
also  generally  lower  the  self  to  the  detriment  of  other  functions; 
whereas  presence  of  pleasure  tends  to  the  heightening  of  functions 
in  general,  besides  its  own  function.  Then  what  activities  are 
good?  Detail  is  impossible  but,  generally,  those  which  directly 
realize  the  good  will  in  a  living  man,  or  which  indirectly  increase 
life  and  so  the  possibility  of  a  higher  realization  of  the  good  in  a 
living  man  or  men.  Or  rather  the  two  cannot  be  divided.  Life  is 
a  whole ;  and  life  is  not  only  the  condition  of  the  good  but  may  be 
taken  as  another  name  for  it.  "The  end  of  life  is  life,"  and  (speak- 
ing generally)  what  heightens  life  heightens  the  good.  Pleasure 
then  is  not  a  means  to  the  good  but  is  included  in  it  and  belongs 
to  it. 

(6)  What  pleasures  of  activity  are  bad  then?  for  admittedly 
there  are  such.  The  pleasure  is  bad  when  the  activity  is  bad,  and 
the  activity  is  bad  when,  in  its  immediate  or  ulterior  results,  it 
lowers  the  life  of  the  individual  or  of  a  larger  totality,  and  so 
diminishes  realization  of  good,  or  prevents  a  higher  and  fuller 
realization.  Here  pleasure  is  bad  because  it  strengthens  and  in- 
tensifies a  bad  activity.  The  pleasure  per  se  is  not  bad,  but  then 
there  is  no  such  thing  except  in  our  heads. 

(2)  Next  as  to  pleasures  of  passivity.  Let  us  for  shortness'  sake 
exclude  artistic  pleasures,  and  take  pleasures  of  sensuous  satis- 
faction. Are  passive  sensuous  pleasures  good  or  bad?  In  them- 
selves, I  think,  they  are  neither  good  nor  bad.  Or  we  may  say 
roughly,  they  are  good  when  they  are  not  bad. 

(a)  When  are  they  bad?  This  is  not  hard  to  answer.  They 
are  bad  when  they  prevent  or  retard  the  realization  of  the  good 
life  in  us  by  preventing  action.  This  they  do  when  they  produce 
special  results  which  hinder  the  good,  or  when  they  generally 
contribute  toward  a  habit  of  self-indulgence,  which  is  bad  because 
it  retards  or  opposes  the  activity  of  the  good.  In  short,  they  are 
bad  when  they  lower  life  or  prevent  its  progress.  They  are  not 
bad  per  se,  but  then  here  again  they  do  not  exist  per  se. 

(b)  When  are  they  good?  They  are  good  when  (without  the 
evil  results  just  mentioned)  they  increase  what  is  ordinarily  called 
happiness,  a  feeling  of  general  content  with  one's  existence.    That 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  73 

is  good  because  existence  is  good,  and  because  without  happi- 
ness existence  is  impaired,  and  with  it  the  good;  and  because 
happiness  (generally  speaking)  increases  activity.  Discontent 
and  unhappiness  are  great  evils,  for  (even  if  they  do  not  lead  to 
immorality)  they  lower  life  and  activity  for  good.  "Life  is  the 
end  of  life,"  and  so  what  makes  life  more  liveable  is  good;  and 
life  further  must  be  realized  in  living  men,  the  basis  of  whose 
nature  is  and  miist  remain  animal.  To  neglect  the  basis  is  to 
make  as  great  a  mistake  as  to  regard  it  as  the  crown  and  summit. 
Life  is  a  whole;  and  hence  pleasures  inseparable  from  life,  and 
pleasures  that  maintain  and  heighten  a  feeling  of  well-being  and 
joy  in  living  (which  again  heightens  life),  are  good  because 
life  is  good — supposing,  that  is,  that  they  are  not  bad,  in  the 
sense  described  above. 

We  come  now  to  the  two  questions — Are  any  pleasures  neither 
good  nor  bad?     Are  any  pleasures  good  per  se? 

(1)  Are  any  pleasures  neither  good  nor  bad?  The  ordinary 
man  would  say  Yes.  A  certain  amount  of  pleasure  is  undeniably 
good;  and  (as  a  rule),  if  you  want  more,  the  more  is  good  (where 
it  is  not  bad),  and  this  because  the  satisfaction  of  the  want  is 
good  for  you,  or  the  nonsatisfaction  bad.  Then  again  undeniably 
there  is  (speaking  generally)  a  too  much  of  any  particular 
pleasure  and  that  too  much  is  bad.  But  between  enough  and  too 
much,  as  in  the  pleasures  of  eating  and  drinking,  there  comes  a 
neutral  territory.  It  is  probably  good  for  you  to  have  say  not  less 
than  two  glasses  of  wine  after  dinner.  Six  on  ordinary  occasions 
is  perhaps  too  many ;  but,  as  to  three  or  four,  they  are  neither  one 
way  nor  the  other.  If  asked,  is  the  pleasure  of  these  intermediates 
bad?  we  say  No.  If  asked,  is  it  good?  I  do  not  think  we  can  say 
Yes.  If  asked,  is  it  not  a  positive  addition  to  the  surplus  of 
pleasure?  I  do  not  think  we  can  say  No.  We  should  put  the 
whole  question  aside  as  idle.  We  should  say  the  pleasure  is  neither 
good  nor  bad,  or  at  least  we  do  not  know  that  it  is.  So  far  the 
ordinary  man. 

Now  whether  this  margin  is  scientifically  defensible,  whether 
there  must  not  be  a  point  say  of  number  of  drops  or  fractions  of 


74  Ethical  Studies 

drops  which  is  good,  and  beyond  which  acme  you  fall  at  once 
into  badness,  we  shall  not  discuss.  It  is  not  an  easy  question 
and  fortunately  the  answer  matters  nothing  to  our  argument.  But 
for  the  ordinary  man  clearly  some  pleasures  are  neither  good  nor 
bad,  and  this  because  (for  him)  they  do  neither  harm  nor  good. 

(2)  To  come  now  to  the  question,  Is  any  pleasure  a  good  per 
se?  we  are  in  a  position,  I  think,  to  answer  it  in  the  negative. 
Ordinarily  it  does  sound  absurd  to  say  mere  pleasure  is  not  an 
end  since  at  first  sight  it  seems  desirable.  The  foregoing,  how- 
ever, should  have  removed  this  difficulty.  We  have  seen  that  the 
pleasures  pronounced  desirable  are  so  because  they  are  inseparable 
from  and  heighten  life ;  and  hence  these  pleasures  are  not  pleasures 
per  se.  And  further,  if  the  doctrine  of  the  indifferent  margin  were 
indefensible  (we  believe  that  it  is  not  so),  then  no  pleasure  could 
be  a  pleasure  per  se,  and  our  present  question  would  disappear. 

But  supposing  that  there  exist  pleasures  which  are  only  pleasur- 
able and,  so  to  speak,  end  in  themselves,  then  these  may  certainly 
be  desired,  but  I  think  they  are  not  considered  desirable  or  good. 
And,  if  that  is  so,  then,  in  denying  that  pleasure  in  itself  is  good, 
we  are  not  in  collision  with  the  ordinary  consciousness.  To  illus- 
trate :  Having  had  three  glasses  of  wine  I  may  say  I  think  so  much 
was  desirable.  I  certainly  may  have  another  if  I  like,  and  I 
suppose  it  will  give  me  a  certain  amount  of  pleasure  and  no  pain, 
or  lessening  of  pleasure,  now  or  afterwards.  Is  the  surplus  good? 
Is  it  desirable?  Clearly,  though  a  pleasure,  and  though  not  bad, 
it  may  not  be  good;  and  such  is  the  case,  I  think,  with  all 
innocent  pleasures,  as  e.  g.  those  of  physical  exercise,  sports  and 
games,  sight-seeing,  etc.  If  this  be  so,  however,  then  common  con- 
sciousness does  not  hold  pleasure  per  se  to  be  desirable  or  good. 
And  as  for  philosophical  arguments,  what  and  where  are  they? 

We  have  now  seen  that  pleasure  is  good  so  far  as  inseparable 
from  life,  and  so  far  as  it  results  in  the  heightening  of  life.  But 
in  itself,  if  and  so  far  as  we  separate  it  by  an  abstraction  or  find  it 
apart  from  its  good  qualities,  it  is  not  good,  it  is  in  no  sense  an 
end  in  itself. 

Here  we  might  cease,  but  further  elucidations  will  perhaps  not 
be  superfluous. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  75 

Life  is  an  end  in  itself.  It  is  true  that  life  implies  pleasure. 
Pessimism  notwithstanding,  it  implies,  speaking  generally,  a 
surplus  of  pleasure;  and  I  am  not  called  upon  to  deny  (though 
I  certainly  neither  assert  nor  admit  it)  that  higher  life  means 
always  a  greater  surplus. 

If  so,  have  we  come  back  to  Hedonism?  Since  pleasure  and 
life  are  inseparable,  can  we  say  that  to  aim  at  the  realization  of 
life  is  to  aim  at  pleasure?  No,  in  the  sense  of  making  it  an 
object  it  is  not  to  aim  at  pleasure;  and  this  distinction  is  a  vital 
difference  which  we  must  never  slur.  Function  carries  pleasure 
with  it  as  its  physical  accompaniment,  but  what  determines, 
makes,  and  is  good  or  bad,  is  in  the  end  function.  Function, 
moreover,  is  something  comparatively  definite.  It  gives  some- 
thing you  can  aim  at,  something  you  can  do.  Not  so  the  plea- 
sure. Further,  so  far  as  function  and  pleasure  are  separable 
objects  of  choice,  we  must,  if  we  are  moral,  choose  the  former.  If 
they  are  inseparable,  are  one  whole,  why  are  we  to  aim  at  the 
indefinite  side,  at  the  subjective  psychical  sequent  and  accompani- 
ment when  we  have  an  objective  act  which  we  can  see  before  us 
and  perform,  and  which  is  the  prius  of  the  feeling?  It  is  the 
act  carries  with  it  the  pleasure,  not  the  pleasure  the  act. 

"Yes,  but,"  it  will  be  said,  "we  want  more  pleasure,  more  than 
we  get  with  present  function ;  and  we  will  alter  the  function  to  get 
the  pleasure."  Then  you  must  take  one  of  these  three  positions. 
You  (a)  wholly  reject  the  idea  that  one  function  is  in  itself  higher 
than  another;  or,  while  believing  in  higher  and  lower  functions, 
you  say  (b)  pleasure  is  separable,  or  (c)  inseparable  from  the 
higher. 

On  the  first  supposition  (a)  you  break  at  once  with  common 
morality  which  does  not  believe  that  lower  and  higher  stand  for 
mere  means  to  less  or  more  pleasure.  And  (b)  on  the  second  you 
are  confessedly  immoral  for,  while  believing  in  a  higher,  you 
propose  to  sacrifice  it  to  pleasure.  "Let  us  have  pleasure,  even 
at  the  cost  of  function,"  is  not  a  moral  point  of  view.* 

^  Nor  can  you  reconcile  yourself  to  common  morality  by  saying,  "But  we 
will  only  increase  the  pleasure."  For  (1)  either  the  increase  of  pleasure  does 


76  Ethical  Studies 

Thirdly  (c)  if  you  maintain  more  pleasure  and  higher  function 
to  be  on  the  whole  inseparable,  you  may  at  once  be  challenged  as 
to  the  truth  of  that  assertion;  and  if  you  are  not  allowed  to 
assume  it,  you  cannot  assume  that  more  pleasure  is  an  end. 

But  allowing  you  for  the  present  to  assume  that  higher  function 
and  more  pleasure  go  together,  so  that  to  have  one  is  to  have  the 
other,  why  (I  would  ask),  if  these  two  are  one  whole,  will  you 
persist  in  isolating  one  side  of  that  whole  since  surely  it  is  the 
less  knowable  side?  The  coincidence  of  the  two  is  an  extremely 
general  truth ;  it  need  not  be  true  for  this  man  or  generation ;  and, 
if  so,  how  is  it  possible  to  aim  at  progress  except  by  aiming  at 
function?  The  function  must  (on  the  whole  and  in  the  end) 
carry  the  pleasure  with  it,  and  it  is  surely  a  more  definite  mark. 
Is  it  not  preposterous  to  think  of  aiming  at  more  pleasure,  in 
the  end  and  on  the  whole  (not  in  any  future  that  we  can  see), 
in  order,  by  making  this  the  end,  to  get  along  with  it  some 
higher  function  which  we  know  nothing  about?  Is  it  not  {e.  g.) 
hopelessly  vague,  if  we  want  to  find  out  what  the  divine  will  is, 
to  attempt  to  define  it  by  some  idea  of  pleasure  in  the  end  and 
on  the  whole,  and  not  to  ourselves  or  any  one  else  in  any  time 
that  we  can  see?  Is  it  not  less  vague  to  study  that  will  by  con- 
sidering the  previous  evolution  of  it,  and  to  accept  what  seems  a 
higher  step  in  that  evolution  as  an  end  in  itself?  Must  we  not 
say  that  this  going  together  of  function  and  pleasure  is  a  mere 
general  faith  which  we  cannot  verify  by  experience  in  every 
case,  and  so  cannot  use  to  determine  our  particular  course? 

Of  course  one  sees  quite  clearly  that,  generally  speaking,  it  is  a 
good  thing  to  aim  at  the  increasing  of  pleasure  and  diminishing  of 
pain;  but  it  is  a  good  thing  because  it  increases  the  actuality  and 
possibilities  of  life.  To  make  function  the  end  justifies  and 
demands  the  increase  of  pleasure  and  gives  you  all  you  can  fairly 
ask  in  that  way.  But  to  say  more  pleasure  is  all  the  end,  and  life 
a  mere  accompaniment  to  that,  is  another  matter. 

And  again,  when  we  are  doubtful  what  is  higher  in  progress, 

issue  in  the  heightening  of  function,  and  will  be  good  in  this  sense  and  not 
in  yours;  or  else  (2),  as  we  have  seen,  if  pleasure  neither  raises  nor  lowers 
function,  then  common  opinion  considers  it  neither  desirable  nor  undesirable. 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  77 

it  may  be  a  safe  course  to  increase  pleasure  and  diminish  pain 
because  that  heightens  the  good  functions  we  have.  But  to  look 
on  the  increase  of  pleasure  as  the  mark  to  aim  at  always  and 
simply,  when  we  aim  at  progress,  is  again  a  very  different  course. 

But,  leaving  this  subject,  we  must  observe  that  we  have  no 
right  to  assume  that  higher  function  and  more  pleasure  do  on 
the  whole  go  together.  We  have  bitter  proof  that  in  particular 
cases  and  stages  of  progress  this  is  not  the  case,  and  so  are  forced 
to  separate  the  two  in  our  minds.  We  can  imagine  function  with- 
out pleasure  since  we  have  experienced  decrease  of  pleasure 
proportionate  to  heightening  of  quality  of  function.  But,  when 
the  two  come  thus  before  the  mind  separately,  we  feel  we  must 
choose  function  and  not  pleasure. 

In  conclusion,  there  is  one  way  in  which  pleasure  may  be  used 
as  a  test  of  function.  It  shows  whether  function  is  impeded  in 
discharge  or  not.  But  by  it  you  cannot  tell  higher  from  lower 
function;  and,  if  you  go  by  it  you  must  prefer  a  lower  state  of 
harmony  to  a  higher  state  of  self-contradiction. 

For  the  sake  of  clearness  I  have  run  the  risk  of  wearisome 
length  and  repetition.  In  the  foregoing  Essay  I  have  sharply,  not 
I  hope  too  sharply,  criticized  Hedonism.  From  a  somewhat  more 
positive  consideration  I  have  reached  the  same  result.  And  now 
in  a  spirit  of  conciliation  I  would  ask  the  Utilitarian,  whose  heart 
is  in  the  right  place,  who  does  not  care  about  pleasure,  but  who 
wants  something  definite,  to  consider  this — whether  to  take  life  as 
the  end,  the  highest  and  ever  a  higher  life,  be  more  vague  than 
Hedonism;  whether  it  does  not  give  him  all  he  wants;  and 
whether,  beside  being  more  in  harmony  with  morality,  it  is  not 
equally  antagonistic  to  Asceticism. 

If  our  end  is  to  realize  the  life  or  the  self  which  is  realized  in 
all  life  and  to  develop  this  in  more  distinctively  human  forms, 
and  if  we  consider  that  this  life  to  be  realized  must  be  realized  in 
living  individuals,  we  shall  be  far  enough  from  asceticism.  There 
is  here  no  abstract  negation  of  human  nature,  no  sacrifice  of 
detail  and  fullness  to  a  barren  formula.  The  universal  is  realized 
only  in  the  free  self-development  of  the  individual,  and  the  indi- 
vidual can  only  truly  develop  his  individuality  by  specifying  in 


78  Ethical  Studies 

himself  the  common  life  of  all.  As  we  repudiate  the  liberty  of 
Individualism  (better,  Particularism),  so  we  repudiate  the 
tyranny  of  the  (abstract)  universal.  The  member  is  no  member 
but  a  parasitical  excrescence  if  it  does  not  live  with  the  life  of  the 
whole;  the  whole  life  does  not  exist  except  in  the  life  of  the 
members.  And  here,  in  the  moral  sphere,  the  members  are  self- 
conscious.  It  is  then  only  in  the  intensity  of  the  self-consciousness 
of  the  members  that  the  whole  can  be  intensely  realized.  Further- 
more, these  members  are  spiritualized  animals;  everything  human 
stands  on  the  basis  of  animal  life ;  and  to  make  self-realization  the 
end  not  only  justifies  but  demands  attention  to  the  well-being  and 
happiness  of  man  as  a  spiritualized  animal,  because  the  feeling  of 
inner  harmony  is  required  for,  is  the  psychical  condition  of, 
maintenance  and  progress  of  function.  So  far  as  this  we  go  and 
must  go,  but  no  further;  we  ought  not  to  sacrifice  what  seems  to 
be  maintenance  or  progress  of  function  to  prospect  of  increased 
pleasure.  But  I  do  not  think  that  the  Utilitarian  wishes  to  teach 
that  doctrine;  and  whatever  he  wants  to  teach  he  can  teach  with- 
out making  pleasure  the  end.  To  repeat  it  once  more,  if  self- 
realization  is  the  end,  then  pleasure  is  a  relative  end  and  good, 
because  a  condition  without  which  good  is  impossible;  and  hence 
to  increase  pleasure  is  good,  though  we  need  not  add  "for  pleas- 
ure's sake."  And  unhappiness  is  evil  if  it  is  a  psychical  state 
which  tends  to  exclude  the  good,  and  may  be  treated  as  an  evil, 
which  it  is  our  bounden  duty  to  fight  against,  without  our  being 
forced  to  say  "it  is  the  evil  itself  and  there  is  no  evil  beyond  it." 

If  again  it  is  objected  that  the  end  is  vague  and  has  no  con- 
tent, the  following  Essays  will  tci  a  certain  extent,  I  hope,  remove 
the  objection.  Here  we  may  reply  that  to  take  human  progress 
as  the  end,  and  to  keep  our  eye  on  past  progress,  is  not  a  useless 
prescription;  and  if  any  one  wants  a  moral  philosophy  to  tell  him 
what  in  particular  he  is  to  do,  he  will  find  that  there  neither  is  nor 
can  be  such  a  thing,  and  at  all  events  will  not  find  it  in  Hedonism. 

One  word  on  the  unconscious  or  latent  Hedonism  of  society  in 
its  progress.  That  is  no  argument  for  making  pleasure  the  end, 
as  the  reader  who  has  followed  me  so  far  will,  I  trust,  at  once  see* 
Taking  for  granted  the  asserted  fact  that  society  tends  to  identify 


Pleasure  For  Pleasure's  Sake  79 

what  brings  pleasure  with  what  is  good,  we  altogether  deny  the 
Hedonistic  inference.  If  society  tends  to  realize  life  more  highly 
and  perfectly,  it  is  obvious  that  it  must  also  realize  the  conditions 
of  such  life.  The  fact  that  life  cannot  exist  without  pleasure  does 
not  prove  pleasure  to  be  the  end  of  life,  unless  we  are  prepared  to 
say  (the  illustration  is  not  a  good  one)  that  because  as  a  man  rises 
in  society  he  wears  better  clothes,  therefore,  to  be  dressed  like  a 
gentleman  was  the  conscious  or  unconscious  end  of  his  advance- 
ment. Of  course,  it  might  have  been;  but  do  we  say  that  it  was? 
Or,  again,  a  mother  may  have  desired  her  daughter's  health  not 
for  her  health's  sake,  but  for  the  sake  of  her  looks;  but  would  it 
not  be  an  unfounded  inference  to  conclude  that  it  must  have  been 
so?  The  argument  we  have  noticed  holds  against  asceticism,  but 
we  must  entreat  the  reader  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  opposite  of  a 
false  view  may  be  every  whit  as  false;  and  that  you  could  argue 
from  the  denial  of  asceticism  to  the  assertion  of  Hedonism  only  if 
you  had  previously  made  good  your  alternative,  your  "either — or" 
of  the  two. 

Finally  (as  we  have  already  gone  beyond  all  bounds),  let  us 
make  a  remark  on  the  phrase  "Utilitarianism."  It  is  a  thoroughly 
bad  name  and  misleads  a  great  many  persons.  It  does  indeed 
express  the  fact  that,  for  Hedonism,  virtue  and  action  are  not  the 
end  but  are  useful  as  mere  means  to  something  outside  them. 
But  surely  it  would  be  better  to  call  the  theory  after  its  end 
(as  we  have  done),*  since  to  not  a  few  persons  "Utilitarianism" 
conveys  the  notion  that  the  end  is  the  useful,  which,  besides 
being  strictly  speaking  sheer  nonsense,  is  also  misleading.  The 
associations  of  the  useful  are  transferred  to  Hedonism,  and  if 
these  are  in  some  ways  unfavorable  (Mill's  Util.,  p.  9),  they 
seem  to  me  in  other  and  more  ways  to  be  favorable.  The 
practical  man  hears  of  "the  useful"  and  thinks  he  has  got  some- 
thing solid,  while  he  really  is  embracing  (as  I  have  shown)  the 
cloud  of  a  wild  theoretical  fiction  from  which  he  would  shrink  if 
he  saw  it  apart  from  its  false  lights  and  colors.  And  on  which- 
ever side  the   balance   of   advantage  lies,   no   respectable   writer 

'  Since  Mr,  Sidgwick's  book  has  appeared  this  has  grown  more  common, 
and  is  a  step  in  the  right  direction. 


80  Ethical  Studies 

can  wish  to  rest  on  a  basis  of  misunderstanding.  The  two  words 
"useful"  and  "happiness"  delude  not  only  the  public  but  perhaps 
all  Utilitarian  writers.  While  they  are  the  terms  employed,  the 
question  cannot  possibly  be  brought  to  a  clear  issue;  and  let  me 
say  for  myself  that  I  see  no  good  reason  why  "Utilitarianism" 
should  stand  for  Hedonism.  If  "happiness"  means  well-being  or 
perfection  of  life,  then  I  am  content  to  say  that,  with  Plato  and 
Aristotle,  I  hold  happiness  to  be  the  end;  and,  although  virtue  is 
not  a  mere  means,  yet  it  can  be  regarded  as  a  means  and  so  is 
"useful."  In  this  sense  we,  who  reject  Hedonism,  can  call  our- 
selves Utilitarians,  and  the  man  who  thinks  he  is  pushing  some 
counterview  by  emphasizing  "happiness"  and  "usefulness"  does 
not  touch  us  with  his  phrases,  but  rather  perhaps  confirms  us. 
But  pleasure  for  pleasure's  sake,  and  life  and  virtue  for  the  sake 
of  pleasure,  is  another  doctrine  which  we  repudiate. 


DUTY    FOR    DUTY'S  SAKE 

TN  our  answer  to  the  question,  Why  should  I  be  moral?  we 
found  that,  explicitly  or  by  implication,  all  Ethics  pre- 
supposed something  which  is  the  good,  and  that  this  good  (what- 
ever else  may  be  its  nature)  has  always  the  character  of  an  end. 
The  moral  good  is  an  end  in  itself,  is  to  be  pursued  for  its 
own  sake.  It  must  not  be  made  a  means  to  something  not 
itself.  We  have  now  seen  further  that  pleasure  is  not  the  good, 
is  not  the  end;  that,  in  pursuing  pleasure  as  such,  we  do  not 
pursue  the  good.  Hedonism  we  have  dismissed  and  may  banish 
it,  if  we  please,  from  our  sight,  while  we  turn  to  develop  a  new 
view  of  the  good,  another  answer  to  the  question,  What  is  the 
end?  In  Hedonism  we  have  criticized  a  one-sided  view;  we  shall 
have  to  do  here  with  an  opposite  extremity  of  one-sidedness.  The 
self  to  be  realized  before  was  the  self  or  selves  as  a  maximum 
quantity  or  number  of  particular  feelings.  In  the  theory  which 
awaits  us,  the  self  to  be  realized  has  a  defect  which  is  diametrically 
opposed  to  the  first,  and  yet  is  the  same  defect.  Its  fault  is  the 
opposite,  since  for  mere  particular  it  substitutes  mere  universal; 
we  have  not  to  do  with  feelings,  as  this  and  that,  but  with  a  form 
which  is  thought  of  as  not  this  or  that.  Its  fault  is  the  same 
fault — the  failing  to  see  things  as  a  whole,  and  the  fixing  as 
real  one  element  which  yet  is  unreal  when  apart  from  the  other. 
In  a  word,  we  find  in  both  a  one-sided  view,  and  their  common 
vice  may  be  called  abstractness.  So  much  by  way  of  anticipation; 
and  now  we  must  betake  ourselves  to  our  task. 

What  is  the  moral  end?"  We  know  already  in  part  what  it  is 
not.  It  is  not  a  state  or  collection  of  states  of  the  self,  as  feeling 
pleasure,  to  be  produced  either  in  me  or  outside  me.     To  know 

^  What  follows,  the  reader  must  be  warned,  is  very  far  from  being  meant 
to  be  a  statement  of  Kant's  main  ethical  view;  as  such  it  would  be  neither 
complete  nor  accurate,  though  it  will  be  found  to  be  an  applicable  criticism. 
We  could  not  give  a  statement  of  Kant's  view  without  giving  all  the 
sides  of  it;  and,  were  we  prepared  to  do  that,  not  only  would  considerable 

81 


82  Ethical  Studies 

what  it  is  we  must  go  to  the  moral  consciousness.  We  find  there 
that  the  end  is  for  me  as  active,  is  a  practical  end.  It  is  not 
something  merely  to  be  felt,  it  is  something  to  be  done. 

And  it  is  not  something  to  be  done,  in  which,  when  done,  the 
doer  is  not  to  be  involved.  The  end  does  not  fall  outside  the 
doer.  I  am  to  realize  myself;  and,  as  we  saw,  I  cannot  make  an 
ultimate  end  of  anything  except  myself,  cannot  make  myself  a 
mere  means  to  something  else.  Nor,  again,  does  the  end  fall 
outside  the  activity.  If  the  production  in  me  of  a  mere  passive 
state  were  the  end,  the  activity  would  be  a  mere  means  to  that. 
But  the  moral  consciousness  assures  us  that  the  activity  is  an 
end  in  itself.  The  end  is  a  doing  which  is  to  be  done;  the 
activity  is  good  in  itself,  not  for  the  sake  of  a  result  beyond.  The 
end,  then,  is  not  to  be  felt,  but  is  to  be  done;  it  is  to  be  done  and 
not  made;  it  falls  not  outside  the  self  of  the  doer,  nor  further 
outside  his  activity. 

In  short,  the  good  is  the  Good  Will.  The  end  is  will  for  the 
sake  of  will;  and,  in  its  relation  to  me,  it  is  the  realization  of  the 
good  will  in  myself,  or  of  myself  as  the  good  will.  In  this 
character  I  am  an  end  to  myself,  and  I  am  an  absolute  and 
ultimate  end.  There  is  nothing  which  is  good  unless  it  be  a 
good  will. 

This  is  no  metaphysical  fiction.  It  is  the  truth  of  life  and  of 
the  moral  consciousness.  A  man  is  not  called  good  because  he  is 
rich,  nor  because  he  is  handsome  or  clever.  He  is  good  when  he 
is  moral,  and  he  is  moral  when  his  actions  are  conformed  to  and 
embody  a  good  will,  or  when  his  will  is  good. 

But  "good  will"  tells  us  little  or  nothing.  It  says  only  that  will 
is  the  end.  It  does  not  say  what  will  is  the  end;  and  we  want  to 
know  what  the  good  will  is. 

What  is  the  good  will?  We  may  call  it  indifferently  the  free 
will  or  the  universal  will,  or  the  autonomous  will,  or  finally  the 
formal  will. 

space  be  required,  but  also  we  should  be  obliged  to  consider  topics  which 
lie  outside  our  present  undertaking.  We  have  stated  a  view  for  purposes  of 
criticism,  but  that  criticism  is  at  the  same  time  a  criticism  that  holds  against 
more  than  our  statement. 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  83 

(1)  It  is  the  universal  will.  The  very  notion  of  the  moral  end 
is  that  it  should  be  an  end  absolutely,  not  conditionally.  It  is  not 
an  end  for  me  without  being  one  also  for  you,  or  for  you  and  me 
and  not  for  a  third  person ;  but  it  is,  without  limitation  to  any  this 
or  that,  an  end  for  us  all.  And  so  the  will,  as  end,  is  not  the  par- 
ticular will  of  particular  men,  existing  as  this,  that,  and  the  other 
series  of  states  of  mind.  It  is  the  same  for  you  and  me  and  in 
the  character  of  our  common  standard  and  aim  it  is  above  you 
and  me.     It  is  thus  objective  and  universal. 

(2)  It  is  the  free  will.  It  is  not  conditioned  by,  it  does  not  owe 
its  existence  and  attributes  to,  it  is  not  made  what  it  is  by,  and 
hence  it  cannot  (properly  speaking)  be  called  forth  by,  anything 
which  is  not  itself.  It  exists  because  of  itself  and  for  the  sake  of 
itself.  It  has  no  end  or  aim  beyond  itself,  is  not  constituted  or 
determined  by  anything  else. 

Hence  we  see  it  is  not  determined  by  anything  in  particular. 
For,  as  we  saw,  it  was  universal,  and  universal  means  not  par- 
ticular; and  so  no  more  than  a  verbal  conclusion  is  wanted  to 
show  that,  if  determined  by  something  particular,  it  would  be 
determined  by  something  not  itself.  And  this  we  have  already 
taken  to  be  false. 

(3)  It  is  autonomous.  For  it  is  universal  and  an  end  to  itself. 
The  good  will  is  the  will  which  wills  the  universal  as  itself  and 
itself  as  the  universal,  and  hence  may  be  said  to  be  a  law  to  itself 
and  to  will  its  own  law.  And,  because  it  is  universal,  hence  in 
willing  what  is  valid  for  itself  it  wills  what  is  valid  for  all.  It 
legislates  universally  in  legislating  for  itself,  since  it  would  not 
legislate  for  itself  did  it  not  legislate  universally. 

(4)  And  lastly,  it  is  formal.  For,  in  willing  itself,  it  wills  the 
universal,  and  that  is  not-particular.  Any  possible  object  of 
desire,  any  wished-for  event,  any  end  in  the  shape  of  a  result  to 
be  attained  in  the  particular  existence  of  myself  or  another,  all  are 
this  or  that  something — they  have  a  content,  they  are  "material." 
Only  that  will  is  good  which  wills  itself  as  not-particular,  as 
without  content  or  matter,  in  a  word,  which  wills  itself  as  form. 

The  good  will,  then,  is  the  will  which  is  determined  by  the 
form  only,  which  realizes  itself  as  the  bare  form  of  the  will. 


84  Ethical  Studies 

And  this  formal  will  is  now  seen  to  be  the  true  expression  for 
all  the  foregoing  characteristics  of  universality,  freedom,  and 
autonomy.  In  formality  we  see  they  are  all  one.  1  am  autonomous 
only  because  I  am  free,  free  only  because  I  am  universal,  universal 
only  because  not  particular,  and  not  particular  only  when  formal. 

That  the  good  must  be  formal  we  might  have  seen  by  considering 
its  character  of  an  universal  standard  or  test.  Such  a  standard  is 
a  form  or  it  is  nothing.  It  is  to  be  above  every  possible  this  and 
that,  and  hence  cannot  be  any  this  or  that.  It  is  by  being  not 
this  or  that,  that  it  succeeds  in  having  nothing  which  is  not 
common  to  every  this  and  that.  Otherwise  there  would  be  some- 
thing which  would  fall  without  its  sphere;  it  would  be  only  one 
thing  among  others,  and  so  would  no  longer  be  a  standard.  But 
that  which  can  be  common  to  everything  is  not  matter  or  content, 
but  form  only.  As  no  material  test  of  truth,  so  no  material  test 
of  morality  is  possible. 

The  good  will,  then,  is  the  bare  form  of  the  will,  and  this  is  the 
end.  This  is  what  I  have  to  realize,  and  realize  in  myself.  But 
I  am  not  a  mere  form;  I  have  an  "empirical"  nature,  a  series  of 
particular  states  of  the  "this  me,"  a  mass  of  desires,  aversions, 
inclinations,  passions,  pleasures,  and  pains,  what  we  may  call  a 
sensuous  self.  It  is  in  this  self  that  all  content,  all  matte/,  all 
possible  filling  of  the  form  must  be  sought;  for  all  matter  must 
come  from  "experience,"  must  be  given  in  and  through  the  per- 
ception of  the  outer  world  or  of  the  series  of  my  own  internal 
states,  and  is  in  either  case  sensuous  and  the  opposite  of  the 
insensible  form. 

The  "empirical"  self,  the  this  me,  is,  no  less  than  the  self  which 
is  formal  will,  an  element  of  the  moral  subject.  These  elements  are 
antithetical  the  one  to  the  other;  and  hence  the  realization  of  the 
form  is  possible  only  through  an  antagonism,  an  opposition  which 
has  to  be  overcome.  It  is  this  conflict  and  this  victory  in  which 
the  essence  of  morality  lies.  Morality  is  the  activity  of  the  formal 
self  forcing  the  sensuous  self,  and  here  first  can  we  attach  a 
meaning  to  the  words  "ought"  and  "duty."^ 

^  In  a  lower  sense  we  can  use,  and  do  use,  "ought"  outside  the  moral  world. 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  85 

If  our  self  were  nothing  beyond  the  series  of  its  states,  if  it  were 
nothing  above  and  beyond  these  coexistent  and  successive  pheno- 
mena, then  the  word  "ought"  could  have  no  meaning.  And  again, 
if  our  self  were  a  pure,  unalloyed  will,  realizing  itself  apart  from 
a  sensuous  element,  the  word  "ought"  would  still  be  meaningless. 
It  is  the  antagonism  of  the  two  elements  in  one  subject  which  is 
the  essence  of  the  ought.  The  ought  is  a  command;  it  expresses 
something  which  neither  simply  is  or  is  not,  but  which  both  is  and 
is  not — something,  in  short,  which  is  to  be.  Further,  when  ad- 
dressed to  myself,  it  puts  before  me  something  which  is  to  be 
done  and  which  I  am  to  do.  A  command  is  the  doing  of  something 
by  me,  which  doing  is  willed  by  a  will,  not  me,  and  presented  as 
such  by  that  will  to  me.'  In  the  ought  the  self  is  commanded  and 
that  self  is  the  sensuous  self  in  me,  which  is  ordered,  and  which, 
if  I  obey,  is  forced  by  the  nonsensuous  formal  will  which  stands 
above  the  empirical  element,  and,  equally  with  that,  is  myself. 
The  ought  is  the  command  of  the  formal  will,  and  duty  is  the 
obedience  or,  more  properly,  the  compulsion  of  the  lower  self  by 
that  will,  or  the  realization  of  the  form  in  and  against  the  recal- 
citrant matter  of  the  desires. 

Duty  must  be  for  duty's  sake,  or  it  is  not  duty.  It  is  not  enough 
that  my  acts  should  realize  and  embody  the  universal  form,  and  so 
far  be  conformable  thereto.  It  is  not  enough  that  the  act  com- 
manded be  done  by  me.  The  end,  as  we  have  seen,  is  not  a 
result  beyond  and  outside  the  activity.  It  is  not  the  realizedness 
of  the  form  which  is  the  good,  but  rather  the  realization  of  it, 
because  only  as  active  is  it  negative,  only  as  negative  is  it  real. 

Wherever  "law"  has  a  meaning,  "ought"  has  also  a  meaning.  Where  the 
particular  phenomenon  does  not  answer  to  its  conception,  we  say  "ought." 
"A  man  (e.  g.)  'ought'  to  have  two  eyes."  "Ice  of  that  thickness  'ought'  to 
have  borne."  Something  has  interfered  in  the  case  so  that  the  fact  is  not 
an  exhibition  of  the  law.  But  the  moral  "ought"  means  much  more  than 
this.  There  the  particular  fact  or  phenomenon  is  this  or  that  will,  which, 
moreover,  is  or  can  be  aware  of  its  position  as  such  in  relation  to  the  law  or 
general  conception.     This  makes  an  enormous  diflference. 

'  A  command  may  contain  a  promise  or  threat.  It  is  not  of  its  essence 
that  it  should  do  so. 


86  Ethical  Studies 

And  further,  the  good  is  not  merely  the  realization  of  the  form  by 
a  foreign  subject,  but  its  own  realization  of  itself  by  itself.  That 
does  not  take  place  unless  the  act  ordered  to  be  done  in  the  field 
of  the  lower  self  is  done  by  me  in  the  character  of  the  formal  self. 
If  that  is  so,  I  must  know  that  it  is  so ;  and  if  I  do  not  know  that 
it  is  so,  then  it  is  not  so.  Duty  is  not  duty  unless,  in  every  case 
and  in  every  act,  it  is  consciously  done  for  the  sake  of  duty,  and 
that  means  for  the  sake  of  the  realization  of  the  bare  form,  and  of 
nothing  whatever  beside  the  bare  form.  And  hence  we  see  that 
an  act  done  from  pleasure  in  or  desire  for  the  bare  form  can  in 
no  case  be  dutiful;  for  that  would  be  the  lower  nature,  for  some 
liking  of  its  own,  choosing  to  realize  the  form ;  it  could  not  be  the 
form  realizing  itself;  and  hence  such  an  act  is  not  in  any  degree 
moral,  since  in  no  degree  does  it  attain  the  end.  The  lower  self 
in  morality  is  not  led,  nor  coaxed,  nor  consulted,  but  forced. 

Here  again  we  appeal  to  the  moral  consciousness  to  bear  testi- 
mony to  our  conclusion.  Every  moral  man  knows  that  to  do 
right  is  to  do  one's  duty  for  its  own  sake,  and  that,  if  duty  is  done 
for  the  sake  of  some  ulterior  object,  that  act  may  be  legal  but  is 
certainly  not  moral. 

Having  found  ourselves  in  accord  with  practical  morality,  and 
resting  on  the  conclusion  that  no  act  is  moral  except  that  which 
is  consciously  done  for  the  sake  of  the  universal  form,  we  have 
now  to  state  the  rule  which  is  to  guide  our  practice  in  life  and 
which  is  too  simple  to  occasion  any  trouble  in  the  working.  We 
have  to  realize  the  good  will,  the  will  that  is  an  end  in  itself,  and 
that  is  universally  valid;  and,  as  we  saw,  these  characteristics  are 
summed  up  in  formality.  The  standard,  we  saw,  must  be  formal; 
it  must  exclude  all  possible  content  because  content  is  diversity; 
and  hence  the  residue  left  to  us  for  a  standard  is  plainly  identity, 
the  identity  which  excludes  diversity;  and  of  this  we  can  say  only 
that  it  is,  and  that  it  does  not  contradict  itself.  Our  practical 
maxim,  then,  is.  Realize  noncontradiction.  Realize,  i.e.,  act  and 
keep  acting;  do  not  contradict  yourself,  i.e.,  let  all  your  acts 
embody  and  realize  the  principle  of  noncontradiction;  for  so 
only  can  you  realize  the  formal  will  which  is  the  good  will.  What- 
ever act  embodies  a  self-contradiction  is  immoral.     Whatever  act 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  87 

is  self-consistent  is  legal.  Whatever  act  is  self-consistent  and  is 
done  for  the  sake  of  realizing  self-consistency,  and  for  the  sake  of 
nothing  else,  is  moral.  This  is  simple,  this  is  practical;  and  there 
surely  is  cause  for  thankfulness  in  the  arrangement  of  things  which 
has  placed  the  standard  and  test  of  all  that  is  most  important,  of 
everything  which  really  is  important,  in  a  form  which  even  the 
unlettered  can  understand  and  a  child  can  apply. 

Stated*  as  we  have  stated  above,  the  theory  of  duty  for  duty's 
sake  carries  with  it  little  or  no  plausibility.  Criticism  of  it  may 
appear  to  the  reader  to  be  superfluous,  but  nevertheless  it  will 
repay  us  to  see  briefly  set  forth  the  inner  contradictions  in  which 
it  loses  itself,  and  which  destroy  its  claim  to  practical  value. 

The  theory  contradicts  itself  and,  reduced  to  a  simple  form, 
the  contradiction  is  as  follows:  self-realization  is  the  end,  and 
the  self  to  be  realized  is  the  negative  of  reality;  we  are  to  realize, 
and  must  produce  nothing  real.  Let  us  explain.  The  good  is 
the  will.  The  will  is  the  carrying  of  the  inner  mind  out  into  the 
world  of  fact;  it  is  the  identity  of  thought  and  existence,  the 
process  in  which  the  ideal  passes  over  into  reality,  and  where  the 
content  on  both  sides  is  the  same,  subject  always  to  the  diversity 
of  the  two  different  elements.  Mere  thought  is  not  will — that  is 
the  inner  side  only.  Mere  existence  in  time  and  space,  or  time, 
is  not  will — that  is  the  outside  only.  For  will  we  want  both  sides, 
and  both  sides  in  one.  And  from  the  above  we  see  at  once 
that,  if  the  two  sides  are  to  correspond,  there  must  be  some  cor- 
respondence in  the  nature  of  what  they  contain;  and,  starting  here 
from  the  side  of  existence,  we  may  say,  you  can  realize  nothing 
unless  that  which  you  are  to  realize  have  in  it  already  the  char- 
acter which  distinguishes  reality. 

To  realize  means  to  translate  an  ideal  content  into  existence, 
whether  it  be  the  existence  of  a  series  of  events  in  time  only,  as 

*  As  I  said  before,  this  is  not  a  statement  of  the  Kantian  view;  that  view 
is  far  wider,  and  at  the  same  time  more  confused.  As  a  system  it  has  been 
annihilated  by  Hegel's  criticism  (I,  335,  ff.;  and  II,  437,  ff.),  to  which  I 
owe  most  of  the  following.  Compare  also  Schopenhauer,  Die  beiden  Grand- 
probleme  der  Ethik  (1881),  117-178.  But  the  reader  must  bear  in  mind 
that  only  I  am  responsible  for  what  I  say. 


88  Ethical  Studies 

in  mere  psychical  acts,  or  existence  both  in  space  and  time,  as  is 
the  case  in  all  outward  acts.^ 

Neither  to  give  a  proper  definition  of  the  real,  nor  to  discuss 
the  nature  of  existence  in  space  and  time,  and  its  relation  to 
thought  in  general,  and  in  particular  to  human  thought,  even 
were  I  competent  to  do  it,  would  be  possible  here.  But  I  do 
not  suppose  I  shall  find  much  contradiction  if  I  say  that  the  pre- 
dominant character  of  existence  in  space  and  time  is,  in  one  word, 
its  particularness,  what  is  ordinarily  called  its  concreteness,  the 
infinitude  of  its  relations.  An  existing  thing  and  the  mere  thought 
of  a  thing  are  not  the  same,  if  that  be  taken  to  mean  that  there 
is  no  difference  between  them;  and,  especially  in  morals,  the 
distance  between  theory  and  fact  is  as  immeasurable  as  the  dis- 
tance between  what  is  thought  and  what  is  willed,  between  a 
definition  and  the  thing  defined.  As  I  have  said  before,  we  cannot 
go  into  these  fundamental  questions,  but  so  much  seems  clear — 
that,  as  against  a  theory,  definition,  or  abstract  principle,  the 
main  character  of  existence  in  space  and  time  is  the  endless 
detail  of  its  particular  -  relations.  You  cannot  particularize  a 
definition  so  as  to  exhaust  any  sensible  object,  since  that  object 
stands  in  relation  to  every  other  thing  in  the  world. 

Let  us  say  then  that  to  realize  (whatever  else  it  is  beside)  is  at 
least  to  particularize,  and  we  shall  see  how  the  theory  of  duty  for 
duty's  sake  contradicts  itself.  (1)  It  says  you  are  not  to  do  what 
it  says  you  are  to  do;  what  you  have  to  effect  is  the  negation  of 
the  particular;  and  so  it  says  in  a  breath,  realize  and  do  not 
realize.  (2)  It  gives  you  no  content;  and  that  which  has  no  con- 
tent cannot  be  willed  since  in  volition  we  must  have  the  same 
content  on  each  side.  (3)  Psychically  considered,  an  act  of  will 
is  a  particular  act  and  hence  a  formal  act  of  will  is  impossible. 

To  explain :  ( 1 )  You  are  to  realize  the  good  will  and  that  means 
the  formal  will,  or  the  universal  will.     But  universal  means  the 

°  This  is  true  of  course  only  so  long  as  psychical  events  are  considered 
simply  as  such.  Every  psychical  state  has  also,  I  suppose,  its  existence  in 
space.  In  this  connection  let  me  add  in  passing,  that  whether  the  will  has 
direct  control  over  the  thoughts  or  not  is  an  open  question  in  psychology. 
It  is  indifferent  to  us  here  what  answer  be  given. 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  89 

opposite  of  particular.  "Realize  the  particular"  means,  realize  the 
opposite  of  the  universal;  and  so,  if  you  particularize  the  universal, 
you  have  not  realized  it,  i.  e.,  not  the  universal  you  had  to  realize; 
or,  in  other  words,  if  you  materialize  the  form,  it  is  no  longer 
formal.  On  the  other  hand,  "realize"  means  materialize,  it  means 
particularize.  "Realize"  asserts  the  concrete  identity  of  matter 
and  form  which  "formal  will"  denies;  and  we  are  left  with  the 
hopeless  contradiction  of  an  order,  which  tells  us  in  one  breath 
that  only  the  formal  (i.  e.,  the  not-ieaX)  will  is  good,  and  that  for 
the  sake  of  the  good  we  are  to  realize  {i.  e.,  unformalize)  the 
formal  will. 

Or  less  abstractly,  we  have  two  elements  in  one  subject — the 
sensuous  nature  and  the  pure  will.  The  pure  will  is  to  be  kept 
pure;  it  is  for  its  sake  that  we  act,  and  action  consists  in  the 
forcing  of  the  sensuous  nature.  The  order  is  here,  "Realize 
the  pure  will  in  the  sensuous  nature,"  and  the  contradiction  is  as 
above.  The  pure  will  means  the  nonsensuous  will,  and  "realize 
it"  means  translate  it  into  an  element  which  destroys  its  essence. 
The  formal  will  when  realized  is  no  longer  formal,  is  material- 
ized, is  sensualized,  is  no  longer  pure.  If  you  do  not  want 
to  sensualize  the  will,  why  do  you  say  make  it  real?  What  is 
the  use  and  meaning  of  realizing?  Or  if  you  say  the  will  is  and 
means  realization,  then  do  you  not  see  that  the  will  means  the 
identity  of  the  pure  and  sensuous  nature,  that  it  implies  the  two 
sides,  and  that  "formal  will"  says,  "have  both  sides,  but  be  sure 
you  have  only  one";  or,  more  briefly,  that  pure  or  formal  will  is 
nonsense? 

In  its  simplest  form  the  contradiction  is  this.  "Realize  noncon- 
tradiction" is  the  order.  But  "noncontradiction"  =  bare  form; 
"realize"  =  give  content  to;  content  contradicts  form  without 
content;  and  so  "realize  noncontradiction"  means  "realize  a  con- 
tradiction."^ 

(2)  In  our  remarks  on  the  self-contradiction  of  the  principle, 
its  abstract  negation  of  reality  on  the  one  side  and  its  demand 

*  The  hopeless  inconsistencies  of  the  dualistic  moral  theory,  the  standing 
contradictions  of  its  moral  theology  and  practical  postulates  generally,  are 


90  Ethical  Studies 

for  realization  on  the  other,  we  have  perhaps  rendered  further 
detail  needless;  but  it  may  be  instructive  to  repeat  more  specially 
the  general  refutation. 

We  saw  that  an  act  of  will  has  two  sides,  an  inner  and  an  outer, 
what  (in  one  meaning  of  these  much  misused  terms)  we  may 
call  a  "subjective"  and  an  "objective"  side.  There  is  a  certain 
content  which  on  one  side  is  to  be  done,  on  the  other  side  is  done. 
The  killing  of  a  man,  for  instance,  is  not,  properly  speaking, 
an  act  of  my  will  unless  I  meant  to  kill  him  and  did  kill  him. 
Neither  the  mere  movement  of  my  body,  nor  the  mere  thought  of 
my  mind,  constitutes  an  act.' 

There  are  two  sides  and  on  each  side  the  content  is  the  same. 
The  doing  what  one  wills  is  acting,  and  nothing  else  is  acting. 
The  act  is  the  process  of  translation  from  the  inside  world  to  the 
outside  world  (or  from  the  thought  to  the  fact  of  an  event  in 
the  inside  world) ,  and  the  translation  would  not  be  a  translation 
unless  it  implied  the  identity  of  the  translated. 

The  immediate  corollary  from  this  is  that  no  act  can  be  the 
mere  carrying  out  of  an  abstract  principle.  The  content  on  each 
side  must  be  the  same,  and  it  is  at  once  obvious  that  no  abstrac- 
tion is  a  content  which  is  capable  of  real  existence.  To  take 
its  place  in  the  outward  world,  the  principle  must  be  specialized 
into  a  concrete  individual  which  can  then  be  carried  over  into 
existence  in  time  and  space.  Hence,  on  the  inside  (the  "subjec- 
tive" side),  the  abstraction  must  have  become  concrete  and  in 
itself  have  two  sides,  be  in  short  individualized;  or  else  there  is 
no  possibility  of  action,  because  nothing  that  can  be  carried  over.' 

beyond  our  subject.  The  whole  point  of  view  has  been  criticized  in  the 
second  of  the  passages  from  Hegel  referred  to  above. 

We  may  remark  in  passing  a  contradiction  involved  in  the  doctrine  of  the 
imperative.  A  command  is  addressed  by  one  will  to  another  and  must  be 
obeyed,  if  at  all,  by  the  second  will.  But  here  the  will  that  is  commanded 
is  not  the  will  that  executes;  hence  the  imperative  is  never  obeyed  and,  as 
it  is  not  to  produce  action  in  that  to  which  it  is  addressed,  it  is  a  mere 
sham-imperative. 

'  This  statement  is  subject  to  the  qualifications  mentioned  in  Essay  I,  p.  7. 
®  Our  statement  must  not  be  taken  to  deny  the  possibility  of  the  will 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  91 

Everybody  knows  that  the  only  way  to  do  your  duty  is  to  do 
your  duties;  that  general  doing  good  may  mean  doing  no  good 
in  particular,  and  so  none  at  all,  but  rather  perhaps  the  contrary 
of  good.  Everybody  knows  that  the  setting  out,  whether  in 
religion,  morals,  or  politics,  with  the  intent  to  realize  an  abstrac- 
tion, is  a  futile  endeavor;  and  that  what  it  comes  to  is  that  either 
you  do  nothing  at  all,  or  that  the  particular  content  which  is 
necessary  for  action  is  added  to  the  abstraction  by  the  chance  of 
circumstances  or  caprice.  Everybody  suspects,  if  they  do  not  feel 
sure,  that  the  acting  consciously  on  and  from  abstract  principles 
means  self-deceit  or  hypocrisy  or  both. 

(3)  A  more  psychological  consideration  leads  us  still  to  the 
futility  of  duty  for  duty's  sake.  A  will  which  does  not  act  is  no 
will,  and  every  act  is  a  particular  event;  an  act  is  this  or  that  act, 
and  an  act  in  general  is  nonsense.  But  how  can  a  formal  act 
be  this  or  that  act?  Even  where  the  abstraction  has  been 
specialized  into  definite  "material"  ends  and  aims  to  be  accom- 
plished, yet  even  there  for  the  particular  volition  the  special 
circumstances  of  time,  place,  etc.,  are  wanted.  They  may  not  be 
essential  to  the  act;  they  may  make  no  practical  difference  to  the 
content.  If  I  have  resolved  to  kill  a  man  in  a  certain  way,  the 
place,  time,  etc.,  are  psychically  necessary  for  the  particular 
act  of  killing,  but  they  may  not  enter  into  the  essence  of  the  act. 
(So  it  is  with  one's  ordinary  duties.)  The  more  specialized  and 
materialized  the  previous  intent,  the  less  is  added  to  it  by  the 
particular  circumstances;  and  the  less  specialized  the  content, 
the  more  is  added.  If  I  run  out  into  the  street  to  kill  a  man, 
chance*  decides  who  it  is  I  kill.  So  with  duty.  If  I  intend  to 
do  duty  generally,  chance  decides  what  duty  I  do;  for  what  falls 
outside  the  preconceived  intent  is  chance,  and  here  everything 
falls  outside  saving  the  bare  form. 

To  act  you  must  will  something,  and  something  definite.  To 
will  in  general  is  impossible,  and  to  will  in  particular  is  never  to 

having  a  content  which  is  merely  this  or  that.     We  say  nothing  about  that 
because  we  are  not  concerned  with  it. 

*  Chance,  that  is  to  say,  relatively  to  my  intent;  because  my  intent  does 
not  essentially  involve  the  particular  person  killed. 


92  Ethical  Studies 

will  nothing  but  a  form.  It  must  at  best  be  to  will  a  chance  case 
of  the  form,  and  then  (speaking  psychologically)  what  moves  is 
chance  (desire).  The  bare  form  cannot  move.  Will,  when  one 
wills  nothing  in  particular,  is  a  pure  fiction;  and  (to  put  the  same 
thing  differently)  so  is  will  without  desire,  conscious  or  uncon- 
scious, special  or  habitual.  It  is  simply  a  psychological  monster. 
It  is  admitted  that,  if  real,  it  is  inexplicable;  it  is  admitted  to  be 
in  no  single  case  verifiable;  and  surely  Schopenhauer  {op.  cit. 
p.  168)  is  not  wrong  when  he  says  that,  if  what  is  neither 
conceivable  nor  to  be  found  in  experience  is  not  incredible,  then 
nothing  is  incredible.  If  any  theory  requires  such  a  supposition 
then  that  proves  the  theory  to  be  false. 

We  have  shown  that  a  formal  will  is  self-contradictory  since  the 
essence  of  will  is  that  it  should  not  be  formal.  Duty  for  duty's 
sake  is  false  and  impossible.  It  may  not  be  superfluous  to  show 
in  addition  that  even  if  such  a  principle  of  action  were  possible 
yet  it  would  be  worthless  and  of  no  avail  for  practice. 

The  maxim  of  noncontradiction  is  useless.  We  have  seen 
that  it  contradicts  itself,  since  it  posits  a  content  which  is  the  con- 
tradiction of  its  bare  form;  but  apart  from  that  it  gives  us  no 
information.  What  am  I  to  do?  "Produce  a  tautology"  is  the 
answer.  "Everything  which  contradicts  itself  is  wrong.  Every- 
thing which  is  tautological  is  right.  Nothing  which  is  tautological 
is  wrong."  Then  what  does  contradict  itself?  Everything  in  one 
sense;  nothing  in  another. 

The  principle  of  noncontradiction  does  not  mean  Do  not  con- 
tradict yourself;  produce  a  harmony,  a  system  in  your  acts  and 
yourself;  realize  yourself  as  an  organic  whole.  That  would  be 
vague  enough  without  further  directions,  but  what  our  principle 
here  says  is  not  that.  It  says  the  act  must  not  contradict  itself. 
What  does  this  mean?  It  means  that  the  matter  realized,  the 
determination  posited  by  the  act,  must  be  self-consistent.  Pro- 
perty e.  g.  is  self-consistent.    Theft  of  property  is  a  contradiction. 

In  the  first  place,  however,  is  any  determination  free  from  con- 
tradiction? Take  what  you  will,  you  must  take  something  defi- 
nite, and  the  definite  is  what  it  is  by  the  negation  of  something 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  93 

else.  It  belongs  to  the  essence  of  any  possible  A  that  it  should 
be  not  B,  C,  D,  etc.,  and  without  this  negation  it  would  not  be  A. 
A  mere  positive  affirmative  is  a  fictitious  abstraction.  "Affirm  A" 
means  "negate  B,  C,  D,  etc."  Property  e.  g.  implies  in  its  appro- 
priation a  negation,  an  exclusion.  In  this  sense  not  only  is  the 
definite  content  in  contradiction  with  the  form,  but  it  also  in 
itself  involves  contradiction. 

This,  however,  is  not  the  meaning  of  the  rule  of  noncontradic- 
tion. The  meaning  of  that  is  that  you  must  not  posit  a  determi- 
nation and  with  it  its  own  negation.  You  must  not  have  an  act 
which  embodies  the  rule  to  negate  anything,  for  that  is  a  self- 
contradiction.  A  rule  "negate  A"  contradicts  itself,  for  if  A  is 
negated  you  cannot  negate  it.  "Steal  property"  is  a  contradic- 
tion, for  it  destroys  property  and  with  it  possibility  of  theft. 

We  have  no  need  here  to  push  further  a  metaphysical  argument 
against  this  view,  for  it  supplies  us  at  once  with  a  crushing  instance 
against  itself.  The  essence  of  morality  was  a  similar  contradic- 
tion.^" "Negate  the  sensuous  self."  But  if  the  sensuous  self  is 
negated,  possibility  of  morality  disappears.  Morality  is  thus 
as  inconsistent  as  theft.  "Succor  the  poor"  both  negates  and 
presupposes    (hence   posits)    poverty:    as   Blake   comically    says, 

Pity  would  be  no  more. 

If  we  did  not  make  somebody  poor. 

If  you  are  to  love  your  enemies  you  must  never  be  without  them; 
and  yet  you  try  to  get  rid  of  them.  Is  that  consistent?  In  short, 
every  duty  which  presupposes  something  to  be  negated  is  no 
duty;   it  is  an  immoral  rule  because  self -contradictory. 

No  rule  must  be  stated  negatively  then,  but  all  positively;  and 
then  comes  the  very  serious  question  whether  there  is  any  rule 
which  can  not  be  stated  positively.  The  canon  is  an  empty  form, 
"Let  A  be  A."  It  is  a  tautology;  and  it  requires  no  great  skill  to 
put  anything  and  everything  into  the  form  of  a  tautology,  and  so 
to  moralize  it.     "Let  property  be,"  "let  no  property  be";    "let 

^°  Hegel  (loc.  cit.)  pushes  this  ruthlessly  even  against  the  postulate  of  im- 
mortality. In  what  immediately  follows  we  are  drawing  from  him  very 
largely. 


94  Ethical  Studies 

law  be,"  "let  no  law  be";  "let  love  be,"  "let  hate  be";  "be  brave," 
"be  cowardly";  "be  kind,"  "be  cruel,"  "be  indifferent";  "let 
succor  be,"  "let  no  succor  be";  or  riches,  or  poverty,  or  pleasure, 
or  pain.  Where  is  the  canon?  It  is  nowhere.  Poverty  is 
poverty  and  is  an  aflErmative  tautology.  Hate  is  hate,  as  much  as 
love  is  love.  They  become  contradictory  only  when  you  say, 
"hate  your  friends,"  or  "love  your  enemies";  or  when,  instead  of 
affirming,  you  analyze  them  and  see  that  each  is  the  affirmation 
of  a  negation,  or  the  negation  of  an  affirmation.  Hate  we  can  all 
see  is  so,  and  deeper  thinkers  tell  us  the  same  of  love. 

What  duty  for  duty's  sake  really  does  is  first  to  posit  a  deter- 
mination, such  as  property,  love,  courage,  etc.,  and  then  to  say  that 
whatever  contradicts  these  is  wrong.  And  since  the  principle  is 
a  formal  empty  universal,  there  is  no  connection  between  it  and 
the  content  which  is  brought  under  it.  That  connection  is  made 
from  the  outside  and  rests  on  arbitrary  choice,  or  considerations 
of  general  well-being  and  perhaps  pleasure.  The  morality  of  pure 
duty  turns  out  then  to  be  either  something  like  a  Hedonistic  rule," 
or  no  rule  at  all  save  the. hypocritical  maxim  that  before  you  do 
what  you  like  you  should  call  it  duty,  and  this  outdoes  Probabilism. 

Thus  to  get  from  the  form  of  duty  to  particular  duties  is  im- 
possible. The  particular  duties  must  be  taken  for  granted,  as  in 
ordinary  morality  they  are  taken  for  granted.  But  supposing  this 
done,  is  duty  for  duty's  sake  a  valid  formula  in  the  sense  that  we 
are  to  act  always  on  a  law  and  nothing  but  a  law,  and  that  a  law 
can  have  no  exceptions,  in  the  sense  of  particular  cases  where  it  is 
overruled?  No,  this  takes  for  granted  that  life  is  so  simple  that 
we  never  have  to  consider  more  than  one  duty  at  a  time;  where- 
as we  really  have  to  do  with  conflicting  duties,  which  as  a  rule 
escape  conflict  simply  because  it  is  understood  which  have  to 
give  way.  It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose  that  collision  of  duties  is 
uncommon;  it  has  been  remarked  truly  that  every  act  can  be 
taken  to  involve  such  collision. 

To  put  the  question  plainly — It  is  clear  that  in  a  given  case  I 
may  have  several  duties,  and  that  I  may  be  able  to  do  only  one. 

^^  Schopenhauer  has  some  characteristic  and  piquant  criticism  on  this  head. 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  95 

I  must  then  break  some  "categorical"  law,  and  the  question  the 
ordinary  man  puts  to  himself  is,  Which  duty  am  I  to  do?  He 
would  say,  "all  duties  have  their  limits  and  are  subordinated  one 
to  another.  You  cannot  put  them  all  in  the  form  of  your  'cate- 
gorical imperative'  (in  the  shape  of  a  law  absolute  and  dependent 
on  nothing  beside  itself)  without  such  exceptions  and  modifica- 
tions that,  in  many  cases,  you  might  as  well  have  left  it  alone 
altogether.  We  certainly  have  laws  but  we  may  not  be  able  to 
follow  them  all  at  once,  and  to  know  which  we  are  to  follow  is 
a  matter  of  good  sense  which  cannot  be  decided  any  other  way. 
One  should  give  to  the  poor — in  what  cases  and  how  much? 
Should  sacrifice  oneself — in  what  way  and  within  what  limits? 
Should  not  indulge  one's  appetites — except  when  it  is  right.  Should 
not  idle  away  one's  time — except  when  one  takes  one's  pleasure. 
Nor  neglect  one's  work — but  for  some  good  reason.  All  these 
points  we  admit  are  in  one  way  matter  of  law;  but  if  you  think 
to  decide  in  particular  cases  by  applying  some  'categorical 
imperative,'  you  must  be  a  pedant,  if  not  a  fool." 

Ordinary  morality  does  not  hold  to  each  of  its  laws  as  inviolable, 
each  as  an  absolute  end  in  itself.  It  is  not  even  aware  of  a  colli- 
sion in  most  cases  where  duties  clash;  and,  where  it  perceives  it, 
and  is  confronted  with  collisions  of  moral  laws,  each  of  which 
it  has  been  accustomed  to  look  on  as  an  absolute  monarch,  so  to 
speak,  or  a  commander-in-chief,  rather  than  a  possible  subordinate 
officer,  there  it  does  subordinate  one  to  the  other,  and  feels 
uneasiness  only  in  proportion  to  the  rarity  of  the  necessity,  and 
the  consequent  jar  to  the  feelings.  There  are  few  laws  a  breach 
of  which  (in  obedience  to  a  higher  law)  morality  does  not  allow, 
and  I  believe  there  are  none  which  are  not  to  be  broken  in 
conceivable  (imaginable)  circumstances,  though  the  necessity  of 
deciding  the  question  does  not  practically  occur.  According  to 
ordinary  morality  (the  fact  is  too  palpable  to  be  gainsaid),  it  is 
quite  right  to  speak  falsely  with  intent  to  deceive  under  certain 
circumstances,  though  ordinary  morality  might  add,  "I  don't  call 
that  a  lie."  It  is  a  lie;  and  when  Kant  and  others  maintained  that 
it  must  always  be  wrong  to  lie,  they  forgot  the  rather  important 
fact  that  in  some  cases  to  abstain  from  acting  15  acting,  is  wilful 


96  Ethical  Studies 

neglect  of  a  duty,  and  that  there  are  duties  above  truth-speaking, 
and  many  offenses  against  morality  which  are  worse,  though  they 
may  be  less  painful,  than  a  lie.  So  to  kill  oneself  in  a  manner 
which  must  be  called  suicide  may  not  only  be  right  but  heroic;^'' 
homicide  may  be  excusable,  rebellion  in  the  subject  and  dis- 
obedience in  the  soldier  all  morally  justifiable,  and  every  one  of 
them  clear  breaches  of  categorical  imperatives,  in  obedience  to  a 
higher  law. 

All  that  it  comes  to  is  this  (and  it  is,  we  must  remember,  a  very 
important  truth) ,  that  you  must  never  break  a  law  of  duty  to  please 
yourself,  never  for  the  sake  of  an  end  not  duty,  but  only  for  the 
sake  of  a  superior  and  overruling  duty.  Any  breach  of  duty,  as 
duty  and  not  as  lower  duty,  is  always  and  absolutely  wrong ;  but  it 
would  be  rash  to  say  that  any  one  act  must  be  in  all  cases  abso- 
lutely and  unconditionally  immoral.  Circumstances  decide  be- 
cause circumstances  determine  the  manner  in  which  the  overruling 
duty  must  be  realized.  This  is  a  simple  fact  which  by  the  candid 
observer  cannot  be  denied,  and  which  is  merely  the  exposition 
of  the  moral  consciousness,  though  I  am  fully  aware  that  it  is  an 
exposition  which  that  consciousness  would  not  accept,  simply 
because  it  must  necessarily  misunderstand  it  in  its  abstract  form. 
And  if  moral  theory  were  meant  to  influence  moral  practice  and 
to  be  dabbled  in  by  "the  vulgar"  (and  there  are  not  so  many 
persons  who  in  this  respect  are  not  the  vulgar),  then  I  grant  this 
is  a  fact  it  would  be  well  to  keep  in  the  background.  None  the 
less  it  is  a  fact." 

So  we  see  "duty  for  duty's  sake"  says  only,  "do  the  right  for  the 

^*  The  story  of  the  imprisoned  Italian  who,  knowing  that  he  was  being 
drugged  to  disorder  his  intellect  and  cause  him  to  betray  his  comrades,  opened 
a  vein,  is  a  good  instance.  It  is  a  duty  for  various  persons  continually  to 
give  themselves  to  certain  or  well-nigh  certain  death,  and  no  one  has  ever 
called  it  anything  but  heroically  right  and  dutiful.  Excusable  killing  is 
illustrated  by  the  well-known  story  told  in  the  Indian  Mutiny  of  the  husband 
who  killed  his  wife.  Rebellions  and  mutinies  need  no  illustration.  It  is 
noticeable  that  Berkeley  urged  passive  obedience  on  the  ground  that  a 
moral  law  was  absolute. 

^'  We  shall  come  upon  this  again  in  Essays  V  and  VI. 


Duty's  for  Duty's  Sake  97 

sake  of  the  right";  it  does  not  tell  us  what  right  is;  or  "realize  a 
good  will,  do  what  a  good  will  would  do,  for  the  sake  of  being 
yourself  a  good  will."  And  that  is  something,  but  beyond  that 
it  is  silent  or  beside  the  mark.  It  tells  us  to  act  for  the  sake  of 
a  form,  which  we  saw  was  a  self -contradictory  command;  and  we 
even  saw  that  in  sober  sadness  the  form  did  exist  for  form's  sake, 
and  in  literal  truth  remained  only  a  form.  We  saw  that  duty's 
universal  laws  are  not  universal  if  that  means  they  can  never  be 
overruled,  and  that  its  form  and  its  absolute  imperative  are  im- 
practicable. What  after  all  remains  is  the  acting  for  the  sake  of  a 
good  will,  to  realize  oneself  by  realizing  the  will  which  is  above 
us  and  higher  than  ours;  and  the  assurance  that  this,  and  not  the 
self  to  be  pleased,  is  the  end  for  which  we  have  to  live.  But  as 
to  that  which  the  good  will  is,  it  tells  us  nothing,  and  leaves  us 
with  an  idle  abstraction. 


MY   STATION   AND   ITS   DUTIES 

"^77  E  have  traversed  by  this  time,  however  cursorily,  a  consider- 
able  field,  and  so  far  it  might  appear  without  any  issue  or 
at  best  with  a  merely  negative  result.  Certainly  in  our  anticipatory 
remarks  (Essay  II),  we  thought  we  found  some  answer  to  the 
question,  What  is  the  end?  But  that  answer  was  too  abstract  to 
stand  by  itself.  And,  if  we  may  be  said  to  know  thus  much,  that 
the  end  is  self-realization,  yet  at  present  we  do  not  seem  to  have 
learned  anything  about  the  self  to  be  realized.  And  the  detail  of 
Essays  II  and  III  appears  at  most  to  have  given  us  some  knowl- 
edge of  that  which  self-realization  is  not. 

We  have  learned  that  the  self  to  be  realized  is  not  the  self  as  this 
or  that  feeling,  or  as  any  series  of  the  particular  feelings  of  our 
own  or  others'  streams  or  trains  of  consciousness.  It  is,  in  short, 
not  the  self  to  be  pleased.  The  greatest  sum  of  units  of  pleasure 
we  found  to  be  the  idea  of  a  mere  collection,  whereas,  if  we  wanted 
morality,  it  was  something  like  a  universal  that  we  wanted. 
Happiness,  as  the  effort  to  construct  that  universal  by  the  addi- 
tion of  particulars,  gave  us  a  futile  and  bastard  product  which 
carried  its  self-destruction  within  it,  in  the  continual  assertion 
of  its  own  universality,  together  with  its  unceasing  actual  particu- 
larity and  finitude;  so  that  happiness  was,  if  we  chose,  nowhere 
not  realized;  or  again,  if  we  chose,  not  anywhere  realizable.  And 
passing  then  to  the  opposite  pole,  to  the  universal  as  the  negative 
of  the  particulars,  to  the  supposed  pure  will  or  duty  for  duty's 
sake,  we  found  that  too  was  an  unreal  conception.  It  was  a  mere 
form  which,  to  be  will,  must  give  itself  a  content,  and  which  could 
give  itself  a  content  only  at  the  cost  of  a  self-contradiction.  We 
saw,  further,  that  any  such  content  was  in  addition  arbitrarily 
postulated  and  that,  even  then,  the  form  was  either  never  realized, 
because  real  in  no  particular  content,  or  always  and  everywhere 
realized,  because  equally  reconcilable  with  any  content.  And  so, 
as  before  with  happiness,  we  perceived  that  morality  could  have  no 
existence  if  it  meant  anything  more  than  the  continual  assevera- 

98 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  99 

tion  of  an  empty  formula.  And,  if  we  had  chosen,  we  might 
have  gone  on  to  exhibit  the  falsity  of  asceticism,  to  see  that  the 
self  cannot  be  realized  as  its  own  mere  negation,  since  morality 
is  practice,  is  will  to  do  something,  is  self-aflBrmation ;  and  that  a 
will  to  deny  one's  will  is  not  self-realization,  but  rather  is,  strictly 
speaking,  a  psychical  impossibility,  a  self-contradictory  illusion. 
And  the  possibility,  again,  of  taking  as  the  self  to  be  realized  the 
self  which  I  happen  to  have,  my  natural  being,  and  of  making 
life  the  end  of  life  in  the  sense  that  each  should  live  his  life  as  he 
happens  to  find  it  in  his  own  nature,  has  been  precluded  before- 
hand by  the  result  derived  from  the  consideration  of  the  moral 
consciousness,  viz.,  that  morality  implies  a  superior,  a  higher  self, 
or  at  all  events  a  universal  something  which  is  above  this  or  that 
self  and  so  above  mine.  And,  to  complete  the  account  of  our 
negations,  we  saw  further,  with  respect  to  duty  for  duty's  sake,  that 
even  were  it  possible  (as  it  is  not)  to  create  a  content  from  the 
formula  and  to  elaborate  in  this  manner  a  system  of  duties,  yet 
even  then  the  practice  required  by  the  theory  would  be  impossible, 
and  so  too  morality,  since  in  practice  particular  duties  must  collide 
and  the  collision  of  duties,  if  we  hold  to  duty  for  duty's  sake,  is  the 
destruction  of  all  duty  save  the  unrealized  form  of  duty  in  general. 
But  let  us  view  this  result,  which  seems  so  unsatisfactory,  from 
the  positive  side;  let  us  see  after  all  with  what  we  are  left.  We 
have  self-realization  left  as  the  end,  the  self  so  far  being  defined  as 
neither  a  collection  of  particular  feelings  nor  an  abstract  universal. 
The  self  is  to  be  realized  as  something  not  simply  one  or  the  other; 
it  is  to  be  realized  further  as  will,  will  not  being  merely  the  natural 
will,  or  the  will  as  it  happens  to  exist  and  finds  itself  here  or  there, 
but  the  will  as  the  good  will,  i.  e.,  the  will  that  realizes  an  end 
which  is  above  this  or  that  man,  superior  to  them,  and  capable  of 
confronting  them  in  the  shape  of  a  law  or  an  ought.  This 
superior  something  further,  which  is  a  possible  law  or  ought  to  the 
individual  man,  does  not  depend  for  its  existence  on  his  choice  or 
opinion.  Either  there  is  no  morality,  so  says  the  moral  conscious- 
ness, or  moral  duties  exist  independently  of  their  position  by  this 
or  that  person — my  duty  may  be  mine  and  no  other  man's,  but  I 
do  not  make  it  mine.     If  it  is  duty,  it  would  be  the  duty  of  any 


100  Ethical  Studies 

person  in  my  case  and  condition,  whether  they  thought  so  or  not — 
in  a  word,  duty  is  "objective,"  in  the  sense  of  not  being  contingent 
on  the  opinion  or  choice  of  this  or  that  subject. 

What  we  have  left  then  (to  resume  it)  is  this — the  end  is  the 
realization  of  the  good  will  which  is  superior  to  ourselves;  and 
again  the  end  is  self-realization.  Bringing  these  together  we  see 
the  end  is  the  realization  of  ourselves  as  the  will  which  is  above 
ourselves.  And  this  will  (if  morality  exists)  we  saw  must  be 
"objective,"  because  not  dependent  on  "subjective"  liking;  and 
"universal,"  because  not  identifiable  with  any  particular,  but 
standing  above  all  actual  and  possible  particulars.  Further,  though 
universal  it  is  not  abstract  since  it  belongs  to  its  essence  that  it 
should  be  realized,  and  it  has  no  real  existence  except  in  and 
through  its  particulars.  The  good  will  (for  morality)  is  meaning- 
less, if,  whatever  else  it  be,  it  be  not  the  will  of  living  human 
beings.  It  is  a  concrete  universal  because  it  not  only  is  above  but 
is  within  and  throughout  its  details,  and  is  so  far  only  as  they  are. 
It  is  the  life  which  can  live  only  in  and  by  them,  as  they  are  dead 
unless  within  it;  it  is  the  whole  soul  which  lives  so  far  as  the  body 
lives,  which  makes  the  body  a  living  body  and  which  without  the 
body  is  as  unreal  an  abstraction  as  the  body  without  it.  It  is  an 
organism  and  a  moral  organism;  and  it  is  conscious  self-realiza- 
tion because  only  by  the  will  of  its  self-conscious  members  can 
the  moral  organism  give  itself  reality.  It  is  the  self-realization  of 
the  whole  body  because  it  is  one  and  the  same  will  which  lives 
and  acts  in  the  life  and  action  of  each.  It  is  the  self-realization 
of  each  member  because  each  member  cannot  find  the  function 
which  makes  him  himself,  apart  from  the  whole  to  which  he 
belongs;  to  be  himself  he  must  go  beyond  himself,  to  live  his  life 
he  must  live  a  life  which  is  not  merely  his  own,  but  which,  none 
the  less,  but  on  the  contrary  all  the  more,  is  intensely  and  em- 
phatically his  own  individuality.  Here,  and  here  first,  are  the 
contradictions  which  have  beset  us  solved — here  is  a  universal 
which  can  confront  our  wandering  desires  with  a  fixed  and  stern 
imperative,  but  which  yet  is  no  unreal  form  of  the  mind  but  a 
living  soul  that  penetrates  and  stands  fast  in  the  detail  of  actual 
existence.     It  is  real,  and  real  for  me.     It  is  in  its  affirmation  that 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  101 

I  afl&rm  myself,  for  I  am  but  as  a  "heart-beat  in  its  system."  And 
I  am  real  in  it,  for,  when  I  give  myself  to  it,  it  gives  me  the 
fruition  of  my  own  personal  activity,  the  accomplished  ideal  of 
my  life  which  is  happiness.  In  the  realized  idea  which,  superior 
to  me  and  yet  here  and  now  in  and  by  me,  affirms  itself  in  a 
continuous  process,  we  have  found  the  end,  we  have  found  self- 
realization,  duty,  and  happiness  in  one — yes,  we  have  found 
ourselves  when  we  have  found  our  station  and  its  duties,  our 
function  as  an  organ  in  the  social  organism. 

"Mere  rhetoric,"  we  shall  be  told,  "a  bad  metaphysical  dream, 
a  stale  old  story  once  more  warmed  up,  which  cannot  hold  its 
own  against  the  logic  of  facts.  That  the  state  was  prior  to  the 
individual,  that  the  whole  was  sometimes  more  than  the  sum  of 
the  parts,  was  an  illusion  which  preyed  on  the  thinkers  of  Greece. 
But  that  illusion  has  been  traced  to  its  source  and  dispelled  and 
is  in  plain  words  exploded.  The  family,  society,  the  state,  and 
generally  every  community  of  men  consists  of  individuals,  and 
there  is  nothing  in  them  real  except  the  individuals.  Individuals 
have  made  them,  and  make  them,  by  placing  themselves  and  by 
standing  in  certain  relations.  The  individuals  are  real  by  them- 
selves and  it  is  because  of  them  that  the  relations  are  real.  They 
make  them,  they  are  real  in  them,  not  because  of  them,  and  they 
would  be  just  as  real  out  of  them.  The  whole  is  the  mere  sum  of 
the  parts,  and  the  parts  are  as  real  away  from  the  whole  as  they 
are  within  the  whole.  Do  you  really  suppose  that  the  individual 
would  perish  if  every  form  of  community  were  destroyed?  Do 
you  think  that  anything  real  answers  to  the  phrases  of  universal 
and  organism?  Everything  is  in  the  organism  what  it  is  out,  and 
the  universal  is  a  name,  the  existing  fact  answering  to  which  is 
particular  persons  in  such  and  such  relations.  To  put  the  matter 
shortly,  the  community  is  the  sum  of  its  parts,  is  made  by  the 
addition  of  parts,  and  the  parts  are  as  real  before  the  addition  as 
after;  the  relations  they  stand  in  do  not  make  them  what  they  are, 
but  are  accidental,  not  essential,  to  their  being;  and,  as  to  the 
whole,  if  it  is  not  a  name  for  the  individuals  that  compose  it,  it  is 
a  name  of  nothing  actual.  These  are  not  metaphysical  dreams. 
They  are  facts  and  verifiable  facts." 


102  Ethical  Studies 

Are  they  facts?  Facts  should  explain  facts;  and  the  view 
called  "individualism"  (because  the  one  reality  that  it  believes  in 
is  the  "individual,"  in  the  sense  of  this,  that,  and  the  other  par- 
ticular) should  hence  be  the  right  explanation.  What  are  the  facts 
here  to  be  explained?  They  are  human  communities,  the  family, 
society,  and  the  state.  Individualism  has  explained  them  long  ago. 
They  are  "collections"  held  together  by  force,  illusion,  or  contract. 
It  has  told  the  story  of  their  origin  and  to  its  own  satisfaction 
cleared  the  matter  up.  Is  the  explanation  satisfactory  and  verifi- 
able? That  would  be  a  bold  assertion  when  historical  science 
has  rejected  and  entirely  discredited  the  individualistic  origin  of 
society,  and  when,  if  we  turn  to  practice,  we  find  everywhere  the 
state  asserting  itself  as  a  power  which  has,  and,  if  need  be,  asserts 
the  right  to  make  use  of  and  expend  the  property  and  person  of 
the  individual  without  regard  to  his  wishes,  and  which,  moreover, 
may  destroy  his  life  in  punishment,  and  put  forth  other  powers 
such  as  no  theory  of  contract  will  explain  except  by  the  most 
palpable  fictions,  while  at  the  same  time  no  ordinary  person  calls 
their  morality  in  question.  Both  history  and  practical  politics 
refuse  to  verify  the  "facts"  of  the  individualist;  and  we  should 
find  still  less  to  confirm  his  theory  if  we  examined  the  family. 

If,  then,  apart  from  metaphysic  one  looks  at  the  history  and 
present  practice  of  society,  these  would  not  appear  to  establish  the 
"fact"  that  the  individual  is  the  one  reality  and  communities  mere 
collections.  "For  all  that,"  we  shall  be  told,  "it  is  the  truth." 
True  that  is,  I  suppose,  not  as  fact  but  as  metaphysic;  and  this  is 
what  one  finds  too  often  with  those  who  deride  metaphysic  and 
talk  most  of  facts.  Their  minds,  so  far  as  such  a  thing  may  be, 
are  not  seldom  mere  "collective  unities"  of  metaphysical  dogmas. 
They  decry  any  real  metaphysic  because  they  dimly  feel  that  their 
own  will  not  stand  criticism;  and  they  appeal  to  facts  because 
while  their  metaphysic  stands  they  feel  they  need  not  be  afraid  of 
them.  When  their  view  is  pushed  as  to  plain  realities,  such  as 
the  nature  of  gregarious  animals,  the  probable  origin  of  mankind 
from  them,  the  institutions  of  early  society,  actual  existing  com- 
munities with  the  common  type  impressed  on  all  their  members, 
their  organic  structure  and  the  assertion  of  the  whole  body  as  of 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  103 

paramount  importance  in  comparison  with  any  of  the  members, 
then  they  must  fall  back  on  their  metaphysic.  And  the  point  we 
wish  here  to  emphasize  is  this,  that  their  metaphysic  is  mere  dog- 
matism. It  is  assumed,  not  proved.  It  has  a  right  to  no  refutation, 
for  assertion  can  demand  no  more  than  counter-assertion;  and 
what  is  affirmed  on  the  one  side  we  on  the  other  side  can  simply 
deny,  and  we  intend  to  do  so  here. 

A  discussion  that  would  go  to  the  bottom  of  the  question,  What 
is  an  individual?  is  certainly  wanted.  It  would  certainly  be  de- 
sirable, showing  first  what  an  individual  is,  to  show  then  that 
"individualism"  has  not  apprehended  that,  but  taken  an  abstrac- 
tion for  reality.  But,  if  I  could  do  that  (which  I  could  not  do), 
this  would  not  be  the  place;  nor  perhaps  should  I  have  to  say  very 
much  that  has  not  been  said  before,  and  has  not  been  attended  to. 

But  we  are  not  going  to  enter  on  a  metaphysical  question  to 
which  we  are  not  equal;  we  meet  the  metaphysical  assertion  of 
the  "individualist"  with  a  mere  denial  and,  turning  to  facts,  we 
will  try  to  show  that  they  lead  us  in  another  direction.  To  the 
assertion,  then,  that  selves  are  "individual"  in  the  sense  of  exclu- 
sive of  other  selves,  we  oppose  the  (equally  justified)  assertion 
that  this  is  a  mere  fancy.  We  say  that,  out  of  theory,  no  such 
individual  men  exist;  and  we  will  try  to  show  from  fact  that,  in 
fact,  what  we  call  an  individual  man  is  what  he  is  because  of  and 
by  virtue  of  community,  and  that  communities  are  thus  not  mere 
names  but  something  real,  and  can  be  regarded  (if  we  mean  to 
keep  to  facts)   only  as  the  one  in  the  many. 

And  to  confine  the  subject  and  to  keep  to  what  is  familiar,  we 
will  not  call  to  our  aid  the  life  of  animals,  nor  early  societies,  nor 
the  course  of  history,  but  we  will  take  men  as  they  are  now;  we 
will  take  ourselves  and  endeavor  to  keep  wholly  to  the  teaching 
of  experience. 

Let  us  take  a  man,  an  Englishman  as  he  is  now,  and  try  to 
point  out  that  apart  from  what  he  has  in  common  with  others, 
apart  from  his  sameness  with  others,  he  is  not  an  Englishman — 
nor  a  man  at  all;  that  if  you  take  him  as  something  by  himself,  he 
is  not  what  he  is.  Of  course  we  do  not  mean  to  say  that  he  cannot 
go  out  of  England  without  disappearing,  nor,  even  if  all  the  rest 


104  Ethical  Studies 

of  the  nation  perished  that  he  would  not  survive.  What  we  mean 
to  say  is  that  he  is  what  he  is  because  he  is  a  born  and  educated 
social  being,  and  a  member  of  an  individual  social  organism;  that 
if  you  make  abstraction  of  all  this,  which  is  the  same  in  him  and 
in  others,  what  you  have  left  is  not  an  Englishman,  nor  a  man, 
but  some  I  know  not  what  residuum,  which  never  has  existed  by 
itself  and  does  not  so  exist.  If  we  suppose  the  world  of  relations, 
in  which  he  was  born  and  bred,  never  to  have  been,  then  we 
suppose  the  very  essence  of  him  not  to  be;  if  we  take  that  away, 
we  have  taken  him  away;  and  hence  he  now  is  not  an  individual, 
in  the  sense  of  owing  nothing  to  the  sphere  of  relations  in  which 
he  finds  himself,  but  does  contain  those  relations  within  himself 
as  belonging  to  his  very  being;  he  is  what  he  is,  in  brief,  so  far 
as  he  is  what  others  also  are. 

But  we  shall  be  cut  short  here  with  an  objection.  "It  is  im- 
possible," we  shall  be  told,  "that  two  men  should  have  the  same 
thing  in  common.  You  are  confusing  sameness  and  likeness." 
I  say  in  answer  that  I  am  not,  and  that  the  too  probable  objector 
I  am  imagining  too  probably  knows  the  meaning  of  neither  one 
word  nor  the  other.  But  this  is  a  matter  we  do  not  intend  to 
stay  over,  because  it  is  a  metaphysical  question  we  cannot  discuss, 
and  which,  moreover,  we  cannot  be  called  on  to  discuss.  We 
cannot  be  called  on  to  discuss  it  because  we  have  to  do  again 
here  with  sheer  assertion,  which  either  is  ignorant  of  or  ignores 
the  critical  investigation  of  the  subject,  and  which,  therefore,  has 
no  right  to  demand  an  answer.  We  allude  to  it  merely  because  it 
has  become  a  sort  of  catchword  with  "advanced  thinkers."  All 
that  it  comes  to  is  this:  first  identity  and  diversity  are  assumed  to 
exclude  one  another,  and  therefore,  since  diversity  is  a  fact,  it 
follows  that  there  is  no  identity.  Hence  a  difficulty;  because  it 
has  been  seen  long  ago  and  forces  itself  upon  everyone,  that 
denial  of  all  identity  brings  you  into  sharp  collision  with  ordi- 
nary  fact   and   leads   to    total    skepticism^;    so,    to    avoid    this, 

^  Even  from  Mr.  Mill  (in  controversy)  we  can  quote,  "If  every  general 
conception,  instead  of  being  'the  One  in  the  Many,'  were  considered  to  be  as 
many  different  conceptions  as  there  are  things  to  which  it  is  applicable,  there 
would  be  no  such  thing  as  general  language." — Logic,  6th  ed.,  I,  201. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  105 

while  we  yet  maintain  the  previous  dogma,  "resemblance"  is 
brought  in — a  conception  which  (I  suppose  I  need  not  add)  is 
not  analyzed  or  properly  defined,  and  so  does  all  the  better. 
Against  these  assertions  I  shall  put  some  others,  viz.,  that  identity 
and  diversity,  sameness  and  difference,  imply  one  another,  and 
depend  for  their  meaning  on  one  another;  that  mere  diversity  is 
nonsense,  just  as  mere  identity  is  also  nonsense;  that  resemblance 
or  likeness,  strictly  speaking,  falls  not  in  the  objects,  but  in  the 
person  contemplating  (likening,  ver-gleichend)  ;  that  "is  A  really 
like  B?"  does  not  mean  "does  it  seem  like?"  It  may  mean  "would 
it  seem  like  to  everybody?"  but  it  generally  means  "is  there  an 
'objective  identity'?  Is  there  a  point  or  points  the  same  in  both, 
whether  anyone  sees  it  or  not?"  We  do  not  talk  of  cases  of 
"mistaken  likeness";  we  do  not  hang  one  man  because  he  is 
"exactly  like"  another,  or  at  least  we  do  not  wish  to  do  so.  We  are 
the  same  as  we  were,  not  merely  more  or  less  like.  We  have  the 
same  faith,  hope,  and  purpose,  and  the  same  feelings  as  another 
man  has  now,  as  ourselves  had  at  another  time — not  understand- 
ing thereby  the  numerical  indistinguishedness  of  particular  states 
and  moments,  but  calling  the  feelings  one  and  the  same  feeling 
because  what  is  felt  is  the  same,  and  not  merely  like.  In  short, 
so  far  is  it  from  being  true  that  "sameness"  is  really  "likeness," 
that  it  is  utterly  false  that  two  things  are  really  and  objectively 
"like,"  unless  that  means  "more  or  less  the  same."  So  much  by 
way  of  counter-assertion;  and  now  let  us  turn  to  our  facts. 

The  "individual"  man,  the  man  into  whose  essence  his  com- 
munity with  others  does  not  enter,  who  does  not  include  relation 
to  others  in  his  very  being,  is,  we  say,  a  fiction,  and  in  the  light  of 
facts  we  have  to  examine  him.  Let  us  take  him  in  the  shape  of 
an  English  child  as  soon  as  he  is  born;  for  I  suppose  we  ought 
not  to  go  further  back.  Let  us  take  him  as  soon  as  he  is  sepa- 
rated from  his  mother  and  occupies  a  space  clear  and  exclusive 
of  all  other  human  beings.  At  this  time,  education  and  custom 
will,  I  imagine,  be  allowed  to  have  not  as  yet  operated  on  him  or 
lessened  his  "individuality."  But  is  he  now  a  mere  "individual," 
in  the  sense  of  not  implying  in  his  being  identity  with  others?  We 
cannot  say  that  if  we  hold  to  the  teaching  of  modern  physiology. 


106  Ethical  Studies 

Physiology  would  tell  us,  in  one  language  or  another,  that  even 
now  the  child's  mind  is  no  passive  "tabula  rasa";  he  has  an  inner, 
a  yet  undeveloped  nature,  which  must  largely  determine  his 
future  individuality.  What  is  this  inner  nature?  Is  it  particular 
to  himself?  Certainly  not  all  of  it,  will  have  to  be  the  answer.  The 
child  is  not  fallen  from  heaven.  He  is  bom  of  certain  parents 
who  come  of  certain  families,  and  he  has  in  him  the  qualities  of 
his  parents,  and,  as  breeders  would  say,  of  the  strains  from  both 
sides.  Much  of  it  we  can  see  and  more  we  believe  to  be  latent 
and,  given  certain  (possible  or  impossible)  conditions,  ready  to 
come  to  light.  On  the  descent  of  mental  qualities  modern  in- 
vestigation and  popular  experience,  as  expressed  in  uneducated 
vulgar  opinion,  altogether,  I  believe,  support  one  another,  and  we 
need  not  linger  here.  But  if  the  intellectual  and  active  qualities 
do  descend  from  ancestors,  is  it  not,  I  would  ask,  quite  clear  that 
a  man  may  have  in  him  the  same  that  his  father  and  mother  had, 
the  same  that  his  brothers  and  sisters  have?  And  if  anyone 
objects  to  the  word  "same,"  I  would  put  this  to  him.  If,  concern- 
ing two  dogs  allied  in  blood,  I  were  to  ask  a  man,  "Is  that  of  the 
same  strain  or  stock  as  this?"  and  were  answered,  "No,  not  the 
same,  but  similar,"  should  I  not  think  one  of  these  things,  that  the 
man  either  meant  to  deceive  me,  or  was  a  "thinker,"  or  a  fool? 

But  the  child  is  not  merely  the  member  of  a  family;  he  is  born 
into  other  spheres,  and  (passing  over  the  subordinate  wholes  which 
nevertheless  do  in  many  cases  qualify  him)  he  is  born  a  member 
of  the  English  nation.  It  is,  I  believe,  a  matter  of  fact  that  at 
birth  the  child  of  one  race  is  not  the  same  as  the  child  of  another; 
that  in  the  children  of  the  one  race  there  is  a  certain  identity,  a 
developed  or  undeveloped  national  type  which  may  be  hard  to 
recognize,  or  which  at  present  may  even  be  unrecognizable,  but 
which  nevertheless  in  some  form  will  appear.  If  that  be  the  fact, 
then  again  we  must  say  that  one  English  child  is  in  some  points, 
though  perhaps  it  does  not  as  yet  show  itself,  the  same  as  another. 
His  being  is  so  far  common  to  him  with  others;  he  is  not  a  mere 
"individual." 

We  see  the  child  has  been  bom  at  a  certain  time  of  parents  of 
a  certain  race,  and  that  means  also  of  a  certain  degree  of  culture. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  107 

It  is  the  opinion  of  those  best  qualified  to  speak  on  the  subject 
that  civilization  is  to  some  not  inconsiderable  extent  hereditary; 
that  aptitudes  are  developed,  and  are  latent  in  the  child  at  birth; 
and  that  it  is  a  very  different  thing,  even  apart  from  education,  to 
be  born  of  civilized  and  of  uncivilized  ancestors.  These  "civilized 
tendencies,"  if  we  may  use  the  phrase,  are  part  of  the  essence  of 
the  child.  He  would  only  partly  (if  at  all)  be  himself  without 
them;  he  owes  them  to  his  ancestors,  and  his  ancestors  owe  them 
to  society.  The  ancestors  were  made  what  they  were  by  the  society 
they  lived  in.  If  in  answer  it  be  replied,  "Yes,  but  individual 
ancestors  were  prior  to  their  society,"  then  that,  to  say  the  least  of 
it,  is  a  hazardous  and  unproved  assertiQn,  since  man,  so  far  as 
history  can  trace  him  back,  is  social;  and  if  Mr.  Darwin's  con- 
jecture as  to  the  development  of  man  from  a  social  animal  be 
received,  we  must  say  that  man  has  never  been  anything  but 
social,  and  society  never  was  made  by  individual  men.  Nor,  if 
the  (baseless)  assertion  of  the  priority  of  individual  men  were 
allowed,  would  that  destroy  our  case,  for  certainly  our  more 
immediate  ancestors  were  social;  and,  whether  society  was  manu- 
factured previously  by  individuals  or  not,  yet  in  their  case  it 
certainly  was  not  so.  They  at  all  events  have  been  so  qualified 
by  the  common  possessions  of  social  mankind  that,  as  members 
in  the  organism,  they  have  become  relative  to  the  whole.  If  we 
suppose  then  that  the  results  of  the  social  life  of  the  race  are 
present  in  a  latent  and  potential  form  in  the  child,  can  we  deny 
that  they  are  common  property?  Can  we  assert  that  they  are 
not  an  element  of  sameness  in  all?  Can  we  say  that  the  individual 
is  this  individual  because  he  is  exclusive,  when,  if  we  deduct 
from  him  what  he  includes,  he  loses  characteristics  which  make 
him  himself,  and  when  again  he  does  include  what  the  others 
include,  and  therefore  does  (how  can  we  escape  the  consequence?) 
include  in  some  sense  the  others  also,  just  as  they  include  him? 
By  himself,  then,  what  are  we  to  call  him?  I  confess  I  do  not 
know  unless  we  name  him  a  theoretical  attempt  to  isolate  what 
cannot  be  isolated,  and  that,  I  suppose,  has,  out  of  our  heads,  no 
existence.  But  what  he  is  really,  and  not  in  mere  theory,  can  be 
described  only  as  the  specification   or  particularization   of  that 


108  Ethical  Studies 

which  is  common,  which  is  the  same  amid  diversity,  and  without 
which  the  "individual"  would  be  so  other  than  he  is  that  we 
could  not  call  him  the  same. 

Thus  the  child  is  at  birth;  and  he  is  born  not  into  a  desert, 
but  into  a  living  world,  a  whole  which  has  a  true  individuality  of 
its  own,  and  into  a  system  and  order  which  it  is  diflBcult  to  look 
at  as  anything  else  than  an  organism,  and  which,  even  in  England, 
we  are  now  beginning  to  call  by  that  name.  And  I  fear  that  the 
"individuality"  (the  particularness)  which  the  child  brought  into 
the  light  with  him  now  stands  but  a  poor  chance,  and  that  there  is 
no  help  for  him  until  he  is  old  enough  to  become  a  "philosopher." 
We  have  seen  that  already  he  has  in  him  inherited  habits,  or 
what  will  of  themselves  appear  as  such;  but,  in  addition  to  this, 
he  is  not  for  one  moment  left  alone,  but  continually  tampered 
with;  and  the  habituation  which  is  applied  from  the  outside  is  the 
more  insidious  that  it  answers  to  this  inborn  disposition.  Who 
can  resist  it?  Nay,  who  but  a  "thinker"  could  wish  to  have 
resisted  it?  And  yet  the  tender  care  that  receives  and  guides 
him  is  impressing  on  him  habits,  habits,  alas,  not  particular  to 
himself,  and  the  "icy  chains"  of  universal  custom  are  hardening 
themselves  round  his  cradled  life.  As  the  poet  tells  us,  he  has 
not  yet  thought  of  himself;  his  earliest  notions  come  mixed  to 
him  of  things  and  persons,  not  distinct  from  one  another,  nor 
divided  from  the  feeling  of  his  own  existence.  The  need  that  he 
cannot  understand  moves  him  to  foolish,  but  not  futile,  cries  for 
what  only  another  can  give  him;  and  the  breast  of  his  mother, 
and  the  soft  warmth  and  touches  and  tones  of  his  nurse,  are  made 
one  with  the  feeling  of  his  own  pleasure  and  pain;  nor  is  he  yet 
a  moralist  to  beware  of  such  illusion  and  to  see  in  them  mere 
means  to  an  end  without  them  in  his  separate  self.  For  he  does 
not  even  think  of  his  separate  self;  he  grows  with  his  world,  his 
mind  fills  and  orders  itself;  and  when  he  can  separate  himself 
from  that  world,  and  know  himself  apart  from  it,  then  by  that 
time  his  self,  the  object  of  his  self-consciousness,  is  penetrated, 
infected,  characterized  by  the  existence  of  others.  Its  content 
implies  in  every  fiber  relations  of  community.  He  learns,  or 
already  perhaps  has  learned,  to  speak,  and  here  he  appropriates 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  109 

the  common  heritage  of  his  race;  the  tongue  that  he  makes  his 
own  is  his  country's  language,  it  is  (or  it  should  be)  the  same 
that  others  speak,  and  it  carries  into  his  mind  the  ideas  and 
sentiments  of  the  race  (over  this  I  need  not  stay),  and  stamps 
them  in  indelibly.  He  grows  up  in  an  atmosphere  of  example  and 
general  custom,  his  life  widens  out  from  one  little  world  to 
other  and  higher  worlds,  and  he  apprehends  through  successive 
stations  the  whole  in  which  he  lives,  and  in  which  he  has  lived. 
Is  he  now  to  try  and  develop  his  "individuality,"  his  self  which 
is  not  the  same  as  other  selves?  Where  is  it?  What  is  it? 
Where  can  he  find  it?  The  soul  within  him  is  saturated,  is 
filled,  is  qualified  by,  it  has  assimilated,  has  got  its  substance, 
has  built  itself  up  from,  it  is  one  and  the  same  life  with  the 
universal  life,  and  if  he  turns  against  this  he  turns  against  himself; 
if  he  thrusts  it  from  him,  he  tears  his  own  vitals;  if  he  attacks  it, 
he  sets  his  weapon  against  his  own  heart.  He  has  found  his  life 
in  the  life  of  the  whole,  he  lives  that  in  himself,  "he  is  a  pulse- 
beat  of  the  whole  system,  and  himself  the  whole  system." 

"The  child,  in  his  character  of  the  form  of  the  possibility  of  a 
moral  individual,  is  something  subjective  or  negative;  his  growing 
to  manhood  is  the  ceasing  to  be  of  this  form,  and  his  education 
is  the  discipline  or  the  compulsion  thereof.  The  positive  side 
and  the  essence  is  that  he  is  suckled  at  the  breast  of  the  universal 
Ethos,  lives  in  its  absolute  intuition,  as  in  that  of  a  foreign  being 
first,  then  comprehends  it  more  and  more,  and  so  passes  over  into 
the  universal  mind."  The  writer  proceeds  to  draw  the  weighty 
conclusion  that  virtue  "is  not  a  troubling  oneself  about  a  peculiar 
and  isolated  morality  of  one's  own,  that  the  striving  for  a  positive 
morality  of  one's  own  is  futile,  and  in  its  very  nature  impossible 
of  attainment;  that  in  respect  of  morality  the  saying  of  the  wisest 
men  of  antiquity  is  the  only  one  which  is  true,  that  to  be  moral  is 
to  live  in  accordance  with  the  moral  tradition  of  one's  country; 
and  in  respect  of  education  the  one  true  answer  is  that  which  a 
Pythagorean  gave  to  him  who  asked  what  was  the  best  education 
for  his  son,  If  you  make  him  the  citizen  of  a  people  with  good 
institutions.'" 

'  Hegel,  Philosophische  Abhandlungen,  1,  389. 


110  Ethical  Studies 

But  this  is  to  anticipate.  So  far,  I  think,  without  aid  from  meta- 
physics, we  have  seen  that  the  "individual"  apart  from  the 
community  is  an  abstraction.  It  is  not  anything  real  and  hence 
not  anything  that  we  can  realize,  however  much  we  may  wish  to 
do  so.  We  have  seen  that  I  am  myself  by  sharing  with  others, 
by  including  in  my  essence  relations  to  them,  the  relations  of  the 
social  state.  If  I  wish  to  realize  my  true  being  I  must  therefore 
realize  something  beyond  my  being  as  a  mere  this  or  that,  for  my 
true  being  has  in  it  a  life  which  is  not  the  life  of  any  mere  partic- 
ular, and  so  must  be  called  a  universal  life. 

What  is  it  then  that  I  am  to  realize?  We  have  said  it  in  "my 
station  and  its  duties."  To  know  what  a  man  is  (as  we  have 
seen)  you  must  not  take  him  in  isolation.  He  is  one  of  a  people, 
he  was  born  in  a  family,  he  lives  in  a  certain  society,  in  a  certain 
state.  What  he  has  to  do  depends  on  what  his  place  is,  what  his 
function  is,  and  that  all  comes  from  his  station  in  the  organism. 
Are  there  then  such  organisms  in  which  he  lives,  and  if  so,  what 
is  their  nature?  Here  we  come  to  questions  which  must  be 
answered  in  full  by  any  complete  system  of  Ethics,  but  which  we 
cannot  enter  on.  We  must  content  ourselves  by  pointing  out 
that  there  are  such  facts  as  the  family,  then  in  a  middle  position 
a  man's  own  profession  and  society,  and,  over  all,  the  larger 
community  of  the  state.  Leaving  out  of  sight  the  question  of  a 
society  wider  than  the  state,  we  must  say  that  a  man's  life  with  its 
moral  duties  is  in  the  main  filled  up  by  his  station  in  that  system 
of  wholes  which  the  state  is,  and  that  this,  partly  by  its  laws  and 
institutions  and  still  more  by  its  spirit,  gives  him  the  life  which 
he  does  live  and  ought  to  live.  That  objective  institutions  exist 
is  of  course  an  obvious  fact;  and  it  is  a  fact  which  every  day  is 
becoming  plainer  that  these  institutions  are  organic,  and  further, 
that  they  are  moral.  The  assertion  that  communities  have  been 
manufactured  by  the  addition  of  exclusive  units  is,  as  we  have 
seen,  a  mere  fable;  and  if,  within  the  state,  we  take  that  which 
seems  wholly  to  depend  on  individual  caprice,  e.  g.,  marriage,' 

'  Marriage  is  a  contract,  a  contract  to  pass  out  of  the  sphere  of  contract ; 
and  this  is  possible  only  because  the  contr  ting  parties  are  already  beyond 
and  above  the  sphere  of  mere  contract. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  111 

yet  even  here  we  find  that  a  man  does  give  up  his  self  so  far  as  it 
excludes  others;  he  does  bring  himself  under  a  unity  which  is 
superior  to  the  particular  person  and  the  impulses  that  belong  to 
his  single  existence,  and  which  makes  him  fully  as  much  as  he 
makes  it.  In  short,  man  is  a  social  being;  he  is  real  only  because 
he  is  social,  and  can  realize  himself  only  because  it  is  as  social  that 
he  realizes  himself.  The  mere  individual  is  a  delusion  of  theory; 
and  the  attempt  to  realize  it  in  practice  is  the  starvation  and 
mutilation  of  human  nature,  with  total  sterility  or  the  production 
of  monstrosities. 

Let  us  now  in  detail  compare  the  advantages  of  our  present 
view  with  the  defects  of  "duty  for  duty's  sake."  The  objections  we 
found  fatal  to  that  view  may  be  stated  as  follows:  (1)  The  uni- 
versal was  abstract.  There  was  no  content  which  belonged  to  it 
and  was  one  with  it;  and  the  consequence  was  that  either  nothing 
could  be  willed,  or  what  was  willed  was  willed  not  because  of  the 
universal,  but  capriciously.  (2)  The  universal  was  "subjective." 
It  certainly  gave  itself  out  as  "objective,"  in  the  sense  of  being 
independent  of  this  or  that  person,  but  still  it  was  not  real  in  the 
world.  It  did  not  come  to  us  as  what  was,  it  came  as  what 
(merely)  was  to  be,  an  inner  notion  in  moral  persons,  which  had 
not  power  to  carry  itself  out  and  transform  the  world.  And  self- 
realization,  if  it  means  will,  does  mean  that  we  put  ourselves  forth 
and  see  ourselves  actual  in  outer  existence.  Hence,  by  identifying 
ourselves  with  that  which  has  not  this  existence,  which  is  not 
master  of  the  outer  world,  we  cannot  secure  our  self-realization; 
since,  when  we  have  identified  ourselves  with  the  end,  the  end  may 
stiU  remain  a  mere  inner  end  which  does  not  accomplish  itself, 
and  so  does  not  satisfy  us.  (3)  The  universal  left  a  part  of  our- 
selves outside  it.  However  much  we  tried  to  be  good,  however 
determined  we  were  to  make  our  will  one  with  the  good  will,  yet 
we  never  succeeded.  There  was  always  something  left  in  us  which 
was  in  contradiction  with  the  good.  And  this  we  saw  was  even 
necessary  because  morality  meant  and  implied  this  contradiction, 
unless  we  accepted  that  form  of  conscientiousness  which  consists 
in  the  simple  identification  of  one's  conscience  with  one's  own  self 


112  Ethical  Studies 

(unless,  i.  e.,  the  consciousness  of  the  relation  of  my  private  self  to 
myself  as  the  good  self  be  degraded  into  my  self-consciousness  of 
my  mere  private  self  as  the  good  self) ;  and  this  cannot  be  if  we 
are  in  earnest  with  morality.  There  thus  remains  a  perpetual  con- 
tradiction in  myself,  no  less  than  in  the  world,  between  the  "is  to 
be"  and  the  "is,"  a  contradiction  that  cannot  be  got  rid  of  without 
getting  rid  of  morality;  for,  as  we  saw,  it  is  inherent  in  morality. 
The  man  cannot  realize  himself  in  himself  as  moral  because  the 
conforming  of  his  sensuous  nature  to  the  universal  would  be  the 
entire  suppression  of  it,  and  hence  not  only  of  himself  but  also  of 
the  morality  which  is  constituted  by  the  relation  of  himself  to  the 
universal  law.  The  man  then  cannot  find  self-realization  in  the 
morality  of  pure  duty  because  (1)  he  cannot  look  on  his  subjective 
self  as  the  realized  moral  law;  (2)  he  cannot  look  on  the  objective 
world  as  the  realization  of  the  moral  law;  (3)  he  cannot  realize 
the  moral  law  at  all  because  it  is  defined  as  that  which  has  no 
particular  content,  and  therefore  no  reality;  or,  if  he  gives  it  a 
content,  then  it  is  not  the  law  he  realizes,  since  the  content  is  got 
not  from  the  law  but  from  elsewhere.  In  short,  duty  for  duty's 
sake  is  an  unsolved  contradiction,  the  standing  "is  to  be,"  which, 
therefore,  because  it  is  to  be,  is  not;  and  in  which,  therefore,  since 
it  is  not,  he  cannot  find  himself  realized  nor  satisfy  himself. 

These  are  serious  defects.  Let  us  see  how  they  are  mended  by 
"my  station  and  its  duties."  In  that  (1)  the  universal  is  concrete, 
(2)  it  is  objective,  (3)   it  leaves  nothing  of  us  outside  it. 

(1)  It  is  concrete,  and  yet  not  given  by  caprice.  Let  us  take 
the  latter  first.  It  is  not  given  by  caprice  for,  although  within 
certain  limits  I  may  choose  my  station  according  to  my  own 
liking,  yet  I  and  everyone  else  must  have  some  station  with  duties 
pertaining  to  it,  and  those  duties  do  not  depend  on  our  opinion 
or  liking.  Certain  circumstances,  a  certain  position,  call  for  a 
certain  course.  How  I  in  particular  know  what  my  right  course 
is,  is  a  question  we  shall  recur  to  hereafter — but  at  present  we  may 
take  it  as  an  obvious  fact  that  in  my  station  my  particular  duties 
are  prescribed  to  me,  and  I  have  them  whether  I  wish  to  or  not. 
And  secondly,  it  is  concrete.  The  universal  to  be  realized  is  no 
abstraction,  but  an  organic  whole;  a  system  where  many  spheres 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  113 

are  subordinated  to  one  sphere,  and  particular  actions  to  spheres. 
This  system  is  real  in  the  detail  of  its  functions,  not  out  of  them, 
and  lives  in  its  vital  processes,  not  away  from  them.  The  organs 
are  always  at  work  for  the  whole,  the  whole  is  at  work  in  the 
organs.  And  I  am  one  of  the  organs.  The  universal  then  which 
I  am  to  realize  is  the  system  which  penetrates  and  subordinates  to 
itself  the  particulars  of  all  lives,  and  here  and  now  in  my  life  has 
this  and  that  function  in  this  and  that  case,  in  exercising  which 
through  my  will  it  realizes  itself  as  a  whole,  and  me  in  it. 

(2)  It  is  "objective";  and  this  means  that  it  does  not  stand 
over  against  the  outer  world  as  mere  "subject"  confronted  by  mere 
"object."  In  that  sense  of  the  words  it  is  neither  merely  "objec- 
tive" nor  merely  "subjective";  but  it  is  that  real  identity  of  subject 
and  object,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  is  the  only  thing  that  satisfies 
our  desires.  The  inner  side  does  exist,  but  it  is  no  more  than 
the  inside;  it  is  one  factor  in  the  whole  and  must  not  be  separ- 
ated from  the  other  factor;  and  the  mistake  which  is  made  by  the 
morality  which  confines  itself  to  the  individual  man  is  just  this 
attempt  at  the  separation  of  what  cannot  be  separated.  The 
inner  side  certainly  is  a  fact,  and  it  can  be  distinguished  from  the 
rest  of  the  whole ;  but  it  really  is  one  element  of  the  whole,  depends 
on  the  whole  for  its  being,  and  cannot  be  divided  from  it.  Let 
us  explain.  The  moral  world,  as  we  said,  is  a  whole,  and  has  two 
sides.  There  is  an  outer  side,  systems  and  institutions,  from  the 
family  to  the  nation;  this  we  may  call  the  body  of  the  moral 
world.  And  there  must  also  be  a  soul,  or  else  the  body  goes  to 
pieces;  everyone  knows  that  institutions  without  the  spirit  ot 
them  are  dead.  In  the  moral  organism  this  spirit  is  in  the  wiP.  of 
the  organs  as  the  will  of  the  whole  which,  in  and  by  the  organs, 
carries  out  the  organism  and  makes  it  alive,  and  which  also  (and 
this  is  the  point  to  which  attention  is  requested)  is  and  must  be 
felt  or  known  in  each  organ  as  his  own  inward  and  personal  will. 
It  is  quite  clear  that  a  nation  is  not  strong  without  public  spirit, 
and  is  not  public  spirited  unless  the  members  of  it  are  public 
spirited,  i.  e.,  feel  the  good  of  the  public  as  a  personal  matter,  or 
have  it  at  their  hearts.  The  point  here  is  that  you  cannot  have 
the  moral  world  unless  it  is  willed;  that  to  be  willed  it  must  be 


114  Ethical  Studies 

willed  by  persons ;  and  that  these  persons  not  only  have  the  moral 
world  as  the  content  of  their  wills,  but  also  must  in  some  way  be 
aware  of  themselves  as  willing  this  content.  This  being  inwardly 
aware  of  oneself  as  willing  the  good  will  falls  in  the  inside  of  the 
moral  whole;  we  may  call  it  the  soul;  and  it  is  the  sphere  of  per- 
sonal morality,  or  morality  in  the  narrower  sense  of  the  conscious- 
ness of  the  relation  of  my  private  self  to  the  inwardly  presented 
universal  will,  my  being  aware  of  and  willing  myself  as  one  with 
that  or  contrary  to  that,  as  dutiful  or  bad.  We  must  never  let 
this  out  of  our  sight,  that,  where  the  moral  world  exists,  you  have 
and  you  must  have  these  two  sides;  neither  will  stand  apart  from 
the  other;  moral  institutions  are  carcasses  without  personal  mor- 
ality, and  personal  morality  apart  from  moral  institutions  is  an 
unreality,  a  soul  without  a  body. 

Now  this  inward,  this  "subjective,"  this  personal  side,  this  know- 
ing in  himself  by  the  subject  of  the  relation  in  which  the  will  of 
him  as  this  or  that  man  stands  to  the  will  of  the  whole  within  him, 
or  (as  was  rightly  seen  by  "duty  for  duty's  sake")  this  conscious- 
ness in  the  one  subject,  of  himself  as  two  selves,  is,  as  we  said, 
necessary  for  all  morality.  But  the  form  in  which  it  is  present 
may  vary  very  much,  and,  beginning  with  the  stage  of  mere  feeling, 
goes  on  to  that  of  explicit  reflection.  The  reader  who  considers 
the  matter  will  perceive  that  (whether  in  the  life  of  mankind  or  of 
this  or  that  man)  we  do  not  begin  with  a  consciousness  of  good 
and  evil,  right  and  wrong,  as  such,  or  in  the  strict  sense.*  The 
child  is  taught  to  will  a  content  which  is  universal  and  good,  and 
he  learns  to  identify  his  will  with  it  so  that  he  feels  pleasure  when 
he  feels  himself  in  accord  with  it,  uneasiness  or  pain  when  his  will 
is  contrary  thereto  and  he  feels  that  it  is  contrary.  This  is  the 
beginning  of  personal  morality,  and  from  this  we  may  pass  to  con- 
sider the  end.  That,  so  far  as  form  went,  was  sufficiently  exhibited 
in  Essay  IV.  It  consists  in  the  explicit  consciousness  in  myself 
of  two  elements  which,  even  though  they  exist  in  disunion,  are  felt 
to  be  really  one;  these  are  myself  as  the  will  of  this  or  that  self, 
and  again  the  universal  will  as  the  will  for  good;  and  this  latter  I 
feel  to  be  my  true  self,  and  desire  my  other  self  to  be  subordinated 

On  this  point  see  more  in  Essay  VII. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  115 

to  and  so  identified  with  it;  in  which  case  I  feel  the  satisfaction 
of  an  inward  realization.  That  so  far  as  form  goes  is  correct. 
But  the  important  point  on  which  "duty  for  duty's  sake"  utterly 
failed  us  was  as  to  the  content  of  the  universal  will.  We  have 
seen  that  for  action  this  must  have  a  content,  and  now  we  see 
where  the  content  comes  from.  The  universal  side  in  personal 
morality  is,  in  short,  the  reflection  of  the  objective  moral  world 
into  ourselves  (or  into  itself).  The  outer  universal  which  I  have 
been  taught  to  will  as  my  will,  and  which  I  have  grown  to  find 
myself  in,  is  now  presented  by  me  inwardly  to  myself  as  the  uni- 
versal which  is  my  true  being,  and  which  by  my  will  I  must  realize, 
if  need  be,  against  my  will  as  this  or  that  man.  So  this  inner  uni- 
versal has  the  same  content  as  the  outer  universal,  for  it  is  the 
outer  universal  in  another  sphere;  it  is  the  inside  of  the  outside. 
There  was  the  whole  system  as  an  objective  will,  including  my 
station,  and  realizing  itself  here  and  now  in  my  function.  Here  is 
the  same  system  presented  as  a  will  in  me,  standing  above  my  will, 
which  wills  a  certain  act  to  be  done  by  me  as  a  will  which  is  one 
with  the  universal  will.  This  universal  will  is  not  a  blank,  but  is 
filled  by  the  consideration  of  my  station  in  the  whole  with  refer- 
ence to  habitual  and  special  acts.  The  ideal  self  appealed  to  by 
the  moral  man  is  an  ideally  presented  will,  in  his  position  and 
circumstances,  which  rightly  particularizes  the  general  laws  which 
answer  to  the  general  functions  and  system  of  spheres  of  the  moral 
organism.  That  is  the  content,  and  therefore,  as  we  saw,  it  is 
concrete  and  filled.  And  therefore  also  (which  is  equally  impor- 
tant)  it  is  not  merely  "subjective." 

If,  on  the  inner  side  of  the  moral  whole,  the  universal  factor 
were  (as  in  would-be  morality  it  is)  filled  with  a  content  which  is 
not  the  detail  of  the  objective  will  particularizing  itself  in  such  and 
such  functions,  then  there  would  be  no  true  identity  of  subject 
and  object,  no  need  why  that  which  is  moral  should  be  that  which 
is  real,  and  we  should  never  escape  from  a  practical  postulate, 
which,  as  we  saw,  is  a  practical  standing  contradiction.  But  if,  as 
we  have  seen,  the  universal  on  the  inside  is  the  universal  on  the 
outside  reflected  in  us,  or  (since  we  cannot  separate  it  and  our- 
selves) into  itself  in  us;  if  the  objective  will  of  the  moral  organism 


116  Ethical  Studies 

is  real  only  in  the  will  of  its  organs,  and  if,  in  willing  morally,  we 
will  ourselves  as  that  will,  and  that  will  wills  itself  in  us — ^then  we 
must  hold  that  this  universal  on  the  inner  side  is  the  will  of  the 
whole,  which  is  self-conscious  in  us,  and  wills  itself  in  us  against 
the  actual  or  possible  opposition  of  the  false  private  self.     This 
being  so,  when  we  will  morally,  the  will  of  the  objective  world  wills 
itself  in  us,  and  carries  both  us  and  itself  out  into  the  world  of 
the  moral  will,  which  is  its  own  realm.     We  see  thus  that  when 
morals  are  looked  at  as  a  whole,  the  will  of  the  inside,  so  far  as  it 
is  moral,  is  the  will  of  the  outside,  and  the  two  are  one  and  can- 
not be  torn  apart  without  ipso  facto  destroying  the  unity  in  which 
morality  consists.     To  be  moral  I  must  will  my  station  and  its 
duties;  that  is,  I  will  to  particularize  the  moral  system  truly  in  a 
given  case;  and  the  other  side  to  this  act  is  that  the  moral  system 
wills  to  particularize  itself  in  a  given  station  and  functions,  i.  e.,  in 
my  actions  and  by  my  will.    In  other  words,  my  moral  self  is  not 
simply  mine;  it  is  not  an  inner  which  belongs  simply  to  me;  and 
further,  it  is  not  a  mere  inner  at  all,  but  it  is  the  soul  which  ani- 
mates the  body  and  lives  in  it,  and  would  not  be  the  soul  if  it  had 
not  a  body  and  its  body.     The  objective  organism,  the  system- 
atized moral  world,  is  the  reality  of  the  moral  will;  my  duties  on 
the  inside  answer  to  due  functions  on  the  outside.     There  is  no 
need  here  for  a  pre-established  or  a  postulated  harmony,  for  the 
moral  whole  is  the  identity  of  both  sides;  my  private  choice,  so 
far  as  I  am  moral,  is  the  mere  form  of  bestowing  myself  on  and 
identifying  myself  with  the  will  of  the  moral  organism,  which 
realizes  in  its  process  both  itself  and  myself.     Hence  we  see  that 
what  I  have  to  do  I  have  not  to  force  on  a  recalcitrant  world;  I 
have  to  fill  my  place — the  place  that  waits  for  me  to  fill  it;  to 
make  my  private  self  the  means,  my  life  the  sphere  and  the  function 
of  the  soul  of  the  whole,  which  thus,  personal  in  me,  externalizes 
both  itself  and  me  into  a  solid  reality,  which  is  both  mine  and  its. 
(3)    What  we  come  to  now  is  the  third  superiority  of  "my 
station  and  its  duties."     The  universal  which  is  the  end,  and 
which  we  have  seen  is  concrete  and  does  realize  itself,  does  also 
more.     It  gets  rid  of  the  contradiction  between  duty  and  the 
"empirical"  self;  it  does  not  in  its  realization  leave  me  forever 
outside  and  unrealized. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  117 

In  "duty  for  duty's  sake"  we  were  always  unsatisfied,  no  nearer 
our  goal  at  the  end  than  at  the  beginning.  There  we  had  the 
fixed  antithesis  of  the  sensuous  self  on  one  side,  and  a  nonsen- 
suous  moral  ideal  on  the  other — a  standing  contradiction  which 
brought  with  it  a  perpetual  self-deceit,  or  the  depressing  perpetual 
confession  that  I  am  not  what  I  ought  to  be  in  my  inner  heart, 
and  that  I  never  can  be  so.  Duty,  we  thus  saw,  was  an  infinite 
process,  an  unending  "not-yet";  a  continual  "not"  with  an  ever- 
lasting "to  be,"  or  an  abiding  "to  be"  with  a  ceaseless  "not." 

From  this  last  peevish  enemy  we  are  again  delivered  by  "my 
station  and  its  duties."  There  I  realize  myself  morally,  so  that 
not  only  what  ought  to  be  in  the  world  is,  but  I  am  what  I  ought 
to  be,  and  find  so  my  contentment  and  satisfaction.  If  this  were 
not  the  case,  when  we  consider  that  the  ordinary  moral  man  is 
self-contented  and  happy,  we  should  be  forced  to  accuse  him  of 
immorality,  and  we  do  not  do  this;  we  say  he  most  likely  might 
be  better,  but  we  do  not  say  that  he  is  bad,  or  need  consider  him- 
self so.  Why  is  this?  It  is  because  "my  station  and  its  duties" 
teaches  us  to  identify  others  and  ourselves  with  the  station  we 
fill;  to  consider  that  as  good,  and  by  virtue  of  that  to  consider 
others  and  ourselves  good  too.  It  teaches  us  that  a  man  who 
does  his  work  in  the  world  is  good,  notwithstanding  his  faults,  if 
his  faults  do  not  prevent  him  from  fulfilling  his  station.  It  tells 
us  that  the  heart  is  an  idle  abstraction;  we  are  not  to  think  of  it, 
nor  must  we  look  at  our  insides,  but  at  our  work  and  our  life,  and 
say  to  ourselves,  Am  I  fulfilling  my  appointed  function  or  not? 
Fulfill  it  we  can,  if  we  will.  What  we  have  to  do  is  not  so  much 
better  than  the  world  that  we  cannot  do  it;  the  world  is  there 
waiting  for  it;  my  duties  are  my  rights.  On  the  one  hand,  I  am 
not  likely  to  be  much  better  than  the  world  asks  me  to  be;  on  the 
other  hand,  if  I  can  take  my  place  in  the  world  I  ought  not  to  be 
discontented.  Here  we  must  not  be  misunderstood;  we  do  not 
say  that  the  false  self,  the  habits  and  desires  opposed  to  the  good 
will,  are  extinguished.  Though  negated,  they  never  are  all  of  them 
entirely  suppressed,  and  cannot  be.  Hence  we  must  not  say  that 
any  man  really  does  fill  his  station  to  the  full  height  of  his 
capacity;  nor  must  we  say  of  any  man  that  he  cannot  perform 


118  Ethical  Studies 

his  function  better  than  he  does,  for  we  all  can  do  so,  and  should 
try  to  do  so.  We  do  not  wish  to  deny  what  are  plain  moral  facts, 
nor  in  any  way  to  slur  them  over. 

How  then  does  the  contradiction  disappear?  It  disappears 
by  my  identifying  myself  with  the  good  will  that  I  realize  in  the 
world,  by  my  refusing  to  identify  myself  with  the  bad  will  of  my 
private  self.  So  far  as  I  am  one  with  the  good  will,  living  as 
a  member  in  the  moral  organism,  I  am  to  consider  myself  real  and 
I  am  not  to  consider  the  false  self  real.  That  cannot  be  attrib- 
uted to  me  in  my  character  of  member  in  the  organism.  Even 
in  me  the  false  existence  of  it  has  been  partly  suppressed  by  that 
organism;  and,  so  far  as  the  organism  is  concerned,  it  is  wholly 
suppressed  because  contradicted  in  its  results,  and  allowed  no 
reality.  Hence,  not  existing  for  the  organism,  it  does  not  exist 
for  me  as  a  member  thereof;  and  only  as  a  member  thereof  do  I 
hold  myself  to  be  real.  And  yet  this  is  not  justification  by  faith, 
for  we  not  only  trust,  but  see,  that  despite  our  faults  the  moral 
world  stands  fast,  and  we  in  and  by  it.  It  is  like  faith,  however,  in 
this,  that  not  merely  by  thinking  ourselves,  but  by  willing  ourselves 
as  such,  can  we  look  on  ourselves  as  organs  in  a  good  whole,  and 
so  ourselves  good.  And  further,  the  knowledge  that  as  members 
of  the  system  we  are  real,  and  not  otherwise,  encourages  us  more 
and  more  to  identify  ourselves  with  that  system ;  to  make  ourselves 
better,  and  so  more  real,  since  we  see  that  the  good  is  real,  and 
thai  nothing  else  is. 

Or,  to  repeat  it,  in  education  my  self  by  habituation  has  been 
growing  into  one  with  the  good  self  around  me,  and  by  my  free 
acceptance  of  my  lot  hereafter  I  consciously  make  myself  one 
with  the  good,  so  that,  though  bad  habits  cling  to  and  even  arise 
in  me,  yet  I  cannot  but  be  aware  of  myself  as  the  reality  of  the 
good  will.  That  is  my  essential  side;  my  imperfections  are  not, 
and  practically  they  do  not  matter.  The  good  will  in  the  world 
realizes  itself  by  and  in  imperfect  instruments,  and  in  spite  of 
them.  The  work  is  done,  and  so  long  as  I  will  my  part  of  the 
work  and  do  it  (as  I  do),  I  feel  that,  if  I  perform  the  function,  I 
am  the  organ,  and  that  my  faults,  if  they  do  not  matter  to  my 
station,  do  not  matter  to  me.     My  heart  I  am  not  to  think  of. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  119 

except  to  tell  by  my  work  whether  it  is  in  my  work,  and  one  with 
the  moral  whole;  and  if  that  is  so,  I  have  the  consciousness  of 
absolute  reality  in  the  good  because  of  and  by  myself,  and  in 
myself  because  of  and  through  the  good;  and  with  that  I  am 
satisfied,  and  have  no  right  to  be  dissatisfied. 

The  individual's  consciousness  of  himself  is  inseparable  from 
the  knowing  himself  as  an  organ  of  the  whole;  and  the  residuum 
falb  more  and  more  into  the  backgroimd,  so  that  he  thinks  of  it, 
if  at  all,  not  as  himself,  but  as  an  idle  appendage.  For  his  nature 
now  is  not  distinct  from  his  "artificial  self."  He  is  related  to  the 
living  moral  system  not  as  to  a  foreign  body;  his  relation  to  it  is 
"too  inward  even  for  faith,"  since  faith  implies  a  certain  separa- 
tion. It  is  no  other-world  that  he  cannot  see  but  must  trust  to :  he 
feels  himself  in  it,  and  it  in  him;  in  a  word,  the  self -consciousness 
of  himself  is  the  self-consciousness  of  the  whole  in  him,  and  his 
will  is  the  will  which  sees  in  him  its  accomplishment  by  him ;  it  is 
the  free  will  which  knows  itself  as  the  free  will,  and  as  this  beholds 
its  realization  and  is  more  than  content 

The  non-theoretical  person,  if  he  be  not  immoral,  is  at  peace 
with  reality ;  and  the  man  who  in  any  degree  has  made  this  point 
of  view  his  own  becomes  more  and  more  reconciled  to  the  world 
and  to  life,  and  the  theories  of  "advanced  thinkers"  come  to  him 
more  and  more  as  the  thinnest  and  most  miserable  abstractions. 
He  sees  evils  which  cannot  discourage  him,  since  they  point  to 
the  strength  of  the  life  which  can  endure  such  parasites  and 
flourish  in  spite  of  them.  If  the  popularizing  of  superficial  views 
inclines  him  to  bitterness,  he  comforts  himself  when  he  sees  that 
they  live  in  the  head,  and  but  little,  if  at  all,  in  the  heart  and  Hfe ; 
that  still  at  the  push  the  doctrinaire  and  the  quacksalver  go  to  the 
wall,  and  that  even  that  too  is  as  it  ought  to  be.  He  sees  the  true 
account  of  the  state  (which  holds  it  to  be  neither  mere  force  nor 
convention,  but  the  moral  organism,  the  real  identity  of  might  and 
right)  unknown  or  "refuted,"  laughed  at  and  despised,  but  he  sees 
the  state  every  day  in  its  practice  refute  every  other  doctrine,  and 
do  with  the  moral  approval  of  all  what  the  explicit  theory  of 
scarcely  one  will  morally  justify.    He  sees  instincts  are  better  and 


120  Ethical  Studies 

stronger  than  so-called  "principles."  He  sees  in  the  hour  of  need 
what  are  called  "rights"  laughed  at,  "freedom,"  the  liberty  to  do 
what  one  pleases,  tramped  on,  the  claims  of  the  individual  trodden 
under  foot,  and  theories  burst  like  cobwebs.  And  he  sees,  as  of 
old,  the  heart  of  a  nation  rise  high  and  beat  in  the  breast  of  each 
one  of  her  citizens  till  her  safety  and  her  honor  are  dearer  to 
each  than  life,  till  to  those  who  live  her  shame  and  sorrow,  if  such 
is  allotted,  outweigh  their  loss,  and  death  seems  a  little  thing  to 
those  who  go  for  her  to  their  common  and  nameless  grave.  And 
he  knows  that  what  is  stronger  than  death  is  hate  or  love,  hate 
here  for  love's  sake,  and  that  love  does  not  fear  death  because 
already  it  is  the  death  into  life  of  what  our  philosophers  tell  us  is 
the  only  life  and  reality. 

Yes,  the  state  is  not  put  together,  but  it  lives;  it  is  not  a  heap 
nor  a  machine;  it  is  no  mere  extravagance  when  a  poet  talks  of  a 
nation's  soul.  It  is  the  objective  mind  which  is  subjective  and 
self-conscious  in  its  citizens — it  feels  and  knows  itself  in  the  heart 
of  each.  It  speaks  the  word  of  command  and  gives  the  field  of 
accomplishment,  and  in  the  activity  of  obedience  it  has  and 
bestows  individual  life  and  satisfaction  and  happiness. 

First  in  the  community  is  the  individual  realized.  He  is  here 
the  embodiment  of  beauty,  goodness,  and  truth — of  truth  because 
he  corresponds  to  his  universal  conception,  of  beauty  because 
he  realizes  it  in  a  single  form  to  the  senses  or  imagination,  of  good- 
ness because  his  will  expresses  and  is  the  will  of  the  universal. 

"The  realm  of  morality  is  nothing  but  the  absolute  spiritual 
unity  of  the  essence  of  individuals,  which  exists  in  the  independent 
reality  of  them.  .  .  .  The  moral  substance,  looked  at  abstractedly 
from  the  mere  side  of  its  universality,  is  the  law,  and,  as  this,  is 
only  thought;  but  nonetheless  is  it,  from  another  point  of  view, 
immediate  real  self -consciousness  or  custom:  and  conversely  the 
individual  exists  as  this  single  unit,  inasmuch  as  it  is  conscious  in 
its  individuality  of  the  universal  consciousness  as  its  own  being, 
inasmuch  as  its  action  and  existence  are  the  universal  Ethos.  .  .  . 
They  (the  individuals)  are  aware  in  themselves  that  they  possess 
this  individual  independent  being  because  of  the  sacrifice  of  their 
individuality,  because  the  universal  substance  is  their  soul  and 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  121 

essence:  and,  on  the  other  side,  this  universal  is  their  individual 
action,  the  work  that  they  as  individuals  have  produced. 

"The  merely  individual  action  and  business  of  the  separate 
person  is  concerned  with  the  needs  he  is  subject  to  as  a  natural 
being,  as  an  individuality  which  exists.  That  even  these  his 
commonest  functions  do  not  come  to  nothing,  but  possess  reality, 
is  effected  solely  by  the  universal  maintaining  medium,  by  the 
power  of  the  whole  people.  But  it  is  not  simply  the  form  of 
persistence  which  the  universal  substance  confers  on  his  action; 
it  gives  also  the  content — what  he  does  is  the  universal  skill  and 
custom  of  all.  This  content,  just  so  far  as  it  completely  indi- 
vidualizes itself,  is  in  its  reality  interlaced  with  the  action  of  all. 
The  work  of  the  individual  for  his  needs  is  a  satisfaction  of  the 
needs  of  others  as  much  as  of  his  own;  and  he  attains  the  satis- 
faction of  his  own  only  through  the  work  of  the  others.  The 
individual  in  his  individual  work  thus  accomplishes  a  universal 
work — he  does  so  here  unconsciously;  but  he  also  further  accom- 
plishes it  as  his  conscious  object:  the  whole  as  the  whole  is  his 
work  for  which  he  sacrifices  himself,  and  from  which  by  that  very 
sacrifice  he  gets  again  his  self  restored.  Here  there  is  nothing 
taken  which  is  not  given,  nothing  wherein  the  independent  indi- 
vidual, by  and  in  the  resolution  of  his  atomic  existence,  by  and  in 
the  negation  of  his  self,  fails  to  give  himself  the  positive  signif- 
icance of  a  being  which  exists  by  and  for  itself.  The  unity — on 
the  one  side  of  the  being  for  another,  or  the  making  oneself  into  an 
outward  thing,  and  on  the  other  side  of  the  being  for  oneself — this 
universal  substance  speaks  its  universal  language  in  the  usages  and 
laws  of  his  people:  and  yet  this  unchanging  essence  is  itself 
nought  else  than  the  expression  of  the  single  individuality,  which 
seems  at  first  sight  its  mere  opposite;  the  laws  pronounce  nothing 
but  what  everyone  is  and  does.  The  individual  recognizes  the 
substance  not  only  as  his  universal  outward  existence,  but  he 
recognizes  also  himself  in  it,  particularized  in  his  own  individuality 
and  in  that  of  each  of  his  fellow  citizens.  And  so  in  the  universal 
mind  each  one  has  nothing  but  self-certainty,  the  assurance  of 
finding  in  existing  reality  nothing  but  himself.  In  all  I  contem- 
plate independent  beings,  that  are  such,  and  are  for  themselves, 


122  Ethical  Studies 

only  in  the  very  same  way  that  I  am  for  myself;  in  them  I  see 
existing  free  unity  of  self  with  others,  and  existing  by  virtue  of 
me  and  by  virtue  of  the  others  alike.  Them  as  myself,  myself 
as  them/ 

"In  a  free  people,  therefore,  reason  is  realized  in  truth;  it  is 
present  living  mind,  and  in  this  not  only  does  the  individual  find 
his  destination,  i.  e.,  his  universal  and  singular  essence,  promul- 
gated and  ready  to  his  hand  as  an  outward  existence,  but  he  him- 
self is  this  essence,  and  has  also  reached  and  fulfilled  his  destina- 
tion. Hence  the  wisest  men  of  antiquity  have  given  judgment  that 
wisdom  and  virtue  consist  in  living  agreeably  to  the  Ethos  of  one's 
people."* 

*  Let  me  illustrate  from  our  great  poet : 

So  they  loved,  as  love  in  twain 
Had  the  essence  but  in  one; 
Two  distincts,  division  none: 
Number  there  in  love  was  slain. 

Hearts  remote  yet  not  asunder; 
Distance,  and  no  space  was  seen — 
So  between  them  love  did  shine  .  .  . 
Either  was  the  other's  mine. 

Property  was  thus  appalled, 
That  the  self  was  not  the  same; 
Single  nature's  double  name 
Neither  two  nor  one  was  called. 

Reason,  in  itself  confounded. 
Saw  division  grow  together: 
To  themselves  yet  either  neither 
Simple  were  so  well  compounded, 

That  it  cried.  How  true  a  twain 
Seemeth  this  concordant  one! 
Love  hath  reason,  reason  none, 
If  what  parts  can  so  remain. 

— (The  Phoenix  and  the  Turtle.) 

Surely  philosophy  does  not  reach  its  end  till  the  "reason  of  reason"  is 
adequate  to  the  "reason  of  love." 

•Hegel,  Phanomenologie  des  Geistes   (1807),  11,  256-8. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  123 

Once  let  us  take  the  point  of  view  which  regards  the  community 
as  the  real  moral  organism,  which  in  its  members  knows  and  wills 
itself  and  sees  the  individual  to  be  real  just  so  far  as  the  universal 
self  is  in  his  self,  as  he  in  it,  and  we  get  the  solution  of  most,  if 
not  all,  of  our  previous  diflBculties.  There  is  here  no  need  to  ask 
and  by  some  scientific  process  find  out  what  is  moral,  for  morality 
exists  all  round  us,  and  faces  us,  if  need  be,  with  a  categorical 
imperative,  while  it  surrounds  us  on  the  other  side  with  an  atmos- 
phere of  love. 

The  belief  in  this  real  moral  organism  is  the  one  solution  of 
ethical  problems.  It  breaks  down  the  antithesis  of  despotism  and 
individualism;  it  denies  them,  while  it  preserves  the  truth  of  both. 
The  truth  of  individualism  is  saved,  because  unless  we  have 
intense  life  and  self-consciousness  in  the  members  of  the  state,  the 
whole  state  is  ossified.  The  truth  of  despotism  is  saved,  because 
unless  the  member  realizes  the  whole  by  and  in  himself,  he  fails 
to  reach  his  own  individuality.  Considered  in  the  main,  the  best 
communities  are  those  which  have  the  best  men  for  their  members, 
and  the  best  men  are  the  members  of  the  best  communities. 
Circle  as  this  is,  it  is  not  a  vicious  circle.  The  two  problems  of 
the  best  man  and  best  state  are  two  sides,  two  distinguishable 
aspects  of  the  one  problem,  how  to  realize  in  human  nature  the 
perfect  unity  of  homogeneity  and  specification;  and  when  we  see 
that  each  of  these  without  the  other  is  unreal,  then  we  see  that 
(speaking  in  general)  the  welfare  of  the  state  and  the  welfare  of 
its  individuals  are  questions  which  it  is  mistaken  and  ruinous  to 
separate.  Personal  morality  and  political  and  social  institutions 
cannot  exist  apart,  and  (in  general)  the  better  the  one  the  better 
the  other.  The  community  is  moral  because  it  realizes  personal 
morality;  personal  morality  is  moral  because  and  in  so  far  as  it 
realizes  the  moral  whole. 

It  is  here  we  find  an  answer  to  the  complaint  of  our  day  on 
the  dwindling  of  human  nature.  The  higher  the  organism  (we 
are  told) ,  the  more  are  its  functions  specified,  and  hence  narrowed. 
The  man  becomes  a  machine,  or  the  piece  of  a  machine;  and, 
though  the  world  grows,  "the  individual  withers."  On  this  we 
may  first  remark  that,  if  what  is  meant  is  that  the  more  centralized 


124  Ethical  Studies 

the  system,  the  more  narrow  and  monotonous  is  the  life  of  the 
member,  that  is  a  very  questionable  assertion.  If  it  be  meant 
that  the  individual's  life  can  be  narrowed  to  "file-packing,"  or  the 
like,  without  detriment  to  the  intensity  of  the  life  of  the  whole, 
that  is  even  more  questionable.  If  again  it  be  meant  that  in 
many  cases  we  have  a  one-sided  specification,  which,  despite  the 
immediate  stimulus  of  particular  function  implies  ultimate  loss  of 
life  to  the  body,  that,  I  think,  probably  is  so,  but  it  is  doubtful  if 
we  are  compelled  to  think  it  always  must  be  so.  But  the  root 
of  the  whole  complaint  is  a  false  view  of  things,  which  we  have 
briefly  noticed  above  (p.  23).  The  moral  organism  is  not  a  mere 
animal  organism.  In  the  latter  (it  is  no  novel  remark)  the  mem- 
ber is  not  aware  of  itself  as  such,  while  in  the  former  it  knows 
itself,  and  therefore  knows  the  whole  in  itself.  The  narrow 
external  function  of  the  man  is  not  the  whole  man.  He  has  a 
life  which  we  cannot  see  with  our  eyes;  and  there  is  no  duty 
so  mean  that  it  is  not  the  realization  of  this,  and  knowable  as  such. 
What  counts  is  not  the  visible  outer  work  so  much  as  the  spirit  in 
which  it  is  done.  The  breadth  of  my  life  is  not  measured  by  the 
multitude  of  my  pursuits,  nor  the  space  I  take  up  amongst  other 
men,  but  by  the  fullness  of  the  whole  life  which  I  know  as  mine. 
It  is  true  that  less  now  depends  on  each  of  us,  as  this  or  that 
man;  it  is  not  true  that  our  individuality  is  therefore  lessened, 
that  therefore  we  have  less  in  us. 

Let  us  now  consider  our  point  of  view  in  relation  to  certain 
antagonistic  ideas;  and  first  against  the  common  error  that  there 
is  something  "right  in  itself"  for  me  to  do,  in  the  sense  that 
either  there  must  be  some  absolute  rule  of  morality  the  same  for 
all  persons  without  distinction  of  times  and  places,  or  else  that 
all  morality  is  "relative,"  and  hence  no  morality.  Let  us  begin  by 
remarking  that  there  is  no  such  fixed  code  or  rule  of  right.  It 
is  abundantly  clear  that  the  morahty  of  one  time  is  not  that  of 
another  time,  that  the  men  considered  good  in  one  age  might  in 
another  age  not  be  thought  good,  that  what  would  be  right  for  us 
here  might  be  mean  and  base  in  another  country,  and  what 
would  be  wrong  for  us  here  might  there  be  our  bounden  duty. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  125 

This  is  clear  fact  which  is  denied  only  in  the  interest  of  a  foregone 
conclusion.  The  motive  to  deny  it  is  the  belief  that  it  is  fatal  to 
morality.  If  what  is  right  here  is  wrong  there,  then  all  morality 
(such  is  the  notion)  becomes  chance  and  convention,  and  so 
ceases.  But  "my  station  and  its  duties"  holds  that  unless  morals 
varied,  there  could  be  no  morality;  that  a  morality  which  was  not 
relative  would  be  futile,  and  I  should  have  to  ask  for  something 
"more  relative  than  this." 

Let  us  explain.  We  hold  that  man  is  cfyvaei  ttoAitiko?,  that  apart 
from  the  community  he  is  ^eos  'rj  OjpLov,  no  man  at  all.  We  hold 
again  that  the  true  nature  of  man,  the  oneness  of  homogeneity 
and  specification,  is  being  wrought  out  in  history;  in  short,  we 
believe  in  evolution.  The  process  of  evolution  is  the  humanizing 
of  the  bestial  foundation  of  man's  nature  by  carrying  out  in  it 
the  true  idea  of  man — in  other  words,  by  realizing  man  as  an 
infinite  whole  (p.  18).  This  realization  is  possible  only  by  the 
individual's  living  as  member  in  a  higher  life,  and  this  higher  life 
is  slowly  developed  in  a  series  of  stages.  Starting  from  and  on 
the  basis  of  animal  nature,  humanity  has  worked  itself  out  by 
gradual  advances  of  specification  and  systematization,  and  any 
other  progress  would,  in  the  world  we  know,  have  been  impossible. 
The  notion  that  full-fledged  moral  ideas  fell  down  from  heaven  is 
contrary  to  all  the  facts  with  which  we  are  acquainted.  If  they 
had  done  so,  it  would  have  been  for  their  own  sake ;  for  by  us  they 
certainly  could  not  have  been  perceived,  much  less  applied.  At 
any  given  period  to  know  more  than  he  did,  man  must  have  been 
more  than  he  was;  for  a  human  being  is  nothing  if  he  is  not  the 
son  of  his  time,  and  he  must  realize  himself  as  that,  or  he  will  not 
do  it  at  all. 

Morality  is  "relative,"  but  is  nonetheless  real.  At  every  stage 
there  is  the  solid  fact  of  a  world  so  far  moralized.  There  is  an 
objective  morality  in  the  accomplished  will  of  the  past  and  present, 
a  higher  self  worked  out  by  the  infinite  pain,  the  sweat  and  blood 
of  generations,  and  now  given  to  me  by  free  grace  and  in  love  and 
faith  as  a  sacred  trust.  It  comes  to  me  as  the  truth  of  my  own 
nature,  and  the  power  and  the  law,  which  is  stronger  and  higher 
than  any  caprice  or  opinion  of  m/  own. 


126  Ethical  Studies 

"Evolution,"  in  this  sense  of  the  word,  gives  us  over  neither  to 
chance  nor  alien  necessity,  for  it  is  that  self-realization  which  is 
the  progressive  conquest  of  hoth.  But,  on  another  understanding 
of  the  term,  we  cannot  help  asking.  Is  this  still  the  case,  and  is 
"my  station"  a  tenable  point  of  view? 

Wholly  tenable,  in  the  form  in  which  we  have  stated  it,  it  is 
not.  For  if,  in  saying  Morality  has  developed,  all  we  mean  is  that 
something  has  happened  different  from  earlier  events,  that  human 
society  has  changed,  and  that  the  alterations,  so  far  as  we  know 
them,  are  more  or  less  of  a  certain  sort;  if  "progress"  signifies 
that  an  advance  has  been  set  going  and  is  kept  up  by  chance  in 
an  unknown  direction;  that  the  higher  is,  in  short,  what  is  and 
what  before  was  not,  and  that  what  will  be,  of  whatever  sort  it  is, 
will  stili  be  a  step  in  progress;  if,  in  short,  the  movement  of 
history  toward  a  goal  is  mere  illusion,  and  the  stages  of  that 
movement  are  nothing  but  the  successes  of  what  from  time  to 
time  somehow  happens  to  be  best  suited  to  the  chance  of  circum- 
stances— then  it  is  clear  in  the  first  place  that,  teleology  being 
banished,  such  words  as  evolution'  and  progress  have  lost  their 
own  meaning,  and  that  to  speak  of  humanity  realizing  itself  in 
history,  and  of  myself  finding  in  that  movement  the  truth  of 
myself  worked  out,  would  be  simply  to  delude  oneself  with  hollow 
phrases. 

Thus  far  we  must  say  that  on  such  a  view  of  "development" 

'With  respect  to  "evolution"  I  may  remark  in  passing  that,  though  this 
word  may  of  course  be  used  to  stand  for  anything  whatever,  yet  for  all  that 
it  has  a  meaning  of  its  own,  which  those  who  care  to  use  words,  not  merely 
with  a  meaning,  but  also  with  their  meaning,  would  do  well  to  consider.  To 
try  to  exhibit  all  that  is  contained  in  it  would  be  a  serious  matter,  but  we 
may  call  attention  to  a  part.  And  first,  "evolution,"  "development,"  "prog- 
ress," all  imply  something  identical  throughout,  a  subject  of  the  evolution, 
which  is  one  and  the  same.  If  what  is  there  at  the  beginning  is  not  there 
at  the  end,  and  the  same  as  what  was  there  at  the  beginning,  then  evolution 
is  a  word  with  no  meaning.  Something  must  evolve  itself,  and  that  some- 
thing, which  is  the  end,  must  also  be  the  beginning.  It  must  be  what  moves 
itself  to  the  end,  and  must  be  the  end  which  is  the  "because"  of  the  motion. 
Evolution  must  evolve  itself  to  itself,  progress  itself  go  forward  to  a  goal 
which  is  itself,  development  bring  out  nothing  but  what  was  in,  and  bring 
it  out,  not  from  external  compulsion,  but  because  it  is  in. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  127 

the  doctrine  of  "my  station"  is  grievously  curtailed.  But  is  it 
destroyed?  Not  wholly;  though  sorely  mutilated,  it  still  keeps 
its  ground.  We  have  rejected  teleology  but  have  not  yet  em- 
braced individualism.  We  still  believe  that  the  universal  self  is 
more  than  a  collection  or  an  idea,  that  it  is  reality,  and  that  apart 
from  it  the  "individuals"  are  the  fictions  of  a  theory.  We  have 
still  the  fact  of  the  one  self  particularized  in  its  many  members; 
and  the  right  and  duty  of  gaining  self-realization  through  the  real 
universal  is  still  as  certain  as  is  the  impossibility  of  gaining  it 
otherwise.  And  so  "my  station"  is  after  all  a  position,  not  indeed 
satisfactory,  but  not  yet  untenable. 

But  if  the  larger  doctrine  be  the  truth,  if  evolution  is  more  than 
a  tortured  phrase,  and  progress  to  a  goal  no  mere  idea  but  an 
actual  fact,  then  history  is  the  working  out  of  the  true  human 
nature  through  various  incomplete  stages  toward  completion,  and 
"my  station"  is  the  one  satisfactory  view  of  morals.  Here  (as  we 
have  seen)  all  morality  is  and  must  be  "relative"  because  the 
essence  of  realization  is  evolution  through  stages,  and  hence  exis- 
tence in  some  one  stage  which  is  not  final ;  here,  on  the  other  hand, 
all  morahty  is  "absolute"  because  in  every  stage  the  essence  of 
man  is  realized,  however  imperfectly ;  and  yet  again  the  distinction 
of  right  in  itself  against  relative  morality  is  not  banished,  because, 
from  the  point  of  view  of  a  higher  stage,  we  can  see  that  lower 
stages  failed  to  realize  the  truth  completely  enough,  and  also, 
mixed  and  one  with  their  realization,  did  present  features  contrary 
to  the  true  nature  of  man  as  we  now  see  it.     Yet  herein  the 

And  further,  unless  what  is  at  the  end  is  different  from  that  which  was  at 
the  beginning,  there  is  no  evolution.  That  which  develops,  or  evolves  itself, 
both  is  and  is  not.  It  is,  or  it  could  not  be  it  which  develops,  and  which  at 
the  end  has  developed.  It  is  not,  or  else  it  could  not  become.  It  becomes 
what  it  is;  and,  if  this  is  nonsense,  then  evolution  is  nonsense. 

Evolution  is  a  contradiction;  and,  when  the  contradiction  ceases,  the  evolu- 
tion ceases.  The  process  is  a  contradiction,  and  only  because  it  is  a  contra- 
diction can  it  be  a  process.  So  long  as  progress  lasts,  contradiction  lasts;  so 
long  as  anything  becomes,  it  is  not.  To  be  realized  is  to  cease  to  progress. 
To  be  at  the  end  (in  one  sense)  is  to  lose  the  end  (in  another),  and  that 
because  (in  both  senses)  all  then  comes  to  the  end.  For  the  process  is  a 
contradiction,  and  the  solution  of  the  contradiction  is  in  every  sense  the 
end  of  the  process. 


128  Ethical  Studies 

morality  of  every  stage  is  justified  for  that  stage;  and  the  demand 
for  a  code  of  right  in  itself,  apart  from  any  stage,  is  seen  to  be  the 
asking  for  an  impossibility. 

The  next  point  we  come  to  is  the  question,  How  do  I  get  to 
know  in  particular  what  is  right  and  wrong?  and  here  again  we 
find  a  strangely  erroneous  preconception.  It  is  thought  that 
moral  philosophy  has  to  accomplish  this  task  for  us,  and  the  con- 
clusion lies  near  at  hand  that  any  system  which  will  not  do  this 
is  worthless.  Well,  we  first  remark,  and  with  some  confidence, 
that  there  cannot  be  a  moral  philosophy  which  will  tell  us  what 
in  particular  we  are  to  do,  and  also  that  it  is  not  the  business  of 
philosophy  to  do  so.  All  philosophy  has  to  do  is  "to  understand 
what  is,"  and  moral  philosophy  has  to  understand  morals  which 
exist,  not  to  make  them  or  give  directions  for  making  them.  Such 
a  notion  is  simply  ludicrous.  Philosophy  in  general  has  not  to 
anticipate  the  discoveries  of  the  particular  sciences  nor  the  evolu- 
tion of  history;  the  philosophy  of  religion  has  not  to  make  a  new 
religion  or  teach  an  old  one,  but  simply  to  understand  the  religious 
consciousness;  and  aesthetic  has  not  to  produce  works  of  fine  art, 
but  to  theorize  the  beautiful  which  it  finds;  political  philosophy 
has  not  to  play  tricks  with  the  state,  but  to  understand  it;  and 
ethics  has  not  to  make  the  world  moral,  but  to  reduce  to  theory 
the  morality  current  in  the  world.  If  we  want  it  to  do  anything 
more,  so  much  the  worse  for  us;  for  it  cannot  possibly  construct 
new  morality,  and,  even  if  it  could  to  any  extent  codify  what  exists 
(a  point  on  which  I  do  not  enter),  yet  it  surely  is  clear  that  in 
cases  of  collision  of  duties  it  would  not  help  you  to  know  what  to 
do.  Who  would  go  to  a  learned  theologian,  as  such,  in  a  practical 
religious  difficulty;  to  a  system  of  aesthetic  for  suggestions  on 
the  handling  of  an  artistic  theme;  to  a  physiologist,  as  such, 
for  a  diagnosis  and  prescription;  to  a  political  philosopher  in 
practical  politics;  or  to  a  psychologist  in  an  intrigue  of  any  kind? 
All  these  persons  no  doubt  might  be  the  best  to  go  to,  but  that 
would  not  be  because  they  were  the  best  theorists,  but  because  they 
were  more.  In  short,  the  view  which  thinks  moral  philosophy  is 
to  supply  us  with  particular  moral  prescriptions  confuses  science 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  129 

with  art,  and  confuses,  besides,  reflective  with  intuitive  judgment. 
That  which  tells  us  what  in  particular  is  right  and  wrong  is  not 
reflection  but  intuition.* 

We  know  what  is  right  in  a  particular  case  by  what  we  may  call 
an  immediate  judgment,  or  an  intuitive  subsumption.  These 
phrases  are  perhaps  not  very  luminous,  and  the  matter  of  the 
"intuitive  understanding"  in  general  is  doubtless  difl&cult,  and  the 
special  character  of  moral  judgments  not  easy  to  define;  and  I  do 
not  say  that  I  am  in  a  position  to  explain  these  subjects  at  all,  nor, 
I  think,  could  anyone  do  so,  except  at  considerable  length.  But 
the  point  that  I  do  wish  to  establish  here  is,  I  think,  not  at  all 
obscure.  The  reader  has  first  to  recognize  that  moral  judgments 
are  not  discursive;  next,  that  nevertheless  they  do  start  from  and 
rest  on  a  certain  basis;  and  then  if  he  puts  the  two  together,  he 
will  see  that  they  involve  what  he  may  call  the  "intuitive  under- 
standing," or  any  other  name,  so  long  as  he  keeps  in  sight  the  two 
elements  and  holds  them  together. 

On  the  head  that  moral  judgments  are  not  discursive,  no  one,  I 
think,  will  wish  me  to  stay  long.  If  the  reader  attends  to  the 
facts  he  will  not  want  anything  else;  and  if  he  does  not,  I  confess 
I  cannot  prove  my  point.  In  practical  morality,  no  doubt,  we  may 
reflect  on  our  principles,  but  I  think  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that 
we  never  do  so,  except  where  we  have  come  upon  a  difl&culty  of 
particular  application.  If  anyone  thinks  that  a  man's  ordinary 
judgment,  "this  is  right  or  wrong,"  comes  from  the  having  a  rule 
before  the  mind  and  bringing  the  particular  case  under  it,  he  may 
be  right,  and  I  cannot  try  to  show  that  he  is  wrong.  I  can  only 
leave  it  to  the  reader  to  judge  for  himself.  We  say  we  "see"  and 
we  "feel"  in  these  cases,  not  we  "conclude."  We  prize  the  advice 
of  persons  who  can  give  us  no  reasons  for  what  they  say.  There 
is  a  general  belief  that  the  having  a  reason  for  all  your  actions  is 

®  I  must  ask  the  reader  here  not  to  think  of  "Intuitionalism,"  or  of  "Organs 
of  the  Absolute,"  or  of  anything  else  of  the  sort.  "Intuitive"  is  used  here  as 
the  opposite  of  "reflective"  or  "discursive";  "intuition"  as  the  opposite  of 
"reasoning"  or  "explicit  inferring."  If  the  reader  dislike  the  word,  he  may 
substitute  "perception"  or  "sense,"  if  he  will;  but  then  he  must  remember 
that  neither  are  to  exclude  the  intellectual,  the  understanding  and  its 
implicit  judgments  and  inferences. 


130  Ethical  Studies 

pedantic  and  absurd.  There  is  a  general  belief  that  to  try  to 
have  reasons  for  all  that  you  do  is  sometimes  very  dangerous. 
Not  only  the  woman  but  the  man  who  deliberates  may  be  lost. 
First  thoughts  are  often  the  best,^  and  if  once  you  begin  to  argue 
with  the  devil  you  are  in  a  perilous  state.  And  I  think  I  may 
add  (though  I  do  it  in  fear)  that  women  are  remarkable  for  the 
fineness  of  their  moral  perceptions^"  and  the  quickness  of  their 
judgments,  and  yet  are  or  (let  me  save  myself  by  saying)  "may 
be"  not  remarkable  for  corresponding  discursive  ability. 

Taking  for  granted  then  that  our  ordinary  way  of  judging  in 
morals  is  not  by  reflection  and  explicit  reasoning,  we  have  now 
to  point  to  the  other  side  of  the  fact,  viz.,  that  these  judgments 
are  not  mere  isolated  impressions,  but  stand  in  an  intimate  and 
vital  relation  to  a  certain  system,  which  is  their  basis.  Here 
again  we  must  ask  the  reader  to  pause,  if  in  doubt,  and  consider 
the  facts  for  himself.  Different  men,  who  have  lived  in  different 
times  and  countries,  judge  a  fresh  case  in  morals  differently. 
Why  is  this?  There  is  probably  no  "why"  before  the  mind  of 
either  when  he  judges;  but  we  perhaps  can  say,  "I  know  why  A 
said  so  and  B  so,"  because  we  find  some  general  rule  or  principle 
different  in  each,  and  in  each  the  basis  of  the  judgment.  Different 
people  in  the  same  society  may  judge  points  differently,  and  we 
sometimes  know  why.  It  is  because  A  is  struck  by  one  aspect 
of  the  case,  B  by  another;  and  one  principle  is  (not  before,  but) 
in  A's  mind  when  he  judges,  and  another  in  B's.  Each  has 
subsumed,  but  under  a  different  head;  the  one  perhaps  justice, 
the  other  gratitude.  Every  man  has  the  morality  he  has  made 
his  own  in  his  mind,  and  he  "sees"  or  "feels"  or  "judges"  accord- 
ingly, though  he  does  not  reason  explicitly  from  data  to  a  con- 
clusion. 

I  think  this  will  be  clear  to  the  reader;  and  so  we  must  say 

"  It  is  right  to  remark  that  second  thoughts  are  often  the  offspring  of 
wrong  desire,  but  not  always  so.  They  may  arise  from  collisions,  and  in 
these  cases  we  see  how  little  is  to  be  done  by  theoretical  deduction. 

^^  Not,  perhaps,  on  all  matters.  Nor,  again,  will  it  do  to  say  that  every- 
where women  are  pre-eminently  intuitive,  and  men  discursive.  But  in 
practical  matters  there  seems  not  much  doubt  that  it  is  so. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  131 

that  on  their  perceptive  or  intellectual  side  (and  that,  the  reader 
must  not  forget,  is  the  one  side  that  we  are  considering)  our 
moral  judgments  are  intuitive  subsumptions. 

To  the  question,  How  am  I  to  know  what  is  right?  the 
answer  must  be.  By  the  ato-^r^o-ts  of  the  (f>p6vLfio<i;  and  the  <fip6vifji.o<; 
is  the  man  who  has  identified  his  will  with  the  moral  spirit  of  the 
community,  and  judges  accordingly.  If  an  immoral  course  be 
suggested  to  him,  he  "feels"  or  "sees"  at  once  that  the  act  is  not 
in  harmony  with  a  good  will,  and  he  does  not  do  this  by  saying, 
"this  is  a  breach  of  rule  A,  therefore,  etc.,"  but  the  first  thing  he 
is  aware  of  is  that  he  "does  not  like  it";  and  what  he  has  done, 
without  being  aware  of  it,  is  (at  least  in  most  cases)  to  seize  the 
quality  of  the  act,  that  quality  being  a  general  quality.  Actions 
of  a  particular  kind  he  does  not  like,  and  he  has  instinctively 
referred  the  particular  act  to  that  kind.  What  is  right  is  perceived 
in  the  same  way;  courses  suggest  themselves,  and  one  is  approved 
of,  because  intuitively  judged  to  be  of  a  certain  kind,  which  kind 
represents  a  principle  of  the  good  will. 

If  a  man  is  to  know  what  is  right,  he  should  have  imbibed  by 
precept,  and  still  more  by  example,  the  spirit  of  his  community, 
its  general  and  special  beliefs  as  to  right  and  wrong,  and,  with 
this  whole  embodied  in  his  mind  should  particularize  it  in  any 
new  case,  not  by  a  reflective  deduction,  but  by  an  intuitive  sub- 
sumption,  which  does  not  know  that  it  is  a  subsumption;^^  by  a 

^^  Every  act  has,  of  course,  many  sides,  many  relations,  many  "points  of 
view  from  which  it  may  be  regarded,"  and  so  many  qualities.  There  are 
always  several  principles  under  which  you  can  bring  it,  and  hence  there  is 
not  the  smallest  difficulty  in  exhibiting  it  as  the  realization  of  either  right 
or  wrong.  No  act  in  the  world  is  without  some  side  capable  of  being  sub- 
sumed under  a  good  rule,  e.  g.,  theft  is  economy,  care  for  one's  relations, 
protest  against  bad  institutions,  really  doing  oneself  but  justice,  etc.;  and,  if 
all  else  fails,  it  probably  saves  us  from  something  worse,  and  therefore  is 
good.  Cowardice  is  prudence  and  a  duty,  courage  rashness  and  a  vice,  and 
so  on.  The  casuist  must  have  little  ingenuity,  if  there  is  anything  he  fails 
to  justify  or  condemn  according  to  his  order.  And  the  vice  of  casuistry  is 
that,  attempting  to  decide  the  particulars  of  morality  by  the  deductions  of 
the  reflective  understanding,  it  at  once  degenerates  into  finding  a  good  reason 
for  what  you  mean  to  do.  You  have  principles  of  all  sorts,  and  the  case  has 
all  sorts  of  sides;  which  side  is  the  essential  side,  and  which  principle  is  the 


132  Ethical  Studies 

carrying  out  of  the  self  into  a  new  case,  wherein  what  is  before 
the  mind  is  the  case  and  not  the  self  to  be  carried  out,  and  where 
it  is  indeed  the  whole  that  feels  and  sees,  but  all  that  is  seen  is 
seen  in  the  form  of  this  case,  this  point,  this  instance.  Precept 
is  good,  but  example  is  better;  for  by  a  series  of  particulars 
(as  such  forgotten)  we  get  the  general  spirit,  we  identify  ourselves 
both  on  the  side  of  will  and  judgment  with  the  basis,  which  basis 
(be  it  remembered)  has  not  got  to  be  explicit/'' 

principle  here,  rests  in  the  end  on  your  mere  private  choice,  and  that  is 
determined  by  heaven  knows  what.  No  reasoning  will  tell  you  which  the 
moral  point  of  view  here  is.  Hence  the  necessary  immorality  and  the  ruinous 
effects  of  practiced  casuistry.  (Casuistry  used  not  as  a  guide  to  conduct,  but 
as  a  means  to  the  theoretical  investigation  of  moral  principles,  the  casuistry 
used  to  discover  the  principle  from  the  fact,  and  not  to  deduce  the  fact  from 
the  principle — is,  of  course,  quite  another  thing.)  Our  moralists  do  not  like 
casuistry;  but  if  the  current  notion  that  moral  philosophy  has  to  tell  you 
what  to  do  is  well  founded,  then  casuistry,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  at  once 
foUows,  or  should  follow. 

But  the  ordinary  moral  judgment  is  not  discursive.  It  does  not  look  to  the 
right  and  left,  and,  considering  the  case  from  all  its  sides,  consciously  sub- 
sume under  one  principle.  When  the  case  is  presented,  it  fixes  on  one 
quality  in  the  act,  referring  that  unconsciously  to  one  principle  in  which  it 
feels  the  whole  of  itself,  and  sees  that  whole  in  a  single  side  of  the  act.  So 
far  as  right  and  wrong  are  concerned  it  can  perceive  nothing  but  this  quality 
of  this  case,  and  anything  else  it  refuses  to  try  to  perceive.  Practical  morality 
means  single-mindedness,  the  having  one  idea;  it  means  what  in  other  spheres 
would  be  the  greatest  narrowness.  Point  out  to  a  man  of  simple  morals  that 
the  case  has  other  sides  than  the  one  he  instinctively  fixes  on  and  he  suspects 
you  wish  to  corrupt  him.  And  so  you  probably  would  if  you  went  on.  Apart 
from  bad  example,  the  readiest  way  to  debauch  the  morality  of  any  one  is, 
on  the  side  of  principle,  to  confuse  them  by  forcing  them  to  see  in  all  moral 
and  immoral  acts  other  sides  and  points  of  view,  which  alter  the  character  of 
each;  and,  on  the  side  of  p£U"ticulars,  to  warp  their  instinctive  apprehension 
through  personed  affection  for  yourself  or  some  other  individual. 

^^  It  is  worth  while  in  this  connection  to  refer  to  the  custom  some  persons 
have  (and  find  useful)  of  calling  before  the  mind,  when  in  doubt,  a  known 
person  of  high  character  and  quick  judgment,  and  thinking  what  they  would 
have  done.  This  no  doubt  both  delivers  the  mind  from  private  considerations 
and  also  is  to  act  in  the  spirit  of  the  other  person  (so  far  as  we  know  it), 
i.  e.,  from  the  general  basis  of  his  acts  (certainly  not  the  mere  memory  of 
his  particular  acts,  or  such  memory  plus  inference). 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  133 

There  are  a  number  of  questions  which  invite  considerations^' 
here,  but  we  cannot  stop.  We  wished  to  point  out  briefly  the 
character  of  our  common  moral  judgments.  This  (on  the  intel- 
lectual side)  is  the  way  in  which  they  are  ordinarily  made;  and, 
in  the  main,  there  is  not  much  practical  difficulty.  What  is 
moral  in  any  particular  given  case  is  seldom  doubtful.  Society 
pronounces  beforehand;  or,  after  some  one  course  has  been  taken, 
it  can  say  whether  it  was  right  or  not;  though  society  cannot 
generalize  much,  and,  if  asked  to  reflect,  is  helpless  and  becomes 
incoherent.  But  I  do  not  say  there  are  no  cases  where  the 
morally  minded  man  has  to  doubt;  most  certainly  such  do  arise, 
though  not  so  many  as  some  people  think,  far  fewer  than  some 
would  be  glad  to  think.  A  very  large  number  arise  from  reflection, 
which  wants  to  act  from  an  explicit  principle,  and  so  begins  to 
abstract  and  divide,  and,  thus  becoming  one-sided,  makes  the 
relative  absolute.  Apart  from  this,  however,  collisions  must  take 
place,  and  here  there  is  no  guide  whatever  but  the  intuitive 
judgment  of  oneself  or  others." 

This  intuition  must  not  be  confounded  with  what  is  sometimes 
miscalled  "conscience."  It  is  not  mere  individual  opinion  or 
caprice.  It  presupposes  the  morality  of  the  community  as  its 
basis,  and  is  subject  to  the  approval  thereof.  Here,  if  anywhere, 
the  idea  of  universal  and  impersonal  morality  is  realized.  For  the 
final  arbiters  are  the  <f>p6vLixoi,  persons  with  a  will  to  do  right,  and 
not  full  of  reflections  and  theories.  If  they  fail  you,  you  must 
judge  for  yourself,  but  practically  they  seldom  do  fail  you.  Their 
private  peculiarities  neutralize  each  other,  and  the  result  is  an 
intuition  which  does  not  belong  merely  to  this  or  that  man  or 
collection  of  men.  "Conscience"  is  the  antipodes  of  this.  It 
wants  you  to  have  no  law  but  yourself,  and  to  be  better  than  the 
world.     But  this  tells  you  that,  if  you  could  be  as  good  as  your 

'^  One  of  these  would  be  as  to  how  progress  in  morality  is  made. 

"I  may  remark  on  this  (after  Erdmann,  and  I  suppose  Plato)  that  col- 
lisions of  duties  are  avoided  mostly  by  each  man  keeping  to  his  own 
immediate  duties,  and  not  trying  to  see  from  the  point  of  view  of  other 
stations  than  his  own. 


134  Ethical  Studies 

world,  you  would  be  better  than  most  likely  you  are,  and  that  to 
wish  to  be  better  than  the  world  is  to  be  already  on  the  threshold 
of  immorality. 

This  perhaps  "is  a  hard  saying,"  but  it  is  least  hard  to  those  who 
know  life  best;  it  is  intolerable  to  those  mainly  who,  from  inex- 
perience or  preconceived  theories,  cannot  see  the  world  as  it  is. 
Explained  it  may  be  by  saying  that  enthusiasm  for  good  dies 
away — the  ideal  fades: 

Dem  Herrlichsten,  was  auch  der  Geist  empfangen, 
Drangt  immer  f remd  und  f remder  Stoff  sich  an ; 

but  better  perhaps  if  we  say  that  those  who  have  seen  most  of  the 
world  (not  one  side  of  it) — old  people  of  no  one-sided  profession 
nor  of  immoral  life — know  most  also  how  much  good  there  is  in  it. 
They  are  tolerant  of  new  theories  and  youthful  opinions  that 
everything  would  be  better  upside  down  because  they  know  that 
this  also  is  as  it  should  be,  and  that  the  world  gets  good  even 
from  these.  They  are  intolerant  only  of  those  who  are  old 
enough,  and  should  be  wise  enough,  to  know  better  than  that  they 
know  better  than  the  world;  for  in  such  people  they  cannot  help 
seeing  the  self-conceit  which  is  pardonable  only  in  youth. 

Let  us  be  clear.  What  is  that  wish  to  be  better,  and  to  make 
the  world  better,  which  is  on  the  threshold  of  immorality?  What 
is  the  "world"  in  this  sense?  It  is  the  morality  already  existing 
ready  to  hand  in  laws,  institutions,  social  usages,  moral  opinions 
and  feelings.  This  is  the  element  in  which  the  young  are  brought 
up.  It  has  given  moral  content  to  themselves  and  it  is  the  only 
source  of  such  content.  It  is  not  wrong,  it  is  a  duty,  to  take  the 
best  that  there  is,  and  to  live  up  to  the  best.  It  is  not  wrong,  it 
is  a  duty,  standing  on  the  basis  of  the  existing,  and  in  harmony 
with  its  general  spirit,  to  try  and  make  not  only  oneself  but  also 
the  world  better,  or  rather,  and  in  preference,  one's  own  world 
better.  But  it  is  another  thing,  starting  from  oneself,  from  ideals 
in  one's  head,  to  set  oneself  and  them  against  the  moral  world. 
The  moral  world  with  its  social  institutions,  etc.,  is  a  fact;  it  is 
real:  our  "ideals"  are  not  real.     "But  we  will  make  them  real." 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  135 

We  should  consider  what  we  are,  and  what  the  world  is.  We 
should  learn  to  see  the  great  moral  fact  in  the  world,  and  to  reflect 
on  the  likelihood  of  our  private  "ideal"  being  anything  more  than 
an  abstraction,  which,  because  an  abstraction,  is  all  the  better 
fitted  for  our  heads,  and  all  the  worse  fitted  for  actual  existence. 

We  should  consider  whether  the  encouraging  oneself  in  having 
opinions  of  one's  own,  in  the  sense  of  thinking  differently  from  the 
world  on  moral  subjects,  be  not,  in  any  person  other  than  a 
heaven-born  prophet,  sheer  self-conceit.  And  though  the  disease 
may  spend  itself  in  the  harmless  and  even  entertaining  sillinesses 
by  which  we  are  advised  to  assert  our  social  "individuality,"  yet 
still  the  having  theories  of  one's  own  in  the  face  of  the  world  is 
not  far  from  having  practice  in  the  same  direction;  and  if  the 
latter  is  (as  it  often  must  be)  immorality,  the  former  has  certainly 
but  stopped  at  the  threshold. 

But  the  moral  organism  is  strong  against  both.  The  person 
anxious  to  throw  off  the  yoke  of  custom  and  develop  his  "indi- 
viduality" in  startling  directions,  passes  as  a  rule  into  the  common 
Philistine,  and  learns  that  Philistinism  is  after  all  a  good  thing. 
And  the  licentious  young  man,  anxious  for  pleasure  at  any  price, 
who,  without  troubling  himself  about  "principles,"  does  put  into 
practice  the  principles  of  the  former  person,  finds  after  all  that  the 
self  within  him  can  be  satisfied  only  with  that  from  whence  it 
came.  And  some  fine  morning  the  dream  is  gone,  the  enchanted 
bower  is  a  hideous  phantasm,  and  the  despised  and  common 
reality  has  become  the  ideal. 

We  have  thus  seen  the  community  to  be  the  real  moral  idea,  to 
be  stronger  than  the  theories  and  the  practice  of  its  members 
against  it,  and  to  give  us  self-realization.  And  this  is  indeed 
limitation;  it  bids  us  say  farewell  to  visions  of  superhuman 
morality,  to  ideal  societies,  and  to  practical  "ideals"  generally. 
But  perhaps  the  unlimited  is  not  the  perfect  nor  the  true  ideal. 
And,  leaving  "ideals"  out  of  sight,  it  is  quite  clear  that  if  any- 
body wants  to  realize  himself  as  a  perfect  man  without  trying  to 
be  a  perfect  member  of  his  country  and  all  his  smaller  com- 
munities, he  makes  what  all  sane  persons  would  admit  to  be 
a  great  mistake.     There  is  no  more  fatal  enemy  than  theories 


136  Ethical  Studies 

which  are  not  also  facts;  and  when  people  inveigh  against 
the  vulgar  antithesis  of  the  two,  they  themselves  should  accept 
their  own  doctrine,  and  give  up  the  harboring  of  theories  of 
what  should  be  and  is  not.  Until  they  do  that,  the  vulgar 
are  in  the  right;  for  a  theory  of  that  which  (only)  is  to  be, 
is  a  theory  of  that  which  in  fact  is  not,  and  that  I  suppose  is 
only  a  theory. 

There  is  nothing  better  than  my  station  and  its  duties,  nor  any- 
thing higher  or  more  truly  beautiful.  It  holds  and  will  hold  its 
own  against  the  worship  of  the  "individual,"  whatever  form  that 
may  take.  It  is  strong  against  frantic  theories  and  vehement 
passions,  and  in  the  end  it  triumphs  over  the  fact  and  can  smile 
at  the  literature,  even  of  sentimentalism,  however  fulsome  in  its 
impulsive  setting  out,  or  sour  in  its  disappointed  end.  It  laughs 
at  its  frenzied  apotheosis  of  the  yet  unsatisfied  passion  it  calls 
love ;  and  at  that  embitterment  too  which  has  lost  its  illusions,  and 
yet  cannot  let  them  go — with  its  kindness  for  the  genius  too  clever 
in  general  to  do  anything  in  particular,  and  its  adoration  of  star- 
gazing virgins  with  souls  above  their  spheres,  whose  wish  to  be 
something  in  the  world  takes  the  form  of  wanting  to  do  something 
with  it,  and  who  in  the  end  do  badly  what  they  might  have  done 
in  the  beginning  well;  and,  worse  than  all,  its  cynical  contempt 
for  what  deserves  only  pity,  sacrifice  of  a  life  for  work  to  the  best 
of  one's  lights,  a  sacrifice  despised  not  simply  because  it  has 
failed,  but  because  it  is  stupid,  and  uninteresting,  and  altogether 
unsentimental. 

And  all  these  books  (ah!  how  many)  it  puts  into  the  one  scale, 
and  with  them  the  writers  of  them;  and  into  the  other  scale  it 
puts  three  such  lines  as  these : 

"One  place  performs  like  any  other  place 

The  proper  service  every  place  on  earth 

Was  framed  to  furnish  man  with"  

KOKKv,  fieOelre'   Kal  iroXv  ye  KaTwripo) 
•  X<i>ptl   TO    TOvSe, 

Have  we  still  to  ask, 

\        f  »»\  V  .15 

KOL    TL    irOT      eaTL    TaiTtOVf 

^"Arist.  Frogs,  1384.    Dionysos — Cuckoo!     Let  go  the  scales;  Aeschylos' 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  137 

The  theory  which  we  have  just  exhibited  (more  or  less  in  our 
own  way) ,  and  over  which  perhaps  we  have  heated  ourselves  a 
little,  seems  to  us  a  great  advance  on  anything  we  have  had  before, 
and  indeed  in  the  main  to  be  satisfactory.  It  satisfies  us  because 
in  it  our  wills  attain  their  realization;  the  content  of  the  will  is  a 
whole,  is  systematic;  and  it  is  the  same  whole  on  both  sides. 
On  the  outside  and  -inside  alike  we  have  the  same  universal  will 
in  union  with  the  particular  personality;  and  in  the  identity  of 
inside  and  outside  in  one  single  process  we  have  reached  the  point 
where  the  "is  to  be,"  with  all  its  contradictions,  disappears,  or 
remains  but  as  a  moment  in  a  higher  "is." 

Nonetheless,  however,  must  we  consider  this  satisfaction 
neither  ultimate,  nor  all-inclusive,  nor  anything  but  precarious. 
If  put  forth  as  that  beyond  which  we  do  not  need  to  go,  as  the  end 
in  itself,  it  is  open  to  very  serious  objections,  some  of  which  we 
must  now  develop. 

The  point  upon  which  "my  station  and  its  duties"  prided  itself 
most,  was  that  it  had  got  rid  of  the  opposition  of  "ought"  and  "is" 
in  both  its  forms;  viz.,  the  opposition  of  the  outer  world  to  the 
"ought"  in  me,  and  the  opposition  of  my  particular  self  to  the 
"ought"  in  general.  We  shall  have  to  see  that  it  has  not  succeeded 
in  doing  either,  or  at  least  not  completely. 

( 1 )  Within  the  sphere  of  my  station  and  its  duties  the  opposition 
is  not  vanquished;  for: 

(a)  It  is  impossible  to  maintain  the  doctrine  of  what  may  be 
called  "justification  by  sight."  The  self  cannot  be  so  seen  to  be 
identified  with  the  moral  whole  that  the  bad  self  disappears, 
(i)  In  the  moral  man  the  consciousness  of  that  unity  cannot 
be  present  always,  but  only  when  he  is  fully  engaged  in  satisfac- 
tory work.  Then,  I  think,  it  is  present;  but  when  he  is  not  so 
engaged,  and  the  bad  self  shows  itself,  he  can  scarcely  be  self- 
contented,  or,  if  he  is  so,  scarcely  because  he  sees  that  the  bad 
self  is  unreal.  He  can  only  forget  his  faults  when  he  is  too  busy 
to  think  of  them;  and  he  can  hardly  be  so  always.  And  he  can 
not  always  see  that  his  faults  do  not  matter  to  the  moral  order  of 

side  goes  down,  oh,  much  much  the  lowest,    Euripides — Why,  what  ever  is 
the  reason? 


138  Ethical  Studies 

things — when  it  comes  to  that  he  can  only  trust.  Further,  (ii)  the 
more  or  less  immoral  man  who,  because  of  past  offenses,  is  now 
unable  to  perform  his  due  function,  or  to  perform  it  duly,  cannot 
always  in  his  work  gain  once  more  the  self-content  he  has  lost 
because  that  very  work  tells  him  of  what  should  have  been,  and 
now  is  not  and  will  not  be,  and  the  habits  he  has  formed  perhaps 
drag  him  still  into  the  faults  that  made  them.  We  cannot, 
without  taking  a  low  point  of  view,  ask  that  this  man's  life, 
morally  considered,  should  be  more  than  a  struggle;  and  it  would 
be  the  most  untrue  Pharisaism  or  indifferentism  to  call  him 
immoral  because  he  struggles,  and  so  far  as  he  struggles.  Here 
justification  by  sight  is  out  of  the  question. 

(b)  Again,  the  moral  man  need  not  find  himself  realized  in  the 
world,  (i)  It  is  necessary  to  remark  that  the  community  in  which 
he  is  a  member  may  be  in  a  confused  or  rotten  condition,  so 
that  in  it  right  and  might  do  not  always  go  together.  And  (ii)  the 
very  best  community  can  only  insure  that  correspondence  in  the 
gross;  it  cannot  do  so  in  every  single  detail,  (iii)  There  are 
afflictions  for  which  no  moral  organism  has  balm  or  physician, 
though  it  has  alleviation;  and  these  can  mar  the  life  of  any  man. 
(iv)  The  member  may  have  to  sacrifice  himself  for  the  com- 
munity. In  none  of  these  cases  can  he  see  his  realization; 
and  here  again  the  contradiction  breaks  out,  and  we  must  wrap 
ourselves  in  a  virtue  which  is  our  own  and  not  the  world's,  or 
seek  a  higher  doctrine  by  which,  through  faith  and  through  faith 
alone,  self-suppression  issues  in  a  higher  self-realization. 

(2)  Within  the  sphere  of  my  station  and  its  duties  we  see  the 
contradiction  is  but  partially  solved,  and  the  second  objection  is 
also  very  serious.  You  cannot  confine  a  man  to  his  station  and 
its  duties.  Whether  in  another  sense  that  formula  would  be  all- 
embracing  is  a  further  question,  but  in  the  sense  in  which  we  took 
it,  function  in  a  "visible"  community,  it  certainly  is  not  so.  And 
we  must  remark  here  in  passing  that,  if  we  accept  (as  I  think  we 
must)  the  fact  that  the  essence  of  a  man  involves  identity  with 
others,  the  question  what  the  final  reality  of  that  identity  is,  is 
still  left  unanswered.  We  should  still  have  to  ask  what  is  the 
higher  whole  in  which  the  individual  is  a  function,  and  in  which 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  139 

the  relative  wholes  subsist,  and  to  inquire  whether  that  com- 
munity is,  or  can  be,  a  visible  community  at  all. 

Passing  by  this,  however,  let  us  develop  our  objection.  A  man 
cannot  take  his  morality  simply  from  the  moral  world  he  is  in,  for 
many  reasons,  (a)  That  moral  world,  being  in  a  state  of  historical 
development,  is  not  and  cannot  be  self -consistent;  and  the  man 
must  thus  stand  before  and  above  inconsistencies  and  reflect 
on  them.  This  must  lead  to  the  knowledge  that  the  world  is  not 
altogether  as  it  should  be,  and  to  a  process  of  trying  to  make  it 
better.  With  this  cooperates  (b)  what  may  be  called  cosmopolitan 
morality.  Men  nowadays  know  to  some  extent  what  is  thought 
right  and  wrong  in  other  communities  now,  and  what  has  been 
thought  at  other  times;  and  this  leads  to  a  notion  of  goodness 
not  of  any  particular  time  and  country.  For  numbers  of  persons 
no  doubt  this  is  unnecessary;  but  it  is  necessary  for  others,  and 
they  have  the  moral  ideal  (with  the  psychological  origin  of  which 
we  are  not  concerned)  of  a  good  man  who  is  not  good  as  member 
of  this  or  that  community,  but  who  realizes  himself  in  whatever 
community  he  finds  himself.  This,  however,  must  mean  also  that 
he  is  not  perfectly  realized  in  any  particular  station. 

(3)  We  have  seen  that  the  moral  man  can  to  a  certain  extent 
distinguish  his  moral  essence  from  his  particular  function;  and 
now  a  third  objection  at  once  follows,  that  the  content  of  the  ideal 
self  does  not  fall  wholly  within  any  community,  is  in  short  not 
merely  the  ideal  of  a  perfect  social  being.  The  making  myself 
better  does  not  always  directly  involve  relation  to  others.  The 
production  of  truth  and  beauty  (together  with  what  is  called 
"culture")  may  be  recognized  as  a  duty;  and  it  will  be  very  hard 
to  reduce  it  in  all  cases  to  a  duty  of  any  station  that  I  can  see. 
If  we  like  to  say  that  these  duties  to  myself  are  duties  to  humanity, 
that  perhaps  is  true;  but  we  must  remember  that  humanity  is  not 
a  visible  community.  If  you  mean  by  it  only  past,  present,  and 
future  human  beings,  then  you  cannot  show  that  in  all  cases  my 
culture  is  of  use  (directly  or  indirectly)  to  anyone  but  myself. 
Unless  you  are  prepared  to  restrict  science  and  fine  art  to  what  is 
useful,  i.  e.,  to  common  arts  and  "accomplishments,"  you  cannot 
hope  to  "verify"  such  an  assertion.  You  are  in  the  region  of  belief, 


140  Ethical  Studies 

not  knowledge ;  and  this  equally  whether  your  belief  is  true  or  false. 
We  must  say  then  that,  in  aiming  at  truth  and  beauty,  we  are  try- 
ing to  realize  ourself  not  as  a  member  of  any  visible  community. 

And,  finally,  against  this  ideal  self  the  particular  person  remains 
and  must  remain  imperfect.  The  ideal  self  is  not  fully  realized  in 
us,  in  any  way  that  we  can  see.  We  are  aware  of  a  ceaseless  pro- 
cess, it  is  well  if  we  can  add  progress,  in  which  the  false  private 
self  is  constantly  subdued  but  never  disappears.  And  it  never  can 
disappear — we  are  never  realized.  The  contradiction  remains; 
and  not  to  feel  it  demands  something  lower  or  something  higher 
than  a  moral  point  of  view. 

Starting  from  these  objections,  our  next  Essay  must  try  to 
make  more  clear  what  is  involved  in  them,  and  to  raise  in  a 
sharper  form  the  difficulties  as  to  the  nature  of  morality.  And  our 
Concluding  Remarks  will  again  take  up  the  same  thread,  after  we 
have  in  some  measure  investigated  in  Essay  VII  the  difficult 
problems  of  the  bad  self  and  selfishness. 


NOTE 
Rights  and  Duties 

To  handle  this  subject  properly,  more  space  would  be  wanted 
than  I  have  at  command.  But  I  will  make  some  remarks  shortly 
and  in  outline. 

A  great  to-do  has  been  made  about  the  ambiguity  of  the  word 
"right" ;  as  I  think,  needlessly.  Right  is  the  rule,  and  what  is  con- 
formable to  the  rule,  whether  that  rule  be  physical  or  mental ;  e.  g., 
a  right  line,  a  "right  English  bull-dog"  (Swift),  a  right  conclusion, 
a  right  action. 

Right  is,  generally,  the  expression  of  the  universal.  It  is  the 
emphasis  of  the  universal  side  in  the  relation  of  particular  and 
universal.  It  implies  particulars,  and  therefore  possibility  of  dis- 
crepancy between  them  and  the  universal.  Hence  right  means 
law;  which  law  may  be  carried  out  or  merely  stated.  "Is  it  right 
to  do  this?"  means  "is  the  universal  realized  in  this?"  "Have 
I  a  right?"  means  "am  I  in  this  the  expression  of  law?" 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  141 

In  the  moral  sphere,  with  which  alone  we  are  concerned,  right 
means  always  the  relation  of  the  universal  to  the  particular  will. 
The  emphasis  is  on  the  universal.  Possibility  of  discrepancy  with 
a  conscious  subject  makes  law  here  command. 

Command  is  the  simple  proposal  of  an  action  (or  abstinence)  to 
me  by  another  will,  as  the  content  of  that  will.  Or,  from  the  side  of 
the  commander,  it  is  the  willing  by  me  of  some  state  of  another 
will,  such  willing  being  presented  by  me  as  a  fact  to  that  will. 
Threat  is  not  of  the  essence  of  command ;  command  need  not  imply 
the  holding  forth  or  the  anticipation  of  consequences. 

To  have  rights  is  not  merely  to  be  the  object  with  respect  to 
which  commands  (positive  or  prohibitory)  are  addressed  to  others. 
If  that  were  so,  inanimate  matter  would  have  rights;  e.  g.,  the  very 
dirt  in  the  road  would  "have  a  right"  to  be  taken  up  or  let  lie — 
and  this  is  barbarous.  To  have  rights  is  to  be  (or  to  be  presumed 
to  be)  capable  of  realizing  the  universal  command  consciously  as 
such.^  This  answers  the  question.  Has  a  beast  rights?  He  is  the 
object  of  duties,  not  the  subject  of  rights.  Right  is  the  universal 
in  its  relation  to  a  will  capable  of  recognizing  it  as  such,  whether 
it  remain  mere  command  or  is  also  carried  out  in  act. 

Wherever  in  the  moral  world  you  have  law  you  have  also  right 
and  rights.  These  may  be  real  or  ideal.  The  first  are  the  will  of 
the  state  or  society,  the  second  the  will  of  the  ideal-social  or 
nonsocial  ideal.     {Vide  Essay  VI.) 

It  is  in  order  to  secure  the  existence  of  right  in  the  acts  of  par- 
ticular wills  that  compulsion  is  used.  But  compulsion  is  not 
necessary  to  the  general  and  abstract  definition  of  right,  and  it 
cannot  be  immediately  deduced  from  it. 

^  "I  have  rights  against  others,"  or  "I  have  a  right  to  this  or  that  from 
others,"  means,  (1)  it  is  right,  it  is  the  expression  of  the  universal  that  they 
should  do  this  or  that  in  reference  to  me:  I  am  the  object  of  their  duty. 
But  this  by  itself  does  not  give  me  "rights."  To  "have  a  right"  to  anything 
from  another,  I  must  (2)  be  a  subject  which  knows  the  universal  as  such, 
both  (a)  in  its  immediate  relation  to  my  will,  in  its  expression  through  my 
acts;  and  (b)  also  here  in  its  expression  through  the  acts  of  others,  which 
acts  may  concern  me.  When  my  will  as  the  universal,  and  the  universal  as 
my  will,  calls  for  these  acts,  then  I  "have  a  right"  to  them  in  the  proper 
sense,  but  not  otherwise. 


142  Ethical  Studies 

What  is  duty?  It  is  simply  the  other  side  of  right.  It  is  the 
same  relation,  viewed  from  the  other  pole  or  moment.  It  is  the 
relation  of  the  particular  to  the  universal,  with  the  emphasis  on 
the  particular.  It  is  my  will  in  its  affirmative  relation  to  the 
objective  will.  Right  is  the  universal,  existing  for  thought  alone 
or  also  carried  out.  Duty  is  my  will,  either  merely  thought  of  as 
realizing  this  universal,  or  actually  also  doing  so.  "This  is  my 
duty"  means  "in  this  I  identify,  or  am  thought  of  as  identifying, 
myself  with  right." 

Duty,  like  right,  implies  possible  discordance  of  particular  and 
universal.  Like  right,  too,  it  implies  more  than  this.  It  implies 
the  consciousness  (or  presumed  capacity  for  consciousness)  of  the 
relation  of  my  will  to  the  universal  as  the  right.  Hence  a  beast 
has  no  duties  in  the  proper  sense.  If  he  has,  then  he  has  also 
rights. 

Right  is  the  universal  will  implying  particular  will.  It  is  the 
objective  side  implying  a  subjective  side,  i.  e.,  duty.  Duty  is  the 
particular  will  implying  a  universal  will.  It  is  the  subjective  side 
implying  an  objective  side,  i.  e.,  right.  But  the  two  sides  are 
insepara|?le.  No  right  without  duty;  no  duty  without  right  and 
rights.      (To  this  we  shall  return.) 

Right  and  duty  are  sides  of  a  single  whole.  This  whole  is  the 
good.  Rights  and  duties  imply  the  identity,  and  nonidentity,  of 
the  particular  and  universal  wills.  Right  may  remain  a  mere 
command,  duty  a  mere  "ought  to  be,"  the  nonagreement  of  the 
particular  and  universal.  They  are  both  abstractions.  They  are 
both,  if  fixed  and  isolated  one  from  the  other,  self-contradictions. 
Each  by  itself  is  a  mere  "is  to  be,"  each  a  willed  idea,  which,  so 
long  as  apart  from  the  other,  remains  a  mere,  i.  e.,  a  no^willed, 
idea.  Each  is  a  single  side  of  one  and  the  same  relation,  fixed  apart 
from  the  other  side.  In  the  good  the  sides  come  together,  and 
in  the  whole  first  cease  to  be  abstractions  and  gain  real  existence. 
The  right  is  carried  out  in  duty.  The  duty  realizes  itself  in  the 
right. 

But  in  the  good  rights  and  duties  as  such  disappear.  There  is 
no  more  mere  right  or  mere  duty,  no  more  particular  and  universal 
as  such,  no  external  relation  of  the  two.    They  are  now  sides  and 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  143 

elements  in  one  whole ;  and,  if  they  appear,  it  is  only  as,  within  the 
movement  and  life  of  the  whole,  here  one  element  and  there 
another  has  its  relative  emphasis.  But  outside  the  whole  their 
reality   fades   into   "mere   idea,"   into   legend  and  fable. 

Rights  and  duties  do  not  exist  outside  the  moral  world;  and 
that  world  does  not  exist  where  there  is  not  a  sphere  of  inner 
morality,  however  immediate,  the  consciousness,  however  vague, 
of  the  relation  of  the  private  will  to  the  universal,  whether  that 
universal  be  presented  as  outer  (in  the  shape  of  tribal  custom  or 
of  some  individual)  or  again  as  inner.  Where  there  is  no  morality 
there  is  no  right ;  where  there  is  no  right  there  are  no  rights.  Just 
so,  where  there  are  no  rights  there  is  no  right,  and  where  no  right 
there  no  morality.  Inner  morality  without  an  objective  right  and 
wrong  is  a  self-delusion.  Right  and  rights  outside  morality  are  a 
mere  fiction. 

It  is  here  that  every  partial  theory  of  morals  and  politics  is 
wrecked  and  seen  to  be  worthless.  False  theories  of  right  either 
(1)  fail  to  get  to  any  objective  universal  except  by  some  fond 
invention  (of  contract),  which,  besides  being  an  invention,  pre- 
supposes what  it  is  to  create.  (A  contract  outside  the  sphere  of 
right  and  morality  is  nonsense.)  Or  (2)  they  take  an  objective 
universal  (as  positive  law,  will  of  the  monarch,  or  what  seems 
most  convenient  to  the  majority)  ;  and  here  they  fail  because  their 
right  is  mere  force,  and  is  not  moral,  not  right  at  all;  and  hence 
they  cannot  show  that  I  am  in  the  right  to  obey  it,  or  in  the 
wrong  to  disobey  it,  but  merely  that,  if  I  do  not  obey  it,  it  may  (or 
may  not)  be  inconvenient  for  me.  So  again  in  morals  they  either 
(1)  posit  a  universal,  such  as  the  will  of  the  Deity  or  of  other 
human  beings;  and  this  fails  because  in  it  I  do  not  affirm  my  self; 
or  else  (2)  there  is  nothing  anywhere  objective  and  universal  at 
all;  and  here  I  affirm  nothing  hut  myself.  In  either  case  there  is 
no  duty  and  no  morality. 

"But  rights  and  duties,"  we  shall  be  told,  "collide."  They  collide 
only  as  rights  do  with  rights  or  duties  with  duties.  Rights  and 
duties  of  one  sphere  collide  with  those  of  another  sphere,  and 
again  within  each  sphere  they  collide  in  different  persons,  and 
again  in  one  and  the  same  person.     But  that  right  as  such  can 


144  Ethical  Studies 

collide  with  duty  as  such  is  impossible.  There  is  no  right  which 
is  not  a  duty,  no  duty  which  is  not  a  right.  In  either  case  right 
would  cease  to  be  right,  and  duty  duty. 

This  will  be  denied.  It  will  be  said,  (1)  there  are  duties  with- 
out rights;  (2)  rights  without  duties.  As  to  the  first  (1)  we  ^ 
say,  If  we  have  not  a  right  to  do  anything,  it  is  not  right  for  us. 
If  it  is  not  right  for  us,  then  it  is  not  our  duty.  It  is  quite  true 
that  moral  duty  may  not  be  legal  right,  nor  legal  duty  moral  right, 
but  this  is  not  to  the  point. 

As  to  the  second  (2),  it  seems  harder  to  see  that  where  I  have 
no  duties  I  have  no  rights.  In  the  spheres  of  the  state,  of  society, 
of  ideal  morality,  I  have  a  right  to  do  this  and  not  that,  that  and 
not  the  other.  But  can  it  be  said  that  all  these  things  that  I  have 
a  right  to  do  are  my  duties?     Is  not  that  nonsense? 

No  doubt  there  is  much  truth  in  this.  It  is  almost  as  bad  to 
have  nothing  but  duties  as  it  is  to  have  no  duties  at  all.  For  free 
individual  self- development  we  must  have  both  elements.  Where 
the  universal  is  all  there  is  ossification;  where  the  particular  is  all 
there  is  dissolution;  in  neither  case  life. 

Is  it  true  then  that  there  are  rights  where  there  are  no  duties? 
No.  In  a  sense,  rights  are  wider  than  duties:  but  what  does  this 
mean?  Does  it  mean  there  are  rights  outside  the  moral  sphere? 
Certainly  not.  We  shall  see  (Essay  VI)  that  there  is  no  limit  to 
the  moral  sphere;  and  if  there  were  a  limit,  then  outside  that 
rights  would  cease  to  be  rights.  "More  rights  than  duties"  then 
must  be  true,  if  at  all,  within  the  moral  sphere.  Does  it  hold 
there  that  there  are  more  rights  than  duties  ?  It  is  not  a  very  hard 
puzzle.  To  make  it  easier  let  us  double  it,  and  say  "there  are 
more  duties  than  rights."  A  man,  for  instance,  has  a  certain 
indivisible  sum  to  spend  in  charity.  He  has  a  duty  to  A,  B,  and 
C,  but  not  a  right  to  more  than  one  because  it  is  wrong  if  he 
gives  more  than  his  indivisible  limited  sum.  Hence  there  are 
more  duties  than  rights.  All  that  it  comes  to  is  that,  when  you 
look  on  duties  as  possible,  they  are  wider  than  what,  when 
actually  done,  is  right  and  actual  duty.  Just  so  possible  rights 
are  wider  than  what  is  actually  duty  and  actually  right. 

The  reason  why  this  is  noticed  on  the  side  of  rights,  and  not 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  145 

on  the  side  of  duty,  is  very  simple.  We  saw  above  that  in 
right  the  emphasis  is  on  the  universal  side.  Now  every  act  is  a 
determined  this  or  that  act,  and  what  makes  it  a  this  or  that  act  is 
the  particularization.  What  I  have  a  right  to  do  thus  depends  on 
what  my  duty  is;  for  duty,  we  saw,  emphasized  the  particular 
side.  Now,  where  there  are  no  indifferents  and  no  choice  between 
them,  rights  are  never  wider  than  duties.  It  is  where  indifferents 
come  in  (cf.  Essay  VI),  that  possibility  is  wider  than  actuality. 
And  because  right  emphasizes  the  side  common  to  all  the 
indifferents,  i.  e.,  the  undetermined  side,  it  is  therefore  wider  than 
duty,  which  emphasizes  the  particular  side,  and  hence  is  narrower. 

Thus,  where  the  choice  of  my  particular  will  comes  in,  that  has 
rights  and  must  be  respected.  But  it  has  rights  only  because  the 
sphere  of  its  exercise,  and  therefore  what  it  does  therein,  is  duty. 
And  it  must  be  respected  by  others  only  so  far  as  it  thus  expresses 
the  universal  will.  If  it  has  not  right  on  its  side,  it  has  no  rights 
whatever. 

There  is  indeed  a  sphere  where  rights  seem  in  collision  with 
right.  Wherever  you  have  law  you  have  this,  since  it  comes 
from  the  nature  of  law.  Thus  I  am  yw^fified  in  returning  evil  for 
evil;  I  have  a  right  to  do  it,  even  where  it  is  not  right  but  wrong 
to  do  it.  The  same  thing  is  found  in  the  spheres  of  state  law, 
social  law,  and  mere  moral  law  alike.  This  does  not  show  that  in 
these  cases  there  is  no  moral  universal;  it  shows  that  we  are 
keeping  to  nothing  but  the  universal.  We  have  here  the  distinc- 
tion of  justice  and  equity.  A  merely  just^  act  may  (we  all  know) 
be  most  unjust.  The  universal  as  law  must  be  the  same  for  all: 
it  cannot  be  specified  to  meet  every  particular  case.  Hence,  in 
keeping  to  this  unspecified  universal,  I  have  "right"  on  my  side: 
but  again,  failing  to  specify  it  in  my  case,  I  do  what  is  not  right 
for  me  to  do.     I  fail  in  duty,  do  not  do,  and  am  not,  right. 

The  sphere  of  mere  private  right  in  the  state  cannot  exist  out 

^  What  is  justice?  I  have  no  space  to  develop  or  illustrate,  but  will  set 
down  what  seems  to  be  the  fact.  The  just  does  not  =  right;  injustice  does 
not  z=.  wrong.  Justice  does  not  ■=.  giving  to  each  deserts:  "nothing  but 
justice"  may  be  less  or  more  than  my  deserts.  Justice  is  not  mere  conform- 
ing to  law;  injustice  is  not  mere  acting  against  law;  e.  g.,  murder  is  not 


146  Ethical  Studies 

of  the  moral  whole.  It  is,  for  the  sake  of  the  development  of  the 
whole,  created  and  kept  up  in  the  whole,  but  merely  at  the 
pleasure  of  the  whole.  Just  so  in  morals  there  is  a  sphere  of 
private  liking,  the  sphere  of  indifferents,  but  this  exists  only 
because  it  ought  to  exist,  only  because  duty  is  realized  in  its 
existence,  though  not  by  its  particulars  as  particulars,  i.  e.,  as  this 
one  against  that  one.  The  sphere  of  private  right  has  rights  only 
so  long  as  it  is  right  and  is  duty.  It  exists  merely  on  sufferance; 
and  the  moment  the  right  of  the  whole  demands  its  suppression 
it  has  no  rights.  Public  right  everywhere  overrides  it  in  practice, 
if  not  in  theory.  This  is  the  justification  of  such  things  as  forcible 
expropriation,  conscription,  etc.  The  only  proper  way  of  regard- 
ing them  is  to  say.  In  developing  my  property,  etc.,  as  this  or  that 
man,  I  am  doing  my  duty  to  the  state,  for  the  state  lives  in  its 
individuals :  and  I  do  my  duty  again  in  another  way  by  giving  up 
to  the  use  of  the  state  my  property  and  person,  for  the  individual 
lives  in  the  state.  What  other  view  will  justify  the  facts  of 
political  life? 

To  repeat  then:  Right  is  the  assertion  of  the  universal  will  in 
relation  to  the  particular  will.  Duty  is  the  assertion  of  the 
particular  will  in  the  afiBrmation  of  the  universal.  Good  is  the 
identity,  not  the  mere  relation,  of  both.  Right  may  be  real,  may 
actually  exist;  or  be  only  ideal,  merely  thought  of.  So  may  duty. 
Rights  and  duties  are  elements  in  the  good;  they  must  go 
together.  The  universal  cannot  be  affirmed  except  in  the  partic- 
ular, the  particular  only  affirms  itself  in  the  universal;  but  they 
should  be  suppressed  in  the  good  as  anything  more  than  elements, 
which  reciprocally  supplement  each  other,  and  should  be  regarded 
as  two  sides  to  one  whole.     It  is  not  moral  to  stand  on  one's 

called  "unjust."  Justice  and  injustice  mean  this,  but  they  imply  something 
more. 

Injustice  is,  while  you  explicitly  or  implicity  profess  to  go  on  a  rule,  the 
not  going  merely  on  the  rule,  but  the  making  exceptions  in  favor  of  persons. 
Justice  is  the  really  going  by  nothing  but  one's  ostensible  rule  in  assigning 
advantage  and  disadvantage  to  persons. 

What  the  rule  is,  is  another  matter.  The  rule  may  be  the  morally  right. 
This  is  ideal  justice.  All  lower  sorts  of  law  furnish  each  its  own  lower 
justice  and  injustice. 


My  Station  And  Its  Duties  147 

rights  with  the  right;  i.  e.,  right  should  not  be  mere  right:  nor 
moral  to  make  a  duty  of  all  one's  duties;  i.  e.,  duty  should  not 
be  mere  duty. 

We  maintain  the  following  theses.  (1)  It  is  false  that  you  can 
have  rights  without  duties.  (2)  It  is  false  that  you  can  have 
duties  without  rights.  (3)  It  is  false  that  right  is  merely  negative.* 
(4)  It  is  false  that  duty  depends  on  possible  compulsion,  and  a 
mere  mistake  that  command  always  implies  a  threat;  and  (5)  It 
is  absolutely  false  that  rights  or  duties  can  exist  outside  the  moral 
world. 

'  Schopenhauer  has  developed  this  view  with  great  clearness.  He  goes  so 
far  as  to  make  wrong  the  original  positive  conception,  right  the  mere 
negation  of  it. 


CONCLUDING   REMARKS 

THE  position  we  are  now  in  can  be  put  very  shortly.  Morality 
is  an  endless  process  and  therefore  a  self-contradiction  and, 
being  such,  it  does  not  remain  standing  in  itself,  but  feels  the 
impulse  to  transcend  its  existing  reality. 

It  is  a  self-contradiction  in  this  way:  it  is  a  demand  for  what 
cannot  be.  Nothing  is  good  but  the  good  will;  nothing  is  to 
be  real  but  the  good;  and  yet  the  reality  is  not  wholly  good. 
Neither  in  me,  nor  in  the  world,  is  what  ought  to  be  what  is, 
and  what  is  what  ought  to  be;  and  the  claim  remains  in  the  end 
a  mere  claim. 

The  reason  of  the  contradiction  is  the  fact  that  man  is  a  con- 
tradiction. But  man  is  more;  he  feels  or  knows  himself  as  such, 
and  this  makes  a  vital  difference;  for  to  feel  a  contradiction  is 
ipso  facto  to  be  above  it.  Otherwise,  how  would  it  be  possible  to 
feel  it?  A  felt  contradiction  which  does  not  imply,  beside  its 
two  poles,  a  unity  which  includes  and  is  above  them,  will,  the 
more  it  is  reflected  on,  the  more  be  seen  to  be  altogether  un- 
meaning.    Unless  man  was  and  divined  himself  to  be  a  whole,  he 


148  Ethical  Studies 

could  not  feel  the  eontradiction,  still  less  feel  pain  in  it,  and 
reject  it  as  foreign  to  his  real  nature. 

So  we  see  that  the  moral  point  of  view,  which  leaves  man  in  a 
sphere  with  which  he  is  not  satisfied,  cannot  be  final.  This  or 
that  human  being,  this  or  that  passing  stage  of  culture,  may 
remain  in  this  region  of  weariness,  of  false  self-approval  and  no 
less  false  self -contempt ;  but  for  the  race,  as  a  whole,  this  is  im- 
posssible.  It  has  not  done  it;  and,  while  man  is  man,  it  certainly 
never  will  do  it. 

And  here  we  should  close  these  Essays,  since  here  we  go  beyond 
morality.  But,  that  we  may  make  the  foregoing  plainer,  we  are 
tempted  to  say  something  more,  however  fragmentary,  however 
much  in  the  form  of  an  appendix.^ 

Reflection  on  morality  leads  us  beyond  it.  It  leads  us,  in 
short,  to  see  the  necessity  of  a  religious  point  of  view.  It  cer- 
tainly does  not  tell  us  that  morality  comes  first  in  the  world 
and  then  religion.  What  it  tells  us  is  that  morality  is  imperfect, 
and  imperfect  in  such  a  way  as  implies  a  higher,  which  is  religion. 

Morality  issues  in  religion;  and  at  this  word  "religion"  the 
ordinary  reader  is  upon  us  with  cries  and  questions,  and  with  all 
the  problems  of  the  day — God,  and  personal  God,  immortality  of 
the  soul,  the  conflict  of  revelation  and  science,  and  who  knows 
what  beside?  He  must  not  expect  any  answer  to  these  questions 
here;  we  are  writing  a  mere  appendix;  and  in  that  our  object  is 
to  show  that  religion,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  does  give  us  what 
morality  does  not  give;  and  our  method  is  simply,  so  far  as  our 
purpose  requires,  to  point  to  the  facts  of  the  religious  conscious- 
ness without  drawing  conclusions  to  the  right  or  left,  without 
trying  to  go  much  below  the  surface,  or  doing  anything  beyond 
what  is  wanted  in  this  connection  with  morality. 

We  purpose  to  say  nothing  about  the  ultimate  truth  of  religion 
— nothing  again  about  its  origin  in  the  world,  or  in  the  individual. 
We  are  to  take  the  religious  consciousness  as  an  existing  fact, 
and  to  take  it  as  we  find  it  now  in  the  modern  Christian  mind, 
whether  that  mind  recognizes  it  or  whether  it  does  not.     And 

^  Throughout  the  sequel  I  have  to  acknowledge  my  indebtedness  to  Vatke's 
book,  Die  menschliche  Freiheit,   1841. 


Concluding  Remarks  149 

lastly,  space  compels  us  to  do  no  more  than  dogmatically  assert 
what  seems  to  us  to  be  true  in  respect  of  it. 

That  there  is  some  connection  between  true  religion  and  morality 
everyone  we  need  consider  sees.  A  man  who  is  "religious"  and 
does  not  act  morally,  is  an  impostor,  or  his  religion  is  a  false  one. 
This  does  not  hold  good  elsewhere.  A  philosopher  may  be  a 
good  philosopher,  and  yet,  taking  him  as  a  whole,  may  be  im- 
moral; and  the  same  thing  is  true  of  an  artist,  or  even  of  a 
theologian.  They  may  all  be  good,  and  yet  not  good  men;  but 
no  one  who  knew  what  true  religion  was  would  call  a  man,  who 
on  the  whole  was  immoral,  a  religious  man.  For  religion  is  not 
the  mere  knowing  or  contemplating  of  any  object,  however  high. 
It  is  not  mere  philosophy  nor  art  because  it  is  not  mere  seeing,  no 
mere  theoretic  activity,  considered  as  such  or  merely  from  its 
theoretical  side.  The  religious  consciousness  tells  us  that  a  man 
is  not  religious,  or  more  religious,  because  the  matter  of  his 
theoretic  activity  is  religious;  just  as  the  moral  consciousness  told 
us  that  a  man  was  not  moral,  or  more  moral,  simply  because  he 
was  a  moral  philosopher.  Religion  is  essentially  a  doing,  and  a 
doing  which  is  moral.  It  implies  a  realizing,  and  a  realizing  of 
the  good  self. 

Are  we  to  say  then  that  morality  is  religion?  Most  certainly 
not.  In  morality  the  ideal  is  not:  it  forever  remains  a  "to  be." 
The  reality  in  us  or  the  world  is  partial  and  inadequate;  and  no 
one  could  say  that  it  answers  to  the  ideal,  that,  morally  con- 
sidered, both  we  and  the  world  are  all  we  ought  to  be,  and  ought 
to  be  just  what  we  are.  We  have  at  furthest  the  belief  in  an  ideal 
which  in  its  pure  completeness  is  never  real;  which,  as  an  ideal, 
is  a  mere  "should  be."  And  the  question  is.  Will  that  do  for 
religion?  No  knower  of  religion,  who  was  not  led  away  by  a 
theory,  would  answer  Yes.  Nor  does  it  help  us  to  say  that 
religion  is  "morality  touched  by  emotion";  for  loose  phrases  of 
this  sort  may  suggest  to  the  reader  what  he  knows  already  with- 
out their  help,  but,  properly  speaking,  they  say  nothing.  All 
morality  is,  in  one  sense  or  another,  "touched  by  emotion."  Most 
emotions,  high  or  low,  can  go  with  and  "touch"  morality;  and 
the  moment  we  leave  our  phrase-making,  and  begin  to  reflect,  we 


150  Ethical  Studies 

see  all  that  is  meant  is  that  morality  "touched"  by  religious  emo- 
tion is  religious;  and  so,  as  answer  to  the  question  What  is 
religion?  all  that  we  have  said  is  "It  is  religion  when  with 
morality  you  have — religion."  I  do  not  think  we  learn  a  very 
great  deal  from  this/ 

Religion  is  more  than  morality.  In  the  religious  consciousness 
we  find  the  belief,  however  vague  and  indistinct,  in  an  object,  a 
not-myself;  an  object,  further,  which  is  real.  An  ideal  which  is 
not  real,  which  is  only  in  our  heads,  cannot  be  the  object  of 
religion;  and  in  particular  the  ideal  self,  as  the  "is  to  be"  which 
is  real  only  so  far  as  we  put  it  forth  by  our  wills,  and  which,  as  an 
ideal,  we  cannot  put  forth,  is  not  a  real  object,  and  so  not  the 
object  for  religion.  Hence,  because  it  is  unreal,  the  ideal  of 
personal  morality  is  not  enough  for  religion.  And  we  have  seen 
before  that  the  ideal  is  not  realized  in  the  objective  world  of  the 
state;  so  that,  apart  from  other  objections,  here  again  we  cannot 
find  the  religious  object.  For  the  religious  consciousness  that 
object  is  real;  and  it  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  mere  moral  sphere. 

But  here  once  more  "culture"  has  come  to  our  aid,  and  has 
shown  us  how  here,  as  everywhere,  the  study  of  polite  literature, 
which  makes  for  meekness,  makes  needless  also  all  further  educa- 
tion; and  we  felt  already  as  if  the  clouds  that  metaphysic  had 
wrapped  about  the  matter  were  dissolving  in  the  light  of  a  fresh 
and  sweet  intelligence.  And,  as  we  turned  toward  the  dawn,  we 
sighed  over  poor  Hegel,  who  had  read  neither  Goethe  nor  Homer, 
nor  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  nor  any  of  the  literature  which 
has  gone  to  form  "culture,"  but,  knowing  no  facts,  and  reading  no 
books,  nor  ever  asking  himself  "such  a  tyro's  question  as  what 

"  Compare  (Mill,  Dissertations,  I,  70-1)  the  definition  of  poetry  as  "man's 
thoughts  tinged  by  his  feelings";  where  the  whole  matter  again  is,  what 
feelings?  Anything  in  the  way  of  shallow  reflection  on  the  psychological 
form,  anything  rather  than  the  effort  to  grasp  the  content.  All  that  Mill  saw 
wanting  in  this  "definition"  was  that  it  missed  "the  poet's  utter  uncon- 
sciousness of  a  listener."  However,  to  make  sure  of  hitting  the  mark,  he, 
80  to  speak,  set  it  down  as  hit  beforehand,  and  in  his  own  "definition"  of 
poetry  introduced  "the  poet's  mind."  This  is  much  as  if  we  were  to  say, 
"Religion  is  the  sort  of  thing  you  have  in  a  religious  man." 


Concluding  Remarks  151 

being  really  was,'"  sat  spinning  out  of  his  head  those  foolish  logo- 
machies, which  impose  on  no  person  of  refinement. 

Well,  culture  has  told  us  what  God  was  for  the  Jews;  and  we 
learn  that  "I  am  that  I  am"  means  much  the  same  as  "I  blow 
and  grow,  that  I  do,"  or  "I  shall  breathe,  that  I  shall";  and  this, 
if  surprising,  was  at  all  events  definite,  not  to  say  tangible.  How- 
ever, to  those  of  us  who  do  not  think  that  Christianity  is  called 
upon  to  wrap  itself  any  longer  in  "Hebrew  old  clothes,"  all  this  is 
entirely  a  matter  for  the  historian.  But  when  "culture"  went  on 
to  tell  us  what  God  is  for  science,  we  heard  words  we  did  not 
understand  about  "streams,"  and  "tendencies,"  and  "the  Eternal"; 
and,  had  it  been  anyone  else  that  we  were  reading,  we  should 
have  said  that,  in  some  literary  excursion,  they  had  picked  up  a 
metaphysical  theory,  now  out  of  date,  and  putting  it  in  phrases 
the  meaning  of  which  they  had  never  asked  themselves,  had  then 
served  it  up  to  the  public  as  the  last  result  of  speculation,  or  of 
that  "flexible  common  sense"  which  is  so  much  better.  And  as 
this  in  the  case  of  "culture"  and  "criticism"  was  of  course  not 
possible,  we  concluded  that  for  us  once  again  the  light  had  shone 
in  darkness.  But  the  "stream"  and  the  "tendency"  having  served 
their  turn,  like  last  week's  placards,  now  fall  into  the  background, 
and  we  learn  at  last*  that  "the  Eternal"  is  not  eternal  at  all,  unless 
we  give  that  name  to  whatever  a  generation  sees  happen,  and 
believes  both  has  happened  and  will  happen — just  as  the  habit 
of  washing  ourselves  might  be  termed  "the  Eternal  not  ourselves 
that  makes  for  cleanliness,"  or  "Early  to  bed  and  early  to  rise" 
the  "Eternal  not  ourselves  that  makes  for  longevity,"  and  so  on — 
that  "the  Eternal,"  in  short,  is  nothing  in  the  world  but  a  piece 
of  literary  clap-trap.  The  consequence  is  that  all  we  are  left 
with  is  the  assertion  that  "righteousness"  is  "salvation"  or  "wel- 
fare," and  that  there  is  a  "law"  and  a  "Power"  which  has  some- 
thing to  do  with  this  fact ;  and  here  again  we  must  not  be  ashamed 
to  say  that  we  fail  to  understand  what  any  one  of  these  phrases 
mean,  and  suspect  ourselves  once  more  to  be  on  the  scent  of 
clap-trap. 

'  Contemporary  Review,  XXIV,  988. 
*Ibid,  p.  995. 


152  Ethical  Studies 

If  what  is  meant  be  this,  that  what  is  ordinarily  called  virtue 
does  always  lead  to  and  go  with  what  is  ordinarily  called  happi- 
ness, then  so  far  is  this  from  being  "verifiable"^  in  everyday 
experience,  that  its  opposite  is  so;  it  is  not  a  fact,  either  that  to 
be  virtuous  is  always  to  be  happy  or  that  happiness  must  always 
come  from  virtue.  Everybody  knows  this,  Mr.  Arnold  "must 
know  this,  and  yet  he  gives  it,  because  it  suits  his  purpose,  or  be- 
cause the  public,  or  a  large  body  of  the  public,  desire  it;  and  this 
is  clap-trap."* 

It  is  not  a  fact  that  to  be  virtuous  is  always,  and  for  that  reason, 
to  be  happy;  and,  even  were  it  so,  yet  such  a  fact  cannot  be  the 
object  of  the  religious  consciousness.  The  reality,  which  answers 
to  the  phrases  of  culture,  is,  we  suppose,  the  real  existence  of  the 
phrases  as  such  in  books  or  in  our  heads;  or  again  a  number  of 
events  in  time,  past,  present,  and  future  {i.  e.,  conjunctions  of 
virtue  and  happiness) .  We  have  an  abstract  term  to  stand  for  the 
abstraction  of  this  or  that  quality;  or  again  we  have  a  series  or 
collection  of  particular  occurrences.  When  the  literary  varnish  is 
removed,  is  there  anything  more?^  But  the  object  of  the  religious 
consciousness  must  be  a  great  deal  more.  It  must  be  what  is  real, 
not  only  in  the  heads  of  this  person  or  set  of  persons,  nor  again 
as  this  or  that  finite  something  or  set  of  somethings.    It  is  in  short 

°  We  hear  the  word  "verifiable"  from  Mr.  Arnold  pretty  often.  What  is  to 
verify?  Has  Mr.  Arnold  put  "such  a  tyro's  question"  to  himself?  If  to 
verify  means  to  find  in  outward  experience,  then  the  object  of  true  religion 
cannot  be  found  as  this  or  that  outward  thing  or  quality,  and  so  cannot  be 
verified.     It  is  of  its  essence  that  in  this  sense  it  should  be  unverifiable. 

^Op.  cit.,  p.  804. 

^  "Is  there  a  God?"  asks  the  reader.  "Oh  yes,"  replies  Mr.  Arnold,  "and  I 
can  verify  him  in  experience."  "And  what  is  he  then?"  cries  the  reader.  "Be 
virtuous,  and  as  a  rule  you  will  be  happy,"  is  the  answer.  "Well,  and  God?" 
"That  is  God";  says  Mr.  Arnold,  "There  is  no  deception,  and  what  more  do 
you  want?"  I  suppose  we  do  want  a  good  deal  more.  Most  of  us,  certainly 
the  public  which  Mr.  Arnold  addresses,  want  something  they  can  worship; 
and  they  will  not  find  that  in  an  hypostasized  copy-book  heading,  which  is 
not  much  more  adorable  than  "Honesty  is  the  best  policy,"  or  "Handsome  is 
that  handsome  does,"  or  various  other  edifying  maxims  which  have  not  yet 
come  to  an  apotheosis. 


Concluding  Remarks  153 

very  different  from  either  those  thin  abstractions  or  coarse  "verifi- 
able" facts,  between  which  and  over  which  there  is  for  our  "cul- 
ture" no  higher  third  sphere,  save  that  of  the  literary  groping 
which  is  helpless  as  soon  as  it  ceases  to  be  blind. 

But  let  us  turn  from  this  trifling,  on  which  we  are  sorry  to  have 
been  forced  to  say  even  one  word;  let  us  go  back  to  the  religious 
consciousness. 

Religion,  we  have  seen,  must  have  an  object;  and  that  object 
is  neither  an  abstract  idea  in  the  head,  nor  one  particular  thing  or 
quality,  nor  any  collection  of  such  things  or  qualities,  nor  any 
phrase  which  stands  for  one  of  them  or  a  collection  of  them.  In 
short,  it  is  nothing  finite.  It  cannot  be  a  thing  or  person  in  the 
world;  it  cannot  exist  in  the  world,  as  a  part  of  it,  or  as  this  or 
that  course  of  events  in  time;  it  cannot  be  the  "All,"  the  sum  of 
things  or  persons — since,  if  one  is  not  divine,  no  putting  of  ones 
together  will  beget  divinity.  All  this  it  is  not.  Its  positive 
character  is  that  it  is  real;  and  further,  on  examining  what  we 
find  in  the  religious  consciousness,"  we  discover  that  it  is  the  ideal 
self  considered  as  realized  and  real.  The  ideal  self,  which  in 
morality  is  to  be,  is  here  the  real  ideal  which  truly  is. 

For  morals  the  ideal  self  was  an  "ought,"  an  "is  to  be"  that  is 
not;  the  object  of  religion  is  that  same  ideal  self,  but  here  it  no 
longer  only  ought  to  be,  but  also  is.  This  is  the  nature  of  the 
religious  object,  though  the  manner  of  apprehending  it  may  differ 
widely,  may  be  anything  from  the  vaguest  instinct  to  the  most 
thoughtful  reflection. 

With  religion  we  may  here  compare  science  and  art.  The 
artist  and  poet,  however  obscurely,  do  feel  and  believe  that  beauty, 
where  it  is  not  seen,  yet  somehow  and  somewhere  is  and  is  real; 
though  not  as  a  mere  idea  in  people's  heads,  nor  yet  as  anything 
in  the  visible  world.  And  science,  however  dimly,  starts  from 
and  rests  upon  the  preconception  that,  even  against  appearances, 
reason  not  only  ought  to  be,  but  really  is. 

Is  then  religion  a  mere  mode  of  theoretic  creation  and  con- 
templation, like  art  and  science?     Is  it  a  lower  form  or  stage  of 

*  The  reader  must  carefully  distinguish  what  is  for  (or  before)  the 
religious  consciousness,  and  what  is  only  in  it,  and  for  us  as  we  investigate  it. 


154  Ethical  Studies 

philosophy,  or  another  sort  of  art,  or  some  kind  of  compound 
mixture?  It  is  none  of  these,  and  between  it  and  them  there  is  a 
vital  difference. 

In  the  very  essence  of  the  religious  consciousness  we  find  the 
relation  of  our  will  to  the  real  ideal  self.  We  find  ourselves,  as 
this  or  that  will,  against  the  object  as  the  real  ideal  will,  which 
is  not  ourselves,  and  which  stands  to  us  in  such  a  way  that, 
though  real,  it  is  to  be  realized,  because  it  is  all  and  the  whole 
reality. 

A  statement,  no  doubt,  which  may  stagger  us ;  but  the  statement, 
we  maintain,  of  a  simple  fact  of  the  religious  consciousness.  If 
anyone  likes  to  call  it  a  delusion,  that  makes  no  difference; 
unless,  as  some  people  seem  to  think,  you  can  get  rid  of  facts  by 
applying  phrases  to  them.  And,  however  surprising  the  fact  may 
be  to  the  reader,  it  certainly  ought  not  to  be  new  to  him. 

We  find  the  same  difficulty,  that  the  real  is  to  be  realized,  both 
in  art  and  science.  The  self  dimly  feels,  or  forefeels,  itself  as  full 
of  truth  and  beauty,  and  unconsciously  sets  that  fullness  before  it 
as  an  object,  a  not-itself  which  is  against  itself  as  this  or  that  man. 
And  so  the  self  goes  on  to  realize  what  it  obscurely  foreknows 
as  real;  it  realizes  it,  although,  and  because,  it  is  aware  of  it 
as  real.  And  in  this,  so  far,  art,  philosophy,  and  religion  are 
the  same. 

But,  as  we  saw,  they  are  also  different.  In  art  and  science  the 
will  of  the  man  who  realizes  is  not  of  the  essence.  The  essence 
of  the  matter  is  that  a  certain  result  should  be  produced,  that, 
of  the  unseen  object  which  is  divined  to  be  real,  a  part  at  least 
should  become  visible,  that  in  short,  however  it  comes  about, 
some  element  of  the  real  should  be  seen  to  be  realized.  Here  the 
end  is  the  sight  of  the  object,  as  such,  and  the  will  which  procures 
that  sight  is  not  taken  into  account.  No  doubt  it  would  be  a 
great  mistake  to  forget  that  art  and  science  involve  will,  and  the 
will  of  particular  persons,  and  that  it  is  this  will  which  realizes  the 
object;  and  that  hence,  since  the  object  of  science  and  art  is  at 
least  partly  identical  with  the  object  of  religion,  both  science  and 
art  may  so  far  be  said  to  imply  religion,  since  they  imply  the 
relation  of  the  particular  will  to  the  real  ideal.     For  suppose  that 


Concluding  Remarks  155 

the  human-divine  life  is  one  process,  and  suppose  again  that  art 
and  science  and  religion  are  distinguishable  elements  or  aspects 
of  this  one  whole  process.  Then,  if  this  is  so,  neither  art  nor 
science  nor  religion  can  exist  as  a  thing  by  itself,  and  the  two 
former  will  necessarily  imply  the  latter.  But  on  the  other  hand, 
though  we  may  not  divide,  yet  we  have  to  distinguish;  and  when 
by  an  abstraction  we  consider  one  side,  e.  g.,  the  side  of  science  or 
that  of  art,  by  itself,  and  take  them  as  mere  theoretic  activities, 
then  we  must  say  that  in  this  character  neither  of  them  is  religion ; 
and  they  are  not  religion  because  the  will  of  this  or  that  man, 
over  against  the  real  ideal  as  will,  is  not  an  element  in  the 
scientific  or  artistic  process  as  such.  The  real  ideal  of  science 
and  art  is  not  will,  and  the  relation  of  my  will  to  it  falls  outside 
them;  and  we  must  say,  and  we  think  that  the  reader  will  agree, 
that,  so  soon  as  the  philosopher  or  artist  is  conscious  of  his  will 
in  relation  to  the  real  ideal,  as  a  will  which  has  demands  on  him, 
he  ceases  to  be  a  mere  philosopher  or  artist  as  such  (which  after 
all  no  human  being  is),  and  becomes  also  religious  or  irreligious. 

To  proceed,  we  find  in  the  religious  consciousness  the  ideal 
self  as  the  complete  reality  and  we  have,  beside,  its  claim  upon  us. 
Both  elements,  and  their  relation,  are  given  in  one  and  the  same 
consciousness.  We  are  given  as  this  will,  which,  because  this 
will,  is  to  realize  the  real  ideal;  the  real  ideal  is  given  as  the  will 
which  is  wholly  real,  and  therefore  to  be  realized  in  us. 

Now  nothing  is  easier  than  for  a  one-sided  reflection  to  rush 
in  with  a  cry  for  clearness  and  consistency,  and  to  apply  its 
favorite  "either — or."  "//  real,  how  realize?  //  realize,  then 
not  real."  We,  however,  must  not  allow  ourselves  to  give  way  to 
the  desire  for  drawing  conclusions,  but  have  to  observe  the  farts; 
and  we  see  that  the  religious  consciousness  refuses  the  dilemma. 
It  holds  to  both  one  and  the  other,  and  to  one  because  of  the 
other,  and  pronounces  such  reflections  irreligious. 

In  the  moral  consciousness  we  found  two  poles,  myself  and  the 
ideal  self.  The  latter  claimed  to  be  real,  and  to  have  all  as  its 
reality;  but,  for  the  moral  consciousness,  it  was  not  thus  real 
either  in  the  world  or  in  us,  and  the  evil  in  us  and  the  world  was 
as  real.     In  religion  we  find  once  more  two  poles,  myself  and  the 


156  Ethical  Studies 

ideal  self.  But  here  the  latter  not  only  claims  to  be,  but  also  is 
real  and  all  reality;  and  yet  (at  this  stage*)  it  is  not  realized  either 
in  the  world  or  in  me.  It  is  not  one  pole,  however,  that  in 
religion  is  different,  but  both:  for  morality  the  world  and  the  self 
remained  both  nonmoral  and  immoral,  yet  each  was  real;  for 
religion  the  world  is  alienated  from  God,  and  the  self  is  sunk  in 
sin;  and  that  means  that,  against  the  whole  reality,  they  are  felt 
or  known  as  what  is  not  and  is  contrary  to  the  all  and  the  only 
real,  and  yet  as  things  that  exist.  In  sin  the  self  feels  itself  in 
contradiction  with  all  that  truly  is.  It  is  the  unreal,  that,  knowing 
itself  to  be  so,  contradicts  itself  as  the  real;  it  is  the  real,  which, 
feeling  itself  to  be  so,  contradicts  itself  as  the  unreal,  and  in  the 
pain  of  its  intolerable  discord  can  find  no  word  so  strong,  no 
image  so  glaring  as  to  portray  its  torment. 

For  it  really  is  itself,  against  which,  in  sin,  it  feels  itself.  We 
cannot  stay  to  develop  this  doctrine,  and  must  content  ourselves 
with  pointing  out  that  the  opposite  is  utterly  incomprehensible. 
The  two  poles  are  what  they  are,  because  they  are  against  each 
other  in  consciousness.  In  them  the  self  feels  itself  divided 
against  itself;  and,  unless  they  both  fall  within  one  subject,  how 
is  this  possible?  We  have  not  the  felt  struggle  of  ourself  against 
a  perceived  or  thought  external  object;  we  have  the  felt  struggle 
in  us  of  two  wills,  with  both  of  which  we  feel  ourselves  identified. 
And  this  relation  of  the  divine  and  human  will  in  one  subject  is 
a  psychological  impossibility,  unless  they  are  the  wills  of  one 
subject.  Remove  that  condition,  and  the  phenomena  in  their 
specific  character  instantly  disappear.  You  cannot  understand 
the  recognition  of  and  desire  for  the  divine  will;  nor  the  con- 
sciousness of  sin  and  rebellion,  with  the  need  for  grace  on  the 
one  hand  and  its  supply  on  the  other;  you  turn  every  fact  of 
religion  into  unmeaning  nonsense,  and  you  pluck  up  by  the  root 
and  utterly  destroy  all  possibility  of  the  Atonement,  when  you 

"  The  thoughtful  reader  may  at  once  object  that  here  we  have  an  incom- 
plete account  of  religion.  That  is  quite  true,  and  we  purposely  delay  the 
consideration  of  religion  as  a  whole.  Here  we  are  insisting  on  certain 
elements  of  the  religious  consciousness,  in  order  to  see  that  they  are  no 
more  than  elements,  which  call  for  comprehension  in  something  higher. 


Concluding  Remarks  157 

deny  that  the  religious  consciousness  implies  that  God  and  man 
are  identical  in  a  subject/** 

'°0n  this  whole  matter,  and  not  specially  with  reference  to  religion,  it  is 
worth  while  to  consider  the  position  of  our  philosophy.  People  find  a  subject 
and  object  correlated  in  consciousness;  and,  having  got  this  in  the  mind, 
they  at  once  project  it  outside  the  mind,  and  talk  as  if  two  independent 
realities  knocked  themselves  together,  and  so  produced  the  unity  that  appre- 
hends them;  while,  all  the  time,  to  go  out  of  that  unity  is  for  us  literally  to 
go  out  of  our  minds.  And  when  the  monstrous  nature  of  their  position 
dawns  on  some  few,  and  they  begin  to  see  that  without  some  higher  unity 
this  "correlation"  is  pure  nonsense,  then  answermg  to  that  felt  need,  they 
invent  a  third  reality,  which  is  neither  subject  nor  object  but  the  "Unknow- 
able" or  the  Thing-in-itself  (there  is  no  difference) ,  But  here,  since  the  two 
correlates  are  still  left  together  with,  and  yet  are  not,  the  Unknowable,  the 
question  arises.  How  does  this  latter  stand  to  them?  and  the  result  is  that 
the  Unknowable  becomes  the  subject  of  predicates  (see  Mr.  Spencer's  First 
Principles) ,  and  it  becomes  impossible  for  any  one  who  cares  for  consistency 
to  go  on  calling  it  the  Unknowable.  So  it  is  necessary  to  go  a  step  further, 
and  giving  up  our  third,  which  is  not  the  correlates,  to  recognize  an  Identity 
of  subject  and  object,  still  however  persisting  in  the  statement  that  this 
identity  is  not  mind.  But  here  again,  as  with  the  Unknowable,  and  as 
before  with  the  two  correlated  realities,  it  is  forgotten  that,  when  mind 
is  made  only  a  part  of  the  whole,  there  is  a  question  which  must  be 
answered;  "If  so,  how  can  the  whole  be  known,  and  for  the  mind?  If  about 
any  matter  we  know  nothing  whatever,  can  we  say  anything  about  it?  Can 
we  even  say  that  it  is?  And,  if  it  is  not  in  consciousness,  how  can  we  know 
it?  And  if  it  is  in  and  for  the  mind,  how  can  it  be  a  whole  which  is  not 
mind,  and  in  which  the  mind  is  only  a  part  or  element?  If  the  ultimate 
unity  were  not  self  or  mind,  we  could  not  know  that  it  was  not  mind:  that 
would  mean  going  out  of  our  minds.  And,  conversely,  if  we  know  it,  it 
cannot  be  not  mind.  All,  in  short,  we  can  know  (the  psychological  form  is 
another  question)  is  the  self  and  elements  in  the  self.  To  know  a  not-self  is 
to  transcend  and  leave  one's  mind.  If  we  know  the  whole  it  can  only  be 
because  the  whole  knows  itself  in  us,  because  the  whole  is  self  or  mind, 
which  is  and  knows,  knows  and  is,  the  identity  and  correlation  of  subject 
and  object." 

There  is  nothing  in  the  above  which  has  not  been  before  the  world  for 
years,  and  it  is  time  that  it  should  be  admitted  or  refuted.  I  think  it  will  not 
be  much  longer  disregarded.  Much  against  its  will  English  thought  has  been 
forced  from  the  correlation  as  far  as  the  identity;  and,  if  it  means  to  hold  to 
the  doctrine  of  "relativity  of  knowledge,"  it  must  go  on  to  mind  or  self  in 
some  sense  of  the  word,  as  this  identity  of  inner  and  outer.  Perhaps  not 
that;  but  if  not  that,  then  I  think  we  must  begin  on  a  fresh  basis,  or  else 


158  Ethical  Studies 

For  it  is  the  atonement,  the  reconciliation  (call  it  what  you 
please,  and  bring  it  before  your  mind  in  the  way  most  easy  to 
you) ,  to  which  we  must  come,  if  we  mean  to  follow  the  facts  of  the 
religious  consciousness.  Here,  as  everywhere,  the  felt  contradic- 
tion implies,  and  is  only  possible  through,  a  unity  above  the 
discord — ^take  that  away,  and  the  discord  goes.  The  antithesis 
of  the  sinful  and  divine  will  is  implicitly  their  union;  and  that 
union,  in  the  subject,  requires  only  to  be  made  explicit,  for  the 
subject,  by  thought  and  will. 

But  for  the  subject  it  is  not  yet  explicit;  and  it  is  only  we  who 
reflect  upon  the  religious  consciousness,  that  see  the  matter  thus. 
That  consciousness  as  such  has  not  the  insight  that  the  divine  will 
is  the  will  of  its  own  true  and  inmost  self:  I  may  know  that,  as  a 
fact,  in  God  there  is  the  unity  of  the  two  natures;  but  for  me  God 
is  (here  at  least)  only  not  my  self;  the  divine  is  an  object  between 
which  and  me  there  is  a  chasm;  my  inner  self  may  desire  it,  but 
can  only  desire  it  as  an  other  and  a  beyond.  True  that  the  object  is 
already  the  identity  of  God  and  man,  but  man  does  not  include 
me:  that  object  is  not  in  me,  it  is  only  for  me;  it  remains  an  object, 
and  I  remain  outside.  And  for  the  religious  consciousness  the  prob- 
lem is.  How  can  I  be  reconciled  with  this  will  which  is  not  mine? 

And  the  answer  is  that  in  the  object  the  reconciliation  of  the 
divine  and  human  is  real;  the  principle  is  there  already;  and  in 
its  reality,  the  reality  of  the  reconciliation  of  the  human  as  such, 
is  ideally  contained  my  reconciliation.  Yes,  mine  is  there  if  only 
I  can  take  hold  of  it,  if  only  I  can  make  it  my  own;  but  how 
with  the  sin  that  adheres  to  me  can  this  ever  be?  How  can  the 
human-divine  ideal  ever  be  my  will? 

The  answer  is.  Your  will  it  never  can  be  as  the  will  of  your 
private  self,  so  that  your  private  self  should  become  wholly  good. 
To  that  self  you  must  die,  and  by  faith  be  made  one  with  the 
ideal.  You  must  resolve  to  give  up  your  will,  as  the  mere  will 
of  this  or  that  man,  and  you  must  put  your  whole  self,  your 

give  up  the  attempt  to  have  any  theory  of  first  principles.  But  if  we  do  (as 
perhaps  we  may  do)  the  latter,  then  let  me  conclude  this  note  by  observing 
that  amongst  the  other  doctrines  which  must  go  is  the  doctrine  of  Relativity. 


Concluding  Remarks  159 

entire  will,  into  the  will  of  the  divine.  That  must  be  your  one 
self,  as  it  is  your  true  self;  that  you  must  hold  to  both  with 
thought  and  will,  and  all  other  you  must  renounce;  you  must 
both  refuse  to  recognize  it  as  yours,  and  practically  with  your 
whole  self  deny  it.  You  must  believe  that  you  too  really  are  one 
with  the  divine,  and  must  act  as  if  you  believed  it.  In  short,  you 
must  be  justified  not  by  works  but  solely  by  faith.  This  doctrine, 
which  Protestantism,  to  its  eternal  glory,  has  made  its  own  and 
sealed  with  its  blood,  is  the  very  center  of  Christianity;  and, 
where  you  have  not  this  in  one  form  or  another,  there  Chris- 
tianity is  nothing  but  a  name. 

In  mere  morality  this  faith  is  impossible.  There  you  have  not 
a  real  unity  of  the  divine  and  human  with  which  to  identify 
yourself;  and  there  again  the  self,  which  is  outside  the  ideal,  is 
not  known  as  unreal,  and  cannot  be,  since  the  ideal  is  not  all 
reality. 

But  what  is  faith?  It  is  perhaps  not  an  easy  question  to 
answer,  but  in  some  sort  it  must  be  answered;  and  to  neglect  it 
as  worthless  or  stand  aloof  from  it  as  a  mystery,  are  both  wrong 
positions.  It  is  easy  to  say  what  faith  is  not.  It  is  not  mere 
belief,  the  simple  holding  for  true  or  fact;  it  is  no  mere  theoretic 
act  of  judgment.^^  Everyone  knows  you  may  have  this,  and  yet 
not  have  faith. 

Faith  does  imply  belief,  but  more  than  this,  it  implies  also 
will.  If  my  will  is  not  identified  with  that  which  I  hold  for  fact, 
I  have  not  faith  in  it.  Faith  is  both  the  belief  in  the  reality  of  an 
object,  and  the  will  that  that  object  be  real,  and  where  either  of 
these  elements  fails,  there  is  no  faith.  But  even  this  is  not  all. 
When  Mr.  Bain,  for  instance,  (p.  526)  says,  "The  infant  who  has 
found  the  way  to  the  mother's  breast  for  food,  and  to  her  side  for 
warmth,  has  made  progress  in  the  power  of  faith,"  we  are  struck 
at  once  by  an  incongruity.  That  the  child  who  is  most  forward 
in  a  matter  of  this  sort,  is  most  likely  in  after  life  to  have  what 

"  I  use  belief  in  the  ordinary  sense.  Of  course  our  account  of  the  matter 
is  wrong  if  all  belief  is  practical.  This  Mr.  Bain  {Emotions,  2nd  ed.,  p.  524 
and  ff.)  tries  to  show,  as  it  seems  to  us,  at  the  expense  of  facts,  and  with 
not  sufficient  success  to  warrant  our  entering  on  the  matter. 


160  Ethical  Studies 

we  call  faith,  we  see  no  reason  to  believe;  that  he  has  it  already, 
we  see  is  an  absurdity.  And  we  found  above  (p.  119)  that,  even 
in  "My  Station  and  its  Duties,"  we  could  not  properly  speak  of 
faith  because  there  was  there  what  might  be  called  sight. 

What  does  this  point  to?  Does  it  mean  that  faith  implies  un- 
certainty, or  defective  knowledge;  and  that  this  is  the  reason  why, 
wnere  you  see,  you  cannot  have  faith?  No,  this  we  think  is  a 
mistaken  view,  and  the  facts  confute  it.  Certainly  you  may  have 
faith  without  feeling  sure  of  the  fact;  but,  generally  speaking,  a 
doubt  about  the  fact  weakens  faith.  Nor  is  it  the  case  that 
theoretic  certainty  excludes  faith.  If  it  were  so,  the  raising  of 
belief  with  doubt  to  belief  without  doubt  would  ipso  facto  destroy 
faith;  and  this  is  not  so. 

We  cannot  maintain  that,  when  mere  belief  is  raised  to  specu- 
lative certainty,  the  necessity  for  faith  disappears;  or  further,  that 
faith  is  here  impossible.  We  must  try  to  show  the  cause  of  the 
error.  What  can  be  said  in  its  favor  is  this,  that  sight  does 
exclude  faith;  and  hence  faith  is  not  imagined  to  exist  in  the 
Paradise  after  death,  nor,  I  suppose,  in  ecstatic  vision  during 
life.  This  is  all  consistent;  but  what  it  points  to  is  the  fact  that 
faith  is  incompatible,  not  with  such  and  such  a  degree,  but  with 
such  and  such  a  kind  of  knowledge.  Faith  is  incompatible  with 
common  immediate  sensuous  knowing,  or  with  a  higher  knowledge 
of  the  same  simple  direct  nature;  and,  because  our  knowledge  of 
the  highest  is,  in  religion,  not  thus  immediate,  therefore  we  are 
said  to  have  only  faith;  and  faith  is,  by  a  confusion,  supposed 
to  exclude,  not  one  kind  of  certainty,  but  all  kinds.  Whence  the 
above  mistake,  which,  however,  has  a  truth  in  it. 

Why  is  it  then  that  faith  is  incompatible  with  sensuous  knowl- 
edge? It  is  because,  in  religious  language,  faith  is  a  rise  beyond 
"this  world,"  and  a  rise  in  which  I  stay  here.  What  does  this 
mean?  Does  it  mean  that  the  object  must  not  be  a  part  of  the 
visible  world?  It  means  this,  and  more;  faith  implies  the  rise  in 
thought,  but  not  that  only;  it  implies  also  the  rise  of  the  will  to 
the  object,  which  is  not  seen  but  thought.  And  this  presupposes 
the  practical  separation  for  me  of  myself  and  the  object.  In  the 
mere  theoretic  rise  I   do  not  think  of  myself,   but  only   of  the 


Concluding  Remarks  161 

object:  in  faith  I  must  also  have  myself  before  me;  I  must 
perceive  the  chasm  between  myself,  as  this  or  that  unreal  part  of 
the  unreal  finite  world,  and  at  the  same  time  must  perceive  the 
ideal-real  object,  which  is  all  reality,  and  my  true  reality.  And  it 
is  this  presupposed  consciousness  of  absolute  separation  (which, 
in  terms  of  space  or  time,  we  express  by  "this  world"  and  the 
"other  world")  which  is  necessary  for  faith,  and  which  survives 
therein  as  a  suppressed  element.  Hence,  where  this  is  not,  faith 
cannot  be. 

Faith  then  is  the  recognition  of  my  true  self  in  the  religious 
object,  and  the  identification  of  myself  with  that  both  by  judg- 
ment and  will;  the  determination  to  negate  the  self  opposed  to  the 
object  by  making  the  whole  self  one  with  what  it  really  is.  It  is, 
in  a  word,  of  the  heart.^^  It  is  the  belief  that  only  the  ideal  is 
real,  and  the  will  to  realize  therefore  nothing  but  the  ideal,  the 
theoretical  and  practical  assertion  that  only  as  ideal  is  the  self  real. 

Justification  by  faith  means  that  having  thus  identified  myself 
with  the  object,  I  feel  myself  in  that  identification  to  be  already 
one  with  it,  and  to  enjoy  the  bliss  of  being,  all  falsehood  overcome, 
what  I  truly  am.  By  my  claim  to  be  one  with  the  ideal,  which 
comprehends  me  too,  and  by  assertion  of  the  nonreality  of  all  that 
is  opposed  to  it,  the  evil  in  the  world  and  the  evil  incarnate  in  me 
through  past  bad  acts,  all  this  falls  into  the  unreal:  I  being  one 
with  the  ideal,  this  is  not  mine,  and  so  imputation  of  offenses 
goes  with  the  change  of  self,  and  applies  not  now  to  my  true 
self,  but  to  the  unreal,  which  I  repudiate  and  hand  over  to 
destruction." 

^^  "True  faith  is  no  mere  thought  nor  admission  of  the  truth  of  a  history." 
"The  true  Christian  is  not  the  man  who  knows  history."  "Christianity 
should  know  that  faith  is  not  merely  a  history  or  science.  To  have  faith  is 
nought  else  than  for  a  man  to  make  his  will  one  with  God's,  and  take 
up  God's  word  and  might  in  his  will,  so  that  twain,  God's  will  and  man's 
will,  turn  to  one  being  and  substance.  Thereupon  in  the  man  Christ,  in  his 
passion,  his  dying,  his  death,  and  uprising,  in  his  own  humanity,  is  reckoned 
for  righteousness,  so  that  the  man  becomes  Christ,  that  is  after  the  spiritual 
man.  ...  He  who  teaches  and  wills  otherwise  is  yet  in  the  whoredom  of 
Babylon." — J.  Bohme. 

^'  Here  again  the  vehement  expression  of  mysticism,    "When  reason  tells 


162  Ethical  Studies 

In  one  way  faith  is  of  course  only  ideal,  for  the  bad  self  does 
not  cease.  Yet  religion  is  here  very  different  from  morality. 
Recalling  to  the  reader  what  we  said  as  to  the  meaning  of 
"evolution"  or  "progress"  (p.  126),  we  say  here  that  morality  is 
an  evolution  or  progress.  The  end,  which  is  involved  in  these,  is 
becoming  realized  in  the  evolution  or  progress,  and  therefore  is 
not  yet  real;  and  so  in  morality  we  have  the  end  presented  as 
what  claims  to  be  real,  together  with  the  process  of  its  realization, 
and  that  means  its  nonreality.  Here  we  are  not  what  we  are, 
and  must  welcome  a  progress ;  though  that  means  a  contradiction, 
which  again  we  know  we  are  not.  But  for  religious  faith  the  end 
of  the  evolution  is  presented  as  that  which,  despite  the  fact  of  the 
evolution,  is  already  evolved;  or  rather  which  stands  above  the 
element  of  event,  contradiction,  and  finitude.  Despite  what 
seems,  we  feel  that  we  are  more  than  a  progress  or  evolution, 
in  fact  not  that  at  all,  but  now  fully  real;  and  this  full  reality  of 
ourselves  we  present  to  ourselves  as  an  object,  and  by  recognizing, 
both  by  judgment  and  will,  in  that  object  our  real  self,  we 
anticipate,  or  rather  rise  above  the  sphere  of,  progress.  Ourselves 
being  one  with  that  object,  we  say  we  are  a  whole,  and  harmonious 
now.  So  far  as  we  are  not  so,  we  are  mere  appearance;  and  by 
the  standing  will  to  negate  that  seeming  self,  we  are  one  with  the 
true  and  real  self.  For  this  point  of  view  and  in  this  sphere  (not 
outside  it)  imputation  ceases,  though  the  bad  self  is  still  a  fact; 
and  in  this  sense  faith  remains  only  ideal. 

But  that  it  is  in  any  other  sense  merely  ideal  is  a  vulgar  and 
gross  error  which,  so  far  as  it  rests  on  St.  Paul,  rests  on  an  entire 
misunderstanding  of  him.  In  faith  we  do  not  rise  by  the  intellect 
to  an  idea,  and  leave  our  will  somewhere  else  behind  us.  Where 
there  is  no  will  to  realize  the  object,  there  is  no  faith;  and  where 
there  are  no  works,  there  is  no  will.  If  works  cease,  will  has 
ceased;   if  will  has  ceased,  faith  has  ceased.     Faith  is  not  the 

thee,  'Thou  art  outside  God,'  then  answer  thou,  'No,  I  am  in  God,  I  am  in 
heaven,  in  it,  in  him,  and  for  eternity  will  never  leave  him.  The  devil  may 
keep  my  sins,  and  the  world  my  flesh;  I  live  in  God's  will,  his  life  shall  be 
my  life,  his  will  my  will;  I  will  be  dead  in  my  reason  that  he  may  live  in 
me,  and  all  my  deeds  shall  be  his  deeds.'  " 


Concluding  Remarks  163 

desperate  leap  of  a  moment;  in  true  religion  there  is  no  one 
washing  which  makes  clean.  In  Pauline  language,  that  "I  have 
died,"  have  in  idea  and  by  will  anticipated  the  end,  proves  itself 
a  teality  only  by  the  fact  that  "I  die  daily,"  do  perpetually  in 
my  particular  acts  will  the  realization  of  the  end  which  is  antic- 
ipated. Nor  does  faith  mean  simply  works;  it  means  the  works 
of  faith ;  it  means  that  the  ideal,  however  incompletely,  is  realized. 
But,  on  the  other  hand,  because  the  ideal  is  not  realized  com- 
pletely and  truly  as  the  ideal,  therefore  I  am  not  justified  by  the 
works,  which  issue  from  faith,  as  works;  since  they  remain  im- 
perfect. I  am  justified  solely  and  entirely  by  the  ideal  identifica- 
tion; the  existence  of  which  in  me  is  on  the  other  hand  indicated 
and  guaranteed  by  works,  and  in  its  very  essence  implies  them. 

What  we  have  now  to  do  is  to  ask.  What  is  the  object  with 
which  the  self  is  made  one  by  faith?  For  our  answer  to  this 
question  we  must  go  to  the  facts  of  the  Christian  consciousness. 
But  the  reader  must  remember  that  we  shall  touch  these  facts 
solely  so  far  as  is  necessary  to  bring  out  the  connection  between 
religion  and  morality.  We  are  to  keep  to  a  minimum,  and  the 
reader  must  not  conclude  that  we  repudiate  whatever  we  say 
nothing  about. 

The  object,  which  by  faith  the  self  appropriates,  is  in  Christian- 
ity nothing  alien  from  and  outside  the  world,  not  an  abstract 
divine  which  excludes  the  human;  but  it  is  the  inseparable  unity 
of  human^*  and  divine.  It  is  the  ideal  which,  as  will,  afl&rms  itself 
in  and  by  will;  it  is  will  which  is  one  with  the  ideal.  And  this 
whole  object,  while  presented  in  a  finite  individual  form,  is  not 
yet  truly  presented.  It  is  known,  in  its  truth,  not  until  it  is  appre- 
hended as  an  organic  human-divine  totality;  as  one  body  with 
diverse  members,  as  one  self  which,  in  many  selves,  realizes, 
wills,  and  loves  itself,  as  they  do  themselves  in  it. 

And  for  faith  this  object  is  the  real,  and  the  only  real.  What 
seems  to  oppose  it  is,  if  fact,  not  reality:  and  this  seeming  fact 

**  By  the  term  "human"  we  understand  all  rational  finite  mind.  Whether 
that  exists  or  not  outside  our  planet  is  not  a  matter  which  concerns  us, 
though  it  does  touch  very  nearly  certain  forms  of  Christian  belief. 


164  Ethical  Studies 

has  two  forms:  one  the  imperfection  and  evil  in  the  heart,  the 
inner  self;  and  the  other  the  imperfection  and  evil  in  the  world  of 
which  my  external  self  is  a  part.  In  both  these  spheres,  the 
inner  and  outer,  the  object  of  religion  is  real;  and  the  object  has 
two  corresponding  sides,  the  inner  and  personal,  and  the  external 
side;  which  two  sides  are  sides  of  a  single  whole. 

Faith  involves  the  belief  (1)  that  the  course  of  the  external 
world,  despite  appearances,  is  the  realization  of  the  ideal  will;  (2) 
that  on  the  inner  side  the  human  and  divine  are  one:  or  the  belief 
(1)  that  the  world  is  the  realization  of  humanity  as  a  divine 
organic  whole ;^^  and  (2)  that  with  that  whole  the  inner  wills  of 
particular  persons  are  identified.  Faith  must  hold  that,  in  biblical 
language,  there  is  "a  kingdom  of  God,"  that  there  is  an  organism 
which  realizes  itself  in  its  members,  and  also  in  those  members, 
on  the  subjective  side,  wills  and  is  conscious  of  itself,  as  they 
will  and  are  conscious  of  themselves  in  it. 

If  the  reader  will  refer  back  to  "My  Station  and  its  Duties" 
(p.  113) ,  he  will  see  that  what  we  had  there  in  the  relative  totality 
of  the  political  organism,  we  have  here  once  more,  though  with  a 
difference.  That  difference  is  that  (1)  what  there  was  finite  (one 
amongst  and  against  others)  is  here  infinite  (a  whole  in  itself), 
and  what  there  was  in  a  manner  visible  is  here  invisible;  (2)  the 
relation  of  the  particular  subject  to  the  whole  was  there  immediate 
unity  by  unreflecting  habituation  and  direct  perception;  here  it 
involves  the  thought  which  rises  above  the  given,  and  the  con- 
sciousness of  a  presupposed  and  suppressed  estrangement. 

Here,  as  in  the  world  of  my  station,  we  have  the  objective  side, 
the  many  aflSrmations  of  the  one  will,  the  one  body,  the  real 
ideal  humanity,  which  in  all  its  members  is  the  same,  although  in 
every  one  it  is  different;  and  which  is  completely  realized  not  in 
any  one  this  or  that,  nor  in  any  mere  "collective  unity"  of  such 
particulars,  but  only  in  the  whole  as  a  whole.  And  we  have  the 
subjective  personal   side,   where  the   one  will   of   the   whole   is, 

^^  I  need  not  say  that  here  are  very  great  diflBculties.  Apart  from  others, 
the  relation  of  the  physical  world  to  the  divine  will  is  a  well-known  problem. 
But  we  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  (possible  or  impossible)  solution  of 
these  questions.  We  have  to  keep  to  what  is  contained  in  the  religious 
consciousness,  and  that  we  take  to  be  as  above. 


Concluding  Remarks  165 

in  its  unity  with  the  conscious  members,  self-conscious,  and 
wills  itself  as  the  personal  identity  of  the  universal  and  particular 
will." 

Such  is  the  object,  the  fore-realized  divine  ideal;  and  by  faith 
the  particular  man  has  to  make  that  his,  to  identify  himself 
therewith,  behold  and  feel  himself  therewith  identified,  and  in  his 
own  self-consciousness  have  the  witness  of  it.  And  this,  as  we 
explained,  is  done  by  the  dying  to  the  private  self  as  such,  by  the 
bestowal  of  it  on  the  object,  and  by  the  living  in  the  self  which  is 

^^  By  faith,  and  so  far  as  faith  holds,  the  ideal  as  the  self,  and  the  self  as 
the  ideal,  is  all  that  is  real;  and  so,  on  the  external  side  of  my  works  I 
regard  myself  as,  with  others,  the  member  or  function  of  the  divine  whole. 
What  falls  outside,  however  much  a  fact,  is  still  unreal.  Again,  on  the 
inside,  through  faith  I,  as  the  mere  this  me,  no  longer  am;  but  only  I  as  the 
self-conscious  personal  will  of  the  divine,  the  spirit  of  the  whole,  which,  as 
that  spirit,  knows  itself  in  me.  On  both  sides,  though  the  form  is  not 
swallowed  up  nor  lost,  yet  the  mere  particular  content  of  the  self  has  for 
faith  disappeared. 

But  there  is  a  difference  on  the  two  sides,  which  was  also  there  in  "My 
Station,"  but  the  losing  sight  of  which  was  there  not  likely  to  lead  to  con- 
fusion; while  here  a  confusion  on  this  head  may  happen,  and  is  a  serious 
matter.  To  explain — on  the  inside  the  particular  self  knows  and  feels  itself 
now  immediately  one  with  the  universal,  which  is  the  will  of  all  selves;  but 
on  the  outside,  its  realization  in  works,  it  is  only  one  member  of  the  whole, 
one  function  or  set  of  functions  which  is  not,  and  which  falls  outside  of, 
other  sides  or  sets  of  functions.  So  long  as  it  remains  on  the  inside,  the  self 
is  not  apart  from  other  selves;  it  is  when  it  comes  out  to  act  that  it  is 
forced  to  distinguish  itself. 

It  is  quite  true  that,  when  we  act,  on  the  inside  also  the  whole  will  is  for 
each  person  diverse;  for  it  is  not  a  universal  which  remains  inert.  It  is 
presented  in  a  specialized  form  as  what  is  a  relative  "to  be  done"  in  such 
and  such  a  case,  which,  if  reflected  on,  is  seen  to  be  not  other  cases — but  on 
the  inner  side  this  reflection,  and  hence  this  discrimination,  does  not  exist. 
The  member  feels  and  knows  itself,  not  as  this  member  distinct  from  that 
member,  but  (since  for  faith  the  bad  self  is  not)  immediately  one  with  the 
will  of  the  entire  organism.  On  the  outside,  on  the  other  hand,  the  knowl- 
edge of  its  distinctness  is  forced  upon  it.  There  its  realization  is  indeed 
the  affirmation  of  the  will  of  the  whole,  but  the  entire  whole  is  not  there; 
some  of  it  is  elsewhere,  and,  as  a  whole,  it  is  realized  only  in  the  whole, 
which  this  or  that  man  is  not.  In  its  works  the  self-conscious  function  finds 
that  it  is  not  other  functions;  it  remains  finite,  and  aU  possibility  of  the 
confounding  the  merely  human  with  the  divine  is  excluded. 


166  Ethical  Studies 

one  with  the  divine  ideal  that  is  felt  and  known  as  the  only  real 
self,  and  now  too  as  my  self.  To  our  previous  remarks  on  this 
head  we  have  nothing  to  add,  and  must  proceed  to  discuss  more 
closely  the  relation  of  religion  to  morality. 

These,  as  we  saw,  are  to  a  certain  extent  the  same;  and  the 
question  at  once  arises.  Has  the  divine  will  of  the  religious  con- 
sciousness any  other  content  than  the  moral  ideal?  We  answer, 
Certainly  not.  Religion  is  practical;  it  means  doing  something 
which  is  a  duty.  Apart  from  duties,  there  is  no  duty;  and  as  all 
moral  duties  are  also  religious,  so  all  religious  duties  are  also 
moral.^^ 

In  order  to  be,  religion  must  do.  Its  practice  is  the  realization 
of  the  ideal  in  me  and  in  the  world.  Separate  religion  from  the 
real  world,  and  you  will  find  it  has  nothing  left  it  to  do ;  it  becomes 
a  form,  and  so  ceases.  The  practical  content  which  religion  carries 
out  comes  from  the  state,  society,  art,  and  science.  But  the 
whole  of  this  sphere  is  the  world  of  morality,  and  all  our  duties 
there  are  moral  duties.  And  if  this  is  so,  then  this  religious  duty 
may  collide  with  that  religious  duty,  just  as  one  moral  duty  may 
be  contrary  to  another;  but  that  religion,  as  such,  should  be  in 
collision  with  morality,  as  such,  is  out  of  the  question. 

So  far  religion  and  morality  are  the  same;  though,  as  we  have 
seen,  they  are  also  different.  The  main  difference  is  that  what 
in  morality  only  is  to  be,  in  religion  somehow  and  somewhere 
really  is,  and  what  we  are  to  do  is  done.  Whether  it  is  thought  of 
as  what  is  done  now,  or  what  will  be  done  hereafter,  makes  in  this 
respect  no  practical  difference.  They  are  different  ways  of  look- 
ing at  the  same  thing;  and,  whether  present  or  future,  the  reality 
is  equally  certain.  The  importance  for  practice  of  this  religious 
point  of  view  is  that  what  is  to  be  done  is  approached,  not  with 
the  knowledge  of  a  doubtful  success,  but  with  the  forefelt  cer- 
tainty of  already  accomplished  victory. 

Morality,  the  process  of  realization,  thus  survives  within  reli- 
gion. It  is  only  as  mere  morality  that  it  vanishes;  as  an  element 
it  remains  and  is  stimulated.     Not  only  is  strength  increased  by 

^'  Religion  in  the  sense  of  the  cultus,  etc.,  will  be  considered  lower  down. 


Concluding  Remarks  167 

assurance  of  success,  but  in  addition  the  importance  of  success 
is  magnified.  The  individual  life  for  religion  is  one  with  the 
divine;  it  possesses  infinite  worth,  a  value  no  terms  can  express. 
And  the  bad  gains  a  corresponding  intensity  of  badness.  It  is 
infinitely  evil,  so  that,  for  the  religious  consciousness,  different 
amounts  of  badness  are  not  measurable.  All  men  are  equally, 
because  utterly,  sinful.  But  this  extreme  of  evil  is  therefore  the 
more  easy  to  subdue.  It  is  not  a  reality  against  a  mere  ideal,  but 
a  mere  fact  which  is  contrary  to  the  whole  reality,  an  unutterable 
contradiction.  Other  incentives  to  good  also  come  in.  For  the 
religious  consciousness  evil  is  an  offense  against  what  we  love,  and 
what  loves  us,  not  against  something  not  real,  which  no  one  can 
well  love.  This  makes  evil  worse,  and  more  painful,  and  increases 
accordingly  the  power  of  good.  All  external  control  disappears, 
and  in  its  place  is  gratitude  to  that  which  has  conquered,  confi- 
dence in  it,  and  inability  to  be  false  to  it.^^ 

It  is  the  same  objective  will,  which  in  "My  Station"  we  see 
accomplished,  in  ideal  morality  know  should  be  accomplished, 
and  in  religion  by  faith  believe  accomplished,  which  reflects  itself 
into  itself  on  the  subjective  side;  and  thence  reasserts  itself 
explicitly  as  the  real  identity  of  the  human  and  divine  will.  And 
so  the  content  of  religion  and  morality  is  the  same,  though  the 
spirit  in  which  it  is  done  is  widely  different. 

But  all  this,  we  may  be  told,  though  true  to  a  certain  extent,  is 
one-sided;  there  is  religion  beyond  all  this.  And  this  objection  must 
be  attended  to.  We  have  never  lost  sight  of  the  fact  it  rests  upon, 
although  we  may  have  seemed  to  do  so.  That  fact  is  what  some 
would  call  religion  proper,  the  creed,  the  public  cultus,  and  the 
sphere  of  private  devotion.  These  We  must  now  consider,  but  no 
further  than  we  are  obliged,  i.  e.,  so  far  as  the  question  is  touched, 

^®  We  had  this,  too,  in  "My  Station  and  its  Duties."  Let  me  remark  that, 
if  humanity  is  a  collection,  active  gratitude  to  it  is  impossible,  without  the 
most  childish  self-delusion.  Unless  there  is  a  real  identity  in  men,  the 
"Inasmuch  as  ye  did  it  to  the  least  of  these"  becomes  an  absurdity.  And  I 
have  never  heard  of  anyone  who,  owing  a  debt  to  one  man,  thought  he  could 
pay  it  by  giving  to  another  man  who  was  like  the  first,  no  matter  how  like. 


168  Ethical  Studies 

Has    religious    duty    another    content    than    the    moral   content? 

Put  in  this  way,  the  question  is  on  our  view  of  morality  absurd. 
If  anything  ought  to  be  done,  then  it  must  be  a  moral  duty;  and 
the  notion  of  religious  duty,  as  such,  outside  of  and  capable  of 
colliding  with  moral  duty  as  such,  is  preposterous  nonsense.  If 
it  is  a  religious  duty  to  be  "religious,"  then  it  is  also  a  moral  duty 
to  be  religious;  precisely  as,  if  it  is  a  moral  duty  to  be  moral,  it 
is  also  a  religious  duty  to  be  moral. 

A  better  way  to  put  the  question  is,  Does  passing  from  the  mere 
moral  sphere  into  the  religious  introduce  a  new  order  of  duties,  to 
take  in  which  morality  has  now  to  be  extended?  That,  however, 
is  again  an  improper  question,  since,  if  it  is  right  to  be  thus  "re- 
ligious," we  have  no  business  previously  to  narrow  morality,  i.  e., 
to  exclude  religiousness  from  the  ideal  which  morality  is  to  realize. 
It  seems  quite  plain  that  the  sphere  of  morality  is  the  sphere  of 
practice,  and  the  sphere  of  practice  is  the  sphere  of  morality. 
There  is  no  escaping  this  conclusion;  and  then,  so  far  as  religion 
is  practical,  the  worlds  of  morality  and  religion  must  coincide. 

What  is  really  at  issue  is  this.  Is  religion  altogether  practical? 
Is,  that  is  to  say,  the  theoretical  element  of  it  coordinate  with  or 
subordinate  to  the  practical  element?  Does  religion,  like  art  and 
science,  include  a  theoretical  sphere,  which  in  respect  of  its  pro- 
duction in  and  by  the  subject  is  practice,  but,  in  itself  and  as 
produced,  is  not  so  ?  And  next,  if  there  is  such  a  region,  how  does 
it  stand  to  practice?  Is  it  subsidiary  to  that,  or  is  it  an  end  in 
itself,  when  not  brought  under  the  practical  end?  And  then 
further,  how  in  respect  of  such  a  region  is  morality  situated? 

Instead  of  trying  to  give  direct  answers,  the  best  way  to  clear 
the  matter  will  be  to  begin  with  the  extreme  of  a  one-sided  view: 
and,  first,  there  is  an  opinion  which  may  be  said  simply  to  identify 
religion  with  orthodoxy,  with  the  holding  for  true  what  is  true. 
No  doubt  right  doctrine  is  a  very  important  matter,  but  does  that 
make  it  religion?  Put  it  to  the  religious  consciousness,  and  the 
answer  is.  No.  It  is  the  belief  "with  the  heart"  that  is  wanted; 
and  where  that  is  not,  religion  is  not.  Else  even  the  very  devils 
would  be  religious;  for  they,  as  we  are  told,  go  further  even  than 
is  required  of  them,  and  add  to  orthodoxy  the  fear  of  God. 


Concluding  Remarks  169 

So,  in  morality,  a  man  must  know  what  is  right;  but  no  one  is 
moral  simply  because  he  has  that  knowledge.  In  both  cases  you 
cannot  do,  without  knowing  what  you  are  to  do;  but  mere  know- 
ing, apart  from  doing,  is  neither  religion  nor  morality. 

The  next  modification  of  this  one-sided  opinion  is  the  view, 
which  is  all  too  popular,  and  says,  "No  doubt  it  is  true  that  to 
know  is  not  enough;  action  ought  to  follow;  but,  for  all  that,  it  is 
religon  when  I  say  my  prayers,  or  meditate,  or  go  to  church,  and 
that  whether  it  goes  any  further,  and  whether  anything  comes  of 
it,  or  not." 

By  denying  such  a  doctrine  we  ought  not  to  give  ofEense  to 
Christians.  Whether  we  shall  give  offense  or  not  is  another  matter. 
We  are  sorry  if  it  is  so;  but  nevertheless  we  deny  the  assertion 
and  we  think  that  on  our  side  we  have  the  religious  consciousness^* 
and  the  New  Testament.  There  we  do  not  have  the  love  of  God 
and  man  put  side  by  side,  as  things  which  exist  or  can  exist  apart, 
but,  where  the  latter  fails,  there  fails  also  the  former,  and  with 
it,  I  suppose,  religion.  There  we  are  told  that  "pure  religion" 
means  duty  to  the  afflicted,  and  the  "world,"  by  which  we  are  not 
to  be  spotted,  is  hardly  all  spheres  outside  our  devotions,  not  every 
region  where  the  authority  of  the  clergyman  ceases. 

We  maintain  that  neither  church-going,  meditation,  nor  prayer, 
except  so  far  as  it  reacts  on  practice  and  subserves  that,  is  religious 
at  all.  Aesthetic  or  speculative  contemplation  it  may  be;  it  may 
be  a  production  of  the  feeling  which  results  from  the  satisfied 
religious  will;  but  religious  it  is  not,  except  so  far  as  it  means  will 
to  do:  and  it  is  not  that  will,  except  so  far  as  it  manifests  itself  in 
religious-moral  acts,  external  or  internal — acts,  that  is,  which 
realize  the  social,  ideal-social,  or  ideal  self,  or  again  which  are 
means  to  such  realization. 

It  is  the  same  with  morality.  I  may  retire  into  my  conscience, 
■^njoy  there  the  happiness  of  virtue,  edify  myself  with,  and  find 
'' leasure  in,  the  contemplation  of  it  in  myself  or  others;  but  that  by 
."'self  is  surely  not  moral.  It  may  be  a  good  thing  to  do  this,  but, 
•rso,  it  is  a  good  only  so  far  as  it  strengthens  the  will  for  good, 

.'I  ant  happy  to  say  that  "religieux"  has  no  English  equivalent. 

\ 


170  Ethical  Studies 

and  so  issues  in  practice.  If  it  go  beyond  that,  it  is  at  best  harm- 
less; but  it  may  be,  and  more  often  is,  pernicious  and  positively 
immoral.  To  dwell  on  the  satisfaction  which  comes  from  right 
doing  need  not  be  wrong,  but  it  is  very  dangerous,  it  is  a  most 
slippery  positon;  for  the  moment  it  leads  us  to  enjoyment  which 
does  not  arise  from  function,  or  does  not  react  to  stimulate  func- 
tion, then,  from  that  moment,  it  is  bad  and  goes  to  corrupt. 

If  a  man  were  to  please  himself  with  thoughts  of  virtue,  and 
then  go  out,  neglect  the  virtue,  and  fall  into  the  vice,  would  that 
be  morality?  But  if  a  man  does  the  same  by  religion,  there  are 
people  who  call  it  "religious." 

The  true  doctrine  is  that  devotional  exercises,  and  sacraments, 
and  church-goings,  not  only  should  not  and  ought  not  to  go  by 
themselves,  but  that  by  themselves  they  simply  are  not  religious  at 
all.  They  are  the  isolating  a  sphere  of  religion  which,  so  isolated, 
loses  the  character  of  religion  and  is  often  even  positively  sinful, 
a  hollow  mockery  of  the  divine,  which  takes  the  enjoyment  without 
giving  the  activity  and  degenerates  into  what  may  be  well  enough 
as  aesthetic  or  contemplative,  but,  for  all  that,  is  both  irreligious 
and  immoral.  By  themselves,  when  religiously  considered,  these 
things  are  not  ends  at  all;  they  are  so  only  when  they  are  means 
to  faith,  and  so  to  will,  and  so  to  practice  in  the  world. 

But  how  is  it  that  such  one-sided  views,  such  gross  mistakes,  are 
possible?  This  is  not  very  hard  to  understand.  And  in  the  first 
place  (1)  both  in  the  moral  and  religious  will  is  implied  knowl- 
edge, and  it  obviously  matters  for  practice  what  a  man  does  know. 
Hence  correct  views  are  wanted;  and  this,  which  so  far  is  true,  is 
then  twisted  into  making  religion  consist  in  the  having  right 
opinions,  or  in  orthodoxy.  But  as  we  have  seen,  the  presence  of 
the  religious  object  for  the  theoretical  consciousness,  in  any  form, 
is  not  religion. 

(2)   The  second  mistake  is  more  common.     In  morality  what 
we  know  we  feel  or  see,  and  cannot  doubt.     There  is  nothing 
to  believe  against  appearances.     We  have  a  claim  and  the  con- 
sciousness that  this  is  satisfied  or  unsatisfied,  but  nothing  beyon 
ourselves  to  hold  for  true;  except  so  far  as  in  the  social  object  ^ 
is  before  our  eyes.     But  in  religion,  despite  of  appearances,  j^q 


Concluding  Remarks  171 

have  to  believe  that  something  is  real.  We  must  have  an  inward 
assurance  that  the  reality  is  above  the  facts;  and  we  must  carry 
that  out  against  facts  in  which  we  cannot  see  the  inward  reality, 
and  seem  to  see  what  is  contrary  thereto.  It  is  by  faith  in  our 
reconcilement  with  the  invisible  one  reality  that  we  are  justified. 

That  inward  assurance,  the  self-consciousness  that  we  are  one 
with  the  divine,  and  one  with  others  because  one  with  the  divine, 
naturally  does  not  exist  without  expressing  itself.  And  moreover 
it  is  right  that  it  should  express  itself  because  that  expression 
reacts  most  powerfully  upon  the  self-consciousness,  to  intensify  it, 
and  so  strengthen  the  conviction  and  will  in  which  faith  consists. 
It  is  right  that  the  certainty  of  identity  with  the  divine,  and  with 
others  in  the  divine,  should  be  brought  home  by  the  foretasted 
pleasure  of  unalloyed  union;  and  that  in  short  is  the  rationale  of 
the  cultus.  The  cultus  is  a  means  to  the  strengthening  of  faith, 
and  is  an  end  in  itself  by  subserving  that  end.  As  anything  more 
and  beyond  it  is  not  an  end;  it  may  be  harmless,  and  again  it 
may  be  the  destruction  of  true  religion. 

And  the  religious  community  entails  signs  of  communion,  and 
these,  as  the  cultus  generally,  entail  ministers;  and  it  is  generally 
found  more  convenient  to  have  certain  persons  set  apart,  just  as 
again  the  state  generally  finds  it  convenient  to  support  and 
regulate  one  or  more  religious  communities.^"  These  ministers, 
however  appointed,  are  a  means  to  a  means  to  the  end;  and  here 
we  have  the  rationale  of  the  clerical  office. 

You  can  have  true  religion  without  sacraments  or  public  wor- 

***  Religious  communities  may  be  called  "churches";  but  churches  in  this 
sense  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  Church  proper.  That  is  the  whole 
body  of  Christ,  and  whether  it  is  limited  or  not  depends  on  the  answer  to  the 
question  whether  the  spirit  of  Christ  is  limited;  whether  it  is  visible  or  not, 
is  answered  with  that  answer;  as  also  the  questions  whether  it  can  be 
divided,  reunited,  and  so  forth,  A  true  view  of  the  Church  is  of  the  last 
importance.  From  that  view,  in  our  opinion,  it  follows  that  in  the  one 
Church  proper  there  is  no  hierarchy,  no  spiritual  superior,  and  can  be  none, 
because  the  spirit  of  Christianity  excludes  such  things.  Wherever  there  are 
-ecclesiastical   superiors    (as  it  is   convenient   that   there  should   be),  there 

)5o  facto  you  have  a  finite  religious  body,  which,  as  a  consequence,  cannot 

^  nor  represent  the  Church  proper. 


172  Ethical  Studies 

ship,  and  again  both  without  clergymen;  just  as  you  can  have 
clergymen  and  sacraments  without  true  religion.  And  if  a  part 
of  the  clergy  think  that  they  stand  in  a  more  intimate  relation  with 
the  divine  Spirit  than  the  rest  of  the  community  do,  then  they  both 
go  against  the  first  principles  of  Christianity,  and  moreover  any- 
one who  does  not  shut  his  eyes  can  see  that  the  facts  of  life 
confute  them.  What  Christianity,  if  we  mistake  not,  tells  them  is 
that  their  gifts  and  functions  being  not  those  of  others,  they  have 
the  one  spirit  in  another  way  from  others;  but  when  they  want 
to  go  from  an  "other"  to  a  "higher,"  then  we  must  tell  them  that 
there  are  steps  wanted  to  reach  that  conclusion,  and  such  steps  as 
Christianity  cannot  admit. 

The  sum  of  the  matter  is  this.  Practical  faith  is  the  end,  and 
what  helps  that  is  good  because  that  is  good;  and  where  a  religi- 
ous ordinance  does  not  help  that,  there  it  is  not  good.  And  often 
it  may  do  worse  than  not  help,  and  then  it  is  positively  hurtful. 

So  with  religious  exercises,  and  what  too  exclusively  is  called 
personal  piety.  They  are  religious  if  they  are  the  simple  expres- 
sion of,  or  helps  to,  religion;  and  if  not,  then  they  are  not 
religious,  and  perhaps  even  irreligious.  Religion  issues  in  the 
practical  realizing  of  the  reconcilement;  and  where  there  is  no 
such  realization,  there  is  no  faith,  and  no  religion. 

Neither  against  the  clergy,  nor  the  sacraments,  nor  private 
devotion  am  I  saying  one  word,  and  the  reader  who  so  under- 
stands me  altogether  misunderstands  me.  For  a  large  number 
of  our  clergy  I  have  a  sincere  personal  respect,  and  there  is 
scarcely  any  office  which  in  my  eyes  is  higher  than  that  of  the 
minister.  And  I  recognize  fully  the  general  necessity  both  for 
private  devotion  and  public  worship.  It  is  the  abuse,  and  the 
excess  of  them,  against  which  we  have  to  protest.  Whatever  is 
the  expression  of  the  religious  spirit  which  carries  itself  out  in  the 
world  is  religious  and  good,  unless  it  goes  to  excess,  and  the 
excess  is  measured  by  the  failure  to  strengthen  or  the  weakening 
of  the  will.  Just  so  any  institution,  observance,  or  discipline  (it 
matters  not  what)  which  strengthens  the  religious  will  is  good, 
provided  it  does  so  strengthen  it  as  a  whole,  and  is  not  in  other 
ways  contrary  to  religion  and  morality.    The  same  holds  good  ir 


Concluding  Remarks  173 

the  moral  sphere;  there  we  may  have  ascetic  exercises  which 
strengthen  the  will,  and  are  therefore,  and  so  far  as  they  do  that, 
good;  but  not  good,  or  even  bad,  when  they  go  beyond.  But  as 
to  what  in  detail  is  legitimate  or  not,  all  this  is  matter  of  particular 
fact,  with  which  we  have  nothing  to  do. 

To  repeat,  public  and  private  exercises  are  religious  and  good 
as  the  simple  voice  of,  or  as  means  to  the  strengthening  of,  the 
religious  will.  That  will  consists  in  the  faith  that  overcomes  the 
world,  by  turning  it  into  the  Christian  world  which  for  faith  it  is. 
The  inner  sphere  of  religion,  which  brings  home  to  itself  its 
assurance  and  its  bliss,  is  only  the  inner  sphere,  and  by  itself  is 
not  religion.  By  itself  it  is  not  even  the  inner,  for  it  is  so  only 
when  it  is  the  inner  of  the  outer ;  and  that  outer,  where  faith  fails, 
is  not,  and  with  it  goes  the  inner  as  such.  A  sensuous  or  semi- 
sensuous  gloating  over  the  pleasures  of  the  anticipated  result  is, 
in  morals  as  in  religion,  when  considered  in  reference  to  the  will, 
a  mere  debauchery.  Here  as  there  it  is  the  Hedonism  which 
kills  practice;  and  considered  as  Oeuipia,  it  belongs  to  art  or 
science,  not  religion  at  all.  Furthermore,  sensitiveness  or  inten- 
sity of  the  religious  consciousness  is  no  more  religion  than  that 
of  the  moral  consciousness  is  morality;  nor  again  is  a  right  per- 
ception in  these  matters  any  more  than  a  right  perception.  It  is 
religion  only  when  the  divine  will,  of  which  for  faith  the  world 
is  the  realization,  reflects  itself  in  us ;  and,  with  the  personal  energy 
of  our  own  and  its  self-consciousness,  carries  out  both  its  and 
our  will  into  the  world,  which  is  its  own  and  ours,  and  gives  us, 
in  the  feeling  which  results  from  function,  that  inner  assurance 
of  identity  which  precedes  and  accompanies  the  action  of  our  will. 
And  thus  for  religion  and  morality  the  content  of  the  will  is  the 
same,  though  the  knowledge  and  the  spirit  are  widely  different. 

If  this  is  so,  then  our  Essays  have,  in  a  way  too  imperfect,  yet 
brought  us  to  the  end,  where  morality  is  removed  and  survives  in 
its  fulfillment.  In  our  journey  we  have  not  seen  much,  and  much 
that  we  have  seen  was  perhaps  little  worth  the  effort,  or  might 
have  been  had  without  it.  Be  that  as  it  may,  the  hunt  after 
pleasure  in  any  shape  has  proved  itself  a  delusion,  and  the  form 
of  duty  a  snare,  and  the  finite  realization  of  "my  station"  was 


174  Ethical  Studies 

truth  indeed,  and  a  happiness  that  called  to  us  to  stay,  but  was 
too  narrow  to  satisfy  wholly  the  spirit's  hunger;  and  ideal  moral- 
ity brought  the  sickening  sense  of  inevitable  failure.  Here  where 
we  are  landed  at  last,  the  process  is  at  an  end,  though  the  best 
activity  here  first  begins.  Here  our  morality  is  consummated  in 
oneness  with  God,  and  everywhere  we  find  that  "immortal  Love," 
which  builds  itself  forever  on  contradiction,  but  in  which  the 
contradiction  is  eternally  resolved. 

Hie    nullus    labor    est,    ruborque    nuUus; 
Hoc  juvit,  juvat,  et  diu  juvabit; 
Hoc  non  deficit,  incipitque  semper. 


gsoia 


# 


Date    Due 
Due  Returned  Due  Returned 


MAY  -  8  '67 


JIW13TB7     1?£ 


m 


MAR  15 '68 


^'=-m 


m 


'  ^"  mti^i 


-rr 


JleL2_2LM: 


■i-Ua^ 


/7o 


Ethical  studies:  selected  essa  mem 
170B8ne2C2 


3  lEb2  03550  37fl7 


/ 


I 


KEEP  CARD  IN  POCKET 

ResLib 


IT   IS   IMPORTANT   THAT 
CARD  BE  KEPT  IN  POCKET